vvEPA
             United States
             Environmental Protection
             Agency
              Office of Emergency and
              Remedial Response
              Washington. DC 20460
Publication 9285.1-03
PB92-9634U
June 1992
            Superfund
Standard Operating
Safety Guides   001027155222

-------
                           Publication 9285.1-03
                                  June 1992
 STANDARD OPERATING
     SAFETY GUIDES
Office of Emergency and Remedial Response
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
       Washington, DC 20460

-------
                                       NOTICE
This guidance manual does not constitute a rulemaking by the Agency.  The policies set forth in
this Directive are intended solely as guidance. They are not intended, nor can they be relied
upon, to create any substantive or procedural rights enforceable by any party in litigation with the
United States.  EPA officials may decide to follow the guidance provided in this Directive, or may
take action that is at variance with the guidance, policies, and procedures in this Directive, on the
basis of an analysis of specific circumstances.  The Agency also reserves the right to change this
Directive at any time without public notice.  Mention of trade names or commercial products does
not constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.
                   Additional copies of this document can be obtained from:

                        National Technical Information Service (NTIS)
                               U.S. Department of Commerce
                                   5285 Port Royal Road
                                   Springfield, VA  22161
                                       (703) 487-4650

                 When ordering this document, refer to Publication 9285.1-03.

-------
                                      CONTENTS
Chapter 1   Introduction  	1

              1.0   Introduction  	3
              1.1   Regulatory Background	4
              1.2   Regulatory Scope  	5

Chapter 2   Comprehensive and Site-Specific Health and Safety Program  	7

              2.0   Introduction  	9
              2.1   General Components of the Health and Safety Program  	9
              2.2   HASP Development and Site Characterization	  11
                       2.2.1    Preliminary Evaluation	  16
                       2.2.2    Writing the Initial Draft of the HASP  	  17
                       2.2.3    Initial Site Entry  	  17
                       2.2.4    Revising the HASP  	  19
                       2.2.5    On-Going Monitoring  	20

Chapter 3   Training  	23

              3.0   Introduction  	25
              3.1   Training Requirements 	25
                       3.1.1    General Training Requirements	25
                       3.1.2    Site-Specific Requirements	25

              3.2   Initial Training Requirements for Field Personnel	26
              3.3   Equivalent and Refresher Training  	27
              3.4   Trainer Qualifications and Certification	29

Chapter 4   Site Control	31

              4.0   Introduction  	33
              4.1   Development of the Site Map 	33
              4.2   Establishment of Work Zones at the Site  	35
                       4.2.1    The Exclusion Zone	35
                       4.2.2    The Contamination Reduction Zone (CRZ)	36
                       4.2.3    The Support Zone	37
                       4.2.4    Ensuring Integrity of the Support Zone  	37

              4.3   Organization of Workers Using the Buddy System	38
              4.4   Establishment of a Communications Network and Procedures 	39
              4.5   Worker Safety Procedures	40

                       4.5.1    Site Preparation	40
                       4.5.2    Engineering Controls and Safe Work Practices	40
                       4.5.3    Standing Orders	41

              4.6   Identification of Nearest Medical Assistance  	42
                                              in

-------
                               CONTENTS   (cont'd)


Chapter 5   Personal Protective Equipment	43

              5.0   Introduction  	45
              5.1   Selecting the Level of PPE  	45
                       5.1.1    Level A	46
                       5.1.2    Level B  	52
                       5.1.3    Level C  	52
                       5.1.4    Level D	52

              5.2   Elements of the PPE Program	53

                       5.2.1    Personal Use Factors and Equipment Limitations	53
                       5.2.2    Work Mission Duration	53
                       5.2.3    Storage and Maintenance	54
                       5.2.4    Training and Proper Fitting	55
                       5.2.5    Donning and Doffing Procedures	56
                       5.2.6    Inspection Procedures 	56
                       5.2.7    PPE Program Evaluation 	56
                       5.2.8    Other  Considerations	56

Chapter 6   Air Monitoring  	59

              6.0   Introduction  	61
              6.1   Objectives of Air Monitoring	61
              6.2   Identifying Airborne Contaminants 	62

                       6.2.1    Direct Reading Instruments	62
                       6.2.2    Air Sampling	66
              6.3   Air Sampling Equipment and Media  	67
              6.4   Sample Collection and Analysis	68
              6.5   General Monitoring Practices  	70
                       6.5.1    Perimeter Monitoring	70
                       6.5.2    Periodic Monitoring	70
                       6.5.3    Personal Monitoring	70
              6.6   Meteorological Considerations	71
              6.7   Long-Term Air Monitoring Programs 	71
              6.8   Variables in Hazardous Waste Site Air Monitoring	72
              6.9   Using Vapor/Gas Concentrations to Determine
                    Level of Protection 	72
                       6.9.1    Factors for Consideration	73
                       6.9.2    Level A Protection (500  to 1,000 ppm)	73
                       6.9.3    Level B Protection (5 to 500 ppm)	74
                       6.9.4    Level C Protection (Background to 5 ppm)  	74
                                              IV

-------
                              CONTENTS   (cont'd)
Chapter 7   Medical Surveillance Program	77

              7.0   Introduction  	79
              7.1   Employees Covered by the Monitoring Program  	79
              7.2   Frequency and Content of Medical Examinations	79

                      7.2.1    Baseline Screening	80
                      7.2.2    Periodic Medical Examinations	82
                      7.2.3    Termination Examination	82

              7.3   Emergency Treatment	82
              7.4   Chemical Contamination	83
              7.5   Medical Records and Program Review	89

Chapter 8   Heat Stress  and Cold  Exposure  	91

              8.0   Introduction  	93
              8.1   Heat Stress	93
                      8.1.1    Heat Stress and PPE  	93
                      8.1.2    Monitoring for Heat Stress	93
                      8.1.3    Preventing Heat Stress	94

              8.2   Cold Exposure	95
                      8.2.1    PPE and Cold Exposure	95
                      8.2.2    Monitoring for Cold Exposure	95
                      8.2.3    Preventing Cold Exposure  	98
                      8.2.4    A Control Program for Cold Stress  	 100

Chapter 9   Decontamination	 101

              9.0   Introduction  	 103
              9.1   The Decontamination  Plan  	 103
              9.2   Developing the Plan  	 103
              9.3   The Contamination Reduction Corridor  	 104
              9.4   Decontamination Procedures and Equipment	 105
                      9.4.1    Physical Removal of Contaminants	 105
                      9.4.2    Chemical  Removal of Contaminants	 106
                      9.4.3    Decontamination Equipment  	 106
              9.5   Protection of Decontamination Personnel  	 108
              9.6   Health and Safety Hazards	 108

Chapter 10  Drum Handling	 in

              10.0  Introduction  	 113
              10.1  Inspection	 113
              10.2  Drum Excavation and  Removal Equipment  	 116
              10.3  Drum Handling	 116
              10.4  Drum Opening  	 117
              10.5  Drum Sampling	 118
              10.6  Characterization  	 118

-------
                              CONTENTS  (cont'd)
Chapter 11  Other Requirements and Safety Considerations	  12?

              11.0  Introduction  	  129
              11.1  Emergency Response and Prevention	  129
                      11.1.1  Prevention	  130
                      11.1.2  Communications  	  130
                      11.1.3  Site Mapping	  131
              11,2  Hazards	  131

                      11.2.1  Explosion and Fire	  131
                      11.2.2  Oxygen Deficiency  	  131
                      11.2.3  Ionizing Radiation	  132
                      11.2.4  Biological Hazards	  132
                      11.2.5  Safety Hazards	  133
                      11.2.6  Noise Hazards 	  133
                      11.2.7  Work Hazards	  134

              11.3  Confined Space Entry  	  134
              11.4  Information and New Technology Programs	  137
              11.5  Construction Requirements	  137


Acronyms  and Abbreviations  	  139

Appendices

    APPENDIX A   Sources of Information and Response Assistance	  141

    APPENDIX B   Other Common Applicable OSHA Standards  	  149

    APPENDIX C   Incident Safety Check-Off List	  155

    APPENDIX D   Characteristics of the Photoionization Detector (PID)
                   and the Flame lonization Detector (FID)  	  159

    APPENDIX E   Sample Decontamination Layouts and
                   Procedures for Levels of Protection A Through C	  163

    APPENDIX F   Regional Contacts	  179
                                           VI

-------
                           ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This manual was developed by the Environmental Response Branch of EPA's Office of Emergency and
Remedial Response, Emergency Response Division. The project manager wishes to acknowledge and
express its appreciation for those persons who assisted in the research, development, and preparation of
the document.  In addition, many thanks are offered to the technical reviewers who provided constructive
comments on the document in its final stages of development.
                                          vu

-------
CHAPTER 1   INTRODUCTION

-------
 CHAPTER  1     INTRODUCTION
 1.0  INTRODUCTION
                  Protecting  the  health  and
                  safety of workers is a major
                  consideration when hazardous
                  substances are  present  at  a
                  site.    Not  only  must  site
                  personnel perform a variety of
                  technical tasks  correctly and
efficiently, but  they also must work in an often
unpredictable  and   potentially  dangerous
environment.    By  adequately  equipping  and
training  personnel,  and  by  using appropriate
standard operating procedures,  the potential for
harm from exposure to hazardous substances can
be greatly reduced.

     The purpose  of this document is  to provide
guidance for ensuring the health and safety of site
personnel who work with hazardous substances or
who work at uncontrolled hazardous waste sites.
This guidance is intended for federal, state, and
local  managers and  personnel  at sites  where
hazardous materials are present.  It is meant  to
supplement professional training, experience, and
knowledge, and can be used as:

•    A planning and management tool for field
     managers;

•    An educational tool that addresses
     fundamental aspects of the required health
     and safety programs and plans at hazardous
     waste sites;

•    A reference document for site personnel
     who may need to review important aspects
     of on-site health and safety.
     The U.S.  Occupational  Safety and Health
Administration   (OSHA)   has   established
regulations governing the health and safety of
employees engaged in hazardous waste operations
and  emergency  response.   These  regulations,
codified  at 29 CFR §1910.120, contain  general
requirements for health and safety programs, site
characterization and analysis, site control, training,
medical  surveillance,  engineering controls  and
work  practices, personal protective equipment,
exposure  monitoring,  informational programs,
 material handling, decontamination, and emergency
 procedures.  EPA has incorporated these standards
 by reference into its regulations at 40 CFR Part
 311.  Both  sets of regulations are discussed in
 further detail in Section 1.1.

     A number of documents have been developed
 to provide guidance for protecting the health and
 safety of workers exposed to hazardous substances.
 The purpose of this document is to update the
 U.S. EPA's  July 1988 Standard Operating Safety
 Guides   (SOSG)   to   incorporate   the   new
 requirements at 29  CFR §1910.120 and 40 CFR
 Part 311. This document also includes information
 presented in the Occupational Safety and Health
 Guidance Manual  for  Hazardous  Waste  Site
Activities (the "Four-Agency document"), which was
 written  jointly  by  OSHA, EPA,  the  National
 Institute  for Occupational  Safety  and Health
 (NIOSH), and  the  U.S.  Coast Guard (USCG).
 The Guide also draws from other EPA documents,
 including the EPA Health and Safety Manual, the
 EPA Health  and Safety Audit Guidelines, and the
 EPA's  Standard   Operating  Procedures   for
 hazardous waste site  operations.    Refer  to
Appendix A  for a list of other useful sources of
 information.

     This revised SOSG is intended to provide a
comprehensive overview of the information needed
by employers to meet their responsibility to assure
the health and safety of employees engaged  in
operations at hazardous waste sites.  Developing
and implementing a worker protection program is
a dynamic process that requires both initial and
ongoing planning, periodic revision, and attention
to a  variety of  site details.   This guidance
document provides a comprehensive overview of
the structure of that  process as a whole, as well as
a more detailed discussion of each of the individual
components.  Thus,  this document is intended to
supplement  the OSHA  regulations  at 29  CFR
§1910.120, but is  not meant for use as a  legal
document or  as a replacement to those regulations.
This document is structured as follows:

•    Chapter  1 provides an  overview  of the
     purpose and scope  of the document,  and
     discusses how the requirements at 29  CFR
     §1910.120 and 40 CFR Part 311 fit into the

-------
     regulatory framework of worker protection
     standards.

•    Chapters 2 and 3 discuss initial  planning
     activities that take place before work may
     begin at the site. Chapter 2:  Comprehensive
     and Site-Specific Health and Safety Program
     outlines the components  of the health and
     safety requirements at  both the corporate
     and the site-specific level, and describes the
     relationship  of the site characterization
     process  to the development of  the  site-
     specific  Health and Safety  Plan  (HASP).
     Chapter 3: Training discusses the health and
     safety training program required for workers
     and  managers  engaged in hazardous waste
     operations.

•    Chapters 4 through 11  provide a discussion
     of  health  and  safety  considerations  for
     preliminary  and  on-going  site  activities.
     These include:

     Chapter 4:  Site Control
     Chapter 5:  Personal Protective Equipment
     Chapter 6:  Air Monitoring
     Chapter 7:  Medical Surveillance Program
     Chapter 8:  Heat Stress and Cold Exposure
     Chapter 9:  Decontamination
     Chapter 10: Drum Handling
     Chapter 11: Other Requirements and Safety
                Considerations.

1.1  REGULATORY BACKGROUND
                  Under the authority of section
                  126 of the Superfund Amend-
                  ments and Reauthorization Act
                  of 1986  (SARA), EPA  and
                  OSHA promulgated  identical
                  health and safety standards to
                  protect  workers  engaged in
 hazardous   waste   operations  and   emergency
 response. The OSHA regulations, codified at 29
 CFR §1910.120, became effective on March 6,1990
 (54  FR 9294).    (Corrections to  the OSHA
 regulations were published on April 13,  1990 (55
 FR 14072).) The EPA regulations incorporate the
 OSHA standards by reference and are codified at
 40 CFR Part 311 (54 FR 26654).

     The EPA and OSHA worker protection
 standards for  hazardous  waste operations  and
 emergency response (HAZWOPER) apply to five
groups of workers, as shown in Exhibit 1-1.  This
document addresses the standards as they apply to
the first three groups of workers, those engaged in
voluntary or mandatory cleanups at uncontrolled
hazardous  waste sites, or in corrective actions at
treatment, storage, and disposal  (TSD) facilities
regulated under the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act (RCRA).
                EXHIBIT 1-1
    HAZWOPER standards apply to workers
    engaged in:
   Mandatory cleanups at uncontrolled
   hazardous waste sites
   Voluntary cleanups at uncontrolled
   hazardous waste sites
   Corrective actions at RCRA TSD facilities
    Routine hazardous waste operations
    at RCRA TSD facilities
    Emergency response operations
    without regard to location
     The HAZWOPER  requirements  for these
workers, specified at 29 CFR §1910.120(a) through
(o), are summarized in Exhibit 1-2.  In addition,
these provisions apply to any activities performed
during the preliminary planning and evaluation
stages of the remedial  investigation and  feasibility
study (RI/FS), such as the preliminary assessment
and site investigation (PA/SI).

      HAZWOPER does not, however, apply to
employees who do not have the potential to be
exposed  to hazardous substances.  For example,
administrative  support  personnel  in  the  Site
Command   Post  may   not  be   covered   by
HAZWOPER, but are, of course,  protected by
other OSHA standards. They should also be made
aware of the provisions of the emergency response
plan,  and  must  be  briefed  on emergency
procedures and general site operations, such as the
location of work zones.

-------
                                           EXHIBIT 1-2
      Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response at Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Sites
                                      (29 CFR §1910.120(a)-(o))
   (a)   Scope, application, and definitions.              (h)
   (b)   Safety and health program.                     (i)
   (c)   Site characterization and analysis.               Q')
   (d)   Site control.                                  (k)
   (e)   Training.                                     (I)
   (f)   Medical surveillance.
   (g)   Engineering controls, work practices, and        (m)
        personal  protective equipment for employee      (n)
        protection.                                   (o
    Monitoring.
    Informational programs.
    Handling drums and containers.
    Decontamination.
    Emergency response by employees at
    uncontrolled hazardous waste sites.
    Illumination.
    Sanitation at temporary workplaces.
    New technology programs.
1.2 REGULATORY SCOPE
                  The  occupational  safety and
                  health standards, published at
                  29 CFR, established minimum
                  requirements   to   ensure
                  protection for all private sector
                  employees  in the  U.S.  The
                  general  industry standards  at
29  CFR  Part  1910 were  derived largely from
standards  developed   by   industry   consensus
organizations and  non-OSHA Federal safety and
health standards.    These requirements  reflect
practices previously recognized by most industrial
sectors prior to regulation under the OSHA The
OSHA standards,  however, make these practices
mandatory.
     Many of the OSHA standards at 29 CFR Part
1910  establish generic specifications  for  using
worker  tools, maintaining industrial structures,
installing equipment to make the workplace safer
(e.g.,   sprinkler  systems),   providing   medical
attention, and  other general health  and  safety
practices applicable  to all types of employment.
Other sections in 29 CFR Part 1910, however, are
specific to employees engaged in a specific activity
or industry, such as hazardous waste operations.

     Specifically,   §1910.120   (HAZWOPER)
contains requirements to minimize the health and
safety   hazards  associated   with   conducting
hazardous waste operations at uncontrolled
hazardous waste sites and RCRA TSD facilities,
and  conducting emergency  response.   In some
instances, the HAZWOPER standards incorporate
general worker protection provisions by reference.
For  example, §1910.120(g) requires employers
engaged  in  hazardous  waste  operations  and
emergency response to follow the provisions in
§1910.94 through §1910.100, which require controls
to protect employees from exposure to hazardous
substances and safety and health hazards.  Those
referenced sections may apply to other industries
and  activities as well, but HAZWOPER applies
only to hazardous waste operations and emergency
response  during  the  covered  activities  and
locations.

     In addition to the requirements set forth at
29 CFR Part 1910, OSHA codified regulations at
29 CFR 1926, Subpart C, that set forth safety and
health  standards  specifically applicable to  the
construction industry. Both 29 CFR Part 1910 and
Part 1926 require employers to provide whatever
training  and  education  is   appropriate   for
employees to safely perform a given task.  Exhibit
1-3 presents a list of the OSHA standards  that
might apply at uncontrolled hazardous waste sites.
Appendix B  describes these  standards in greater
detail.  The remainder  of this guide discusses  the
types of activities that must be undertaken during
hazardous waste  operations to  ensure worker
health  and   safety   and to comply  with   the
HAZWOPER requirements.

-------
EXHIBIT 1-3
Other Potentially Applicable
1910.20 Access to Employee Exposure
and Medical Records
1910.24 Fixed Industrial Stairs
1910.27 Fixed Ladders
1910.28 Safety Requirements for
Scaffolding
1910.38 Employee Emergency Plans and
Fire Prevention Plans
1910.94 Ventilation
1910.95 Occupational Noise Exposure
1910.101 Compressed Gases
1910.133 Eye and Face Protection
1910.134 Respiratory Protection
1910.135 Occupational Head Protection
1910.136 Occupational Foot Protection
1910.141 Sanitation
1910.151 Medical Services and First Aid
1910.157 Fire Extinguishers
1910.212 General Requirements for all
Machines
*Not intended as a complete list
OSHA Standards under 29 CFR*
1910.165 Employee Alarm Systems
1910.181 Derricks
1910.252 Welding, Cutting, and Brazing
1910.307 Hazardous Locations
1910.1000 Toxic and Hazardous Substances
1910.1200 Hazard Communication
1926.20 General Safety and Health Provisions
1926.21 Safety Training and Education
1926.56 Illumination
1926.58 Asbestos
1926.59 Hazard Communication
1926.151 Fire Prevention
1926.152 Flammable and Combustible Liquids
1926.200 Accident Prevention Signs and Tags
1926.301 Hand Tools
1926.400 Electrical General Requirements
1926.401 Grounding and Bonding
1926.651 Specific Excavation Requirements
1926.652 Trenching Requirements


FURTHER GUIDANCE: For additional information on employee health and safety at uncontrolled
hazardous waste sites, see:

1.    Occupational Safety and Health Guidance Manual for Hazardous Waste Site Activities
          (NIOSH/OSHA/USCG/EPA, 1985, NIOSH Publication 85-115).

2.    EPA Health and Safety Audit Guidelines (U.S. EPA, 1989, EPA 540/G-89/010).

3.    OSWER Integrated Health and Safety Standard Operating Practice (U.S. EPA, 1992,
          Publication 9285.0-01).

4.    Standard Operating Procedures for Site Safety Planning (U.S. EPA, 1985, Publication 9285.2-05).

-------
CHAPTER 2  COMPREHENSIVE AND SITE-SPECIFIC
           HEALTH AND SAFETY PROGRAM

-------
CHAPTER 2   COMPREHENSIVE  AND  SITE-SPECIFIC
                     HEALTH AND SAFETY  PROGRAM
2.0  INTRODUCTION
                 The HAZWOPER regulations
                 at   29   CFR  §1910.120(5)
                 require  that  any  employer
                 whose  workers  engage   in
                 hazardous waste operations at
                 an  uncontrolled   hazardous
                 waste  site  or who perform
corrective actions at a RCRA TSD facility must
develop and implement a written health and safety
program.  This program must  be designed  to
identify, evaluate, and control health and safety
hazards at any site,  and to provide for emergency
response during site  operations.   The program
must be  maintained by the  employer  and made
available to:   (1)  any employee  or employee
representative; (2) any contractor, subcontractor,
or other representative working for the employer
who may be potentially exposed  to  hazardous
substances;   (3)  OSHA  personnel;  and   (4)
personnel of federal, state, and local agencies with
regulatory authority over the site. If an employer
already has developed a health and safety program
to meet the requirements of other federal, state, or
local  regulations,   the employer may use  the
existing program  to  satisfy  the HAZWOPER
requirements,  provided   that   any   additional
information not covered in the existing program,
but required under HAZWOPER, is incorporated
into the program.

     The primary purpose of the written health
and safety program  is  to serve as an organization-
wide health and safety policy that applies to all
employees of the organization, regardless of  the
location of the actual site where they are working.
The HAZWOPER  regulations  at  29  CFR
§1910.120(b)  establish the  components of  the
general program, as shown in Exhibit 2-1.

     Because  the  written  health  and  safety
program is intended to be organization-wide, only
one  health   and   safety  program  should  be
developed by  an employer, even  if  the employer
has workers  who perform operations  at several
different sites. As required by HAZWOPER, this
program should define the organizational structure,
describe the general health and safety training and
medical surveillance programs, and establish the
standard operating  procedures  for  health  and
safety.  In addition, the health and safety program
must  also  require that  both a  comprehensive
workplan and a Health and Safety Plan (HASP) be
developed for each site where workers are engaged
in hazardous waste  operations.   Each  HASP
includes plans for implementing, on a site-specific
basis, applicable requirements set forth  in the
organization's health and  safety program  (see
Exhibit 2-1). For this reason, the health and safety
program should include  procedures  needed for
coordination between the comprehensive and site-
specific health and safety  activities.

     Section 2.1 below describes  in more detail
these general components of the written health
and safety program.  Because HASP development
is a complex, iterative process, Section 2.2 focuses
on the procedures  for developing the HASP.

2.1  GENERAL COMPONENTS OF THE
     HEALTH AND SAFETY PROGRAM

     As required  by 29  CFR §1910.120(b),  an
organization's written health and safety program
must include certain general program components.
Each of these are described briefly below.

     Organizational Structure. The organizational
structure component of  the written  health and
safety program  identifies the  specific  chain  of
command  in the  employer's organization,  and
specifies the overall responsibilities of supervisors
and employees in carrying out the  health and
safety program. The structure should identify the
general  supervisor  for  all   hazardous  waste
operations;  provide  a roster  of  the  health and
safety supervisors of all the sites; and describe the
responsibilities of other  personnel engaged  in
hazardous waste operations or emergency response.
The structure should also identify the lines  of
authority, communication, and coordination among
personnel and managers in the organization.  It is
necessary to review and update the organizational
structure periodically to  reflect  changes  in
personnel and operations.

-------
                                             EXHIBIT 2-1
                                     Health and Safety Program:
                           Comprehensive and Site-Specific Components
            Comprehensive Health and Safety Program
            Site-Specific HASP
           The HAZWOPER regulations at 29 CFR
           §1910.120(b)(1) require a comprehensive
           health and safety program that includes:
               Organizational structure

               Site-specific workplans
 The HASP implements certain components
 of the health and safety program on a site-
 specific basis. The HASP includes:
             • Site-specific health and
               safety plans (HASPs)
             •  Health and safety training program
             •  Medical surveillance program
             •  Standard operating procedures
             •  Coordination procedures
    •  Key personnel
    •  Health and safety risk analysis
    •  Site control measures
    •  Training assignments
    •  Medical surveillance requirements
    •  Personal protective equipment
    •  Air and employee monitoring
    •  Spill containment program
    •  Confined space procedures
    •  Decontamination procedures
    •  Emergency response plan
     Comprehensive Workplan.  As  required by
HAZWOPER,  the  written  health  and  safety
program  should  specify  that  a comprehensive
workplan will  be developed  for  each  site to
evaluate the  logistics  and resources  needed to
reach work objectives  for site operations.   The
workplan should  identify  anticipated  cleanup
activities as well as normal operating procedures.
It should also establish implementation strategies
for carrying out the  training, informational, and
medical  surveillance  programs of  the  general
health and safety program.   The following  steps
should be undertaken in developing the work plan:

•    Review available information, including site
     records, waste inventories, manifests,
     sampling data, site photos, and other
     records;

•    Define work objectives;

•    Determine methods for  accomplishing  the
     objectives  (e.g., sampling plan, defining
     alternate technologies);

•    Determine personnel requirements;
•    Determine need for additional training
     (refer to Chapter 3 for specific
     requirements); and

•    Determine equipment requirements.

     Site-Specific Health and Safety Plan (HASP).
In addition to the workplan, a site-specific HASP
must be developed and implemented for each site
where   workers  are   potentially   exposed  to
hazardous substances. Section 2.2 below discusses
the components of the HASP and the process for
its development.

     Health and Safety Training Program. HAZ-
WOPER  requires   that  the  health  and  safety
program  include  a  component  to  establish
organization-wide  health  and  safety  training
requirements for all site workers and supervisors.
The training program must address the hazards
present  on-site,  use  of   personal  protective
equipment, work practices to minimize risks, safe
use of engineering controls and equipment, and
medical surveillance requirements.  The HASP for
a  particular  site may implement  these general
training requirements on a site-specific basis (refer
to Chapter 3 for specific requirements).
                                                  10

-------
     Medical   Surveillance  Program.    HAZ-
WOPER  requires  that the  written  health and
safety program also include a detailed program for
ensuring and  monitoring the general health  of
workers engaged in hazardous  waste operations.
As with  the training program, the HASP for  a
particular site will address the medical surveillance
program requirements and any special site-specific
medical surveillance concerns. (Refer to Chapter
7 for more information.)

     Standard   Operating  Procedures.     The
HAZWOPER standards require employers to have
established standard operating procedures for safe
work  practices.    Such procedures  should  be
specified in the written health and safety program.
If  the  employer   has  already   written  and
implemented these  procedures, it is not necessary
for new procedures to be developed.

     Coordination Procedures. Because the health
and safety program includes elements  that are
implemented on a site-specific basis, HAZWOPER
requires  that  the  program  include  procedures
needed   for   coordination   between   the
comprehensive and site-specific health and safety
activities.

2.2 HASP DEVELOPMENT AND SITE
     CHARACTERIZATION

     As   discussed  above,  the   HAZWOPER
regulations at 29 CFR §1910.120(b)(4) require that
a site-specific  HASP be developed for each site
where  workers are engaged in hazardous waste
operations. The purpose of the site-specific HASP
is  to address the health and safety hazards that
may exist at each phase of site operations and to
identify procedures  for protecting employees.

     A new HASP should not be developed if new
tasks or hazards are identified at a site; rather, the
original HASP  should  be updated.  If a sub-
contractor is working at a site, the subcontractor
should carefully evaluate  and identify all  tasks
associated with the subcontracted  activities, and
prepare a health and safety plan  addressing any
identified hazards.  This plan should be submitted
to the  site manager, who will incorporate it into
the general site HASP  after it has been reviewed
for concurrence with the site workplan.
              THE RULE  IS:
        ONE SITE, ONE HASP
Exhibit  2-2   describes  in  detail  the  specific
components that should be included in the HASP.
Also, Exhibit 2-3 presents a sample HASP Table
of Contents.   Some of  the areas that must be
addressed in  the HASP  are discussed  in further
detail in later chapters  of this document.

     Development of the site-specific HASP is  a
process that incorporates the information collected
during the site characterization phase of hazardous
waste operations. Site characterization generally is
divided into three phases:

•    Prior to site entry, the preliminary
     evaluation (PE) is conducted off-site to
     gather information about the site and to
     conduct reconnaissance from the site
     perimeter.

•    During the second stage, initial site entry, a
     visual survey is taken and preliminary air
     monitoring is performed. During  this
     phase, site entry is restricted to properly
     trained and protected reconnaissance
     personnel.

•    Once the hazards  have been identified to
     the greatest extent possible, other activities
     may commence at the site.  Monitoring
     continues, however, to provide a continuous
     source of information about site conditions.

It  is important to recognize  that site  character-
ization (and, therefore, HASP development) is a
continuous process.   At each  phase  of  site
characterization, information  should be obtained
and evaluated  to  define the hazards that  the site
may pose.  This assessment can  then be  used to
develop the HASP for  the next phase of work.
The  more accurate, detailed,  and comprehensive
the information  available about  a site, the more
the HASP  can be tailored to the actual  hazards
that  workers may encounter.  In addition to the
formal  information gathering that takes place
during the phases of site characterization described
here, all site personnel  should be constantly alert
for new information about site conditions that may
indicate a need to update the HASP.
                                                11

-------
                                        EXHIBIT 2-2
                                 Components of the HASP
Key Personnel and
Hazard Communications
Plan
(29CFR§1910.120(b)(2))
The HASP should include names of key personnel such as Project
Manager, Field Operations Leader, Site Supervisor, and Site Health and
Safety Officer, as well as their alternates.  The HASP should also
identify communication procedures and provide for briefings to be held
before site activity is initiated.  These meetings should be held at any
time they appear necessary to ensure that employees are adequately
apprised of the health and safety procedures being followed at the site.
Health and Safety Risk
Analyses
(29CFR§1910.120(b)(4))
Health and safety risk analyses should be established for each task and
operation identified in the site-specific workplan. Discussion of these
analyses should include identification of chemical contaminants, affected
media, concentrations, and potential routes of exposure for use in risk
analysis. Should also include safety risk analyses to address
anticipated on-site operations and safety problems.
Site Control Measures
(29CFR§1910.120(d))
The site control program in the HASP specifies the procedures that will
be used to minimize employee exposure to hazardous substances
before cleanup operations commence and during site operations. The
program must be developed during the planning stages of a hazardous
waste cleanup operation, and must be modified as any new information
becomes available. The site control program should include a site
map, designation of work zones, site communications, safety work
practices, identification of the nearest medical assistance, and
description of the 'buddy system' for site operations. Chapter 4
describes the requirements of the site control program.
Employee Training
Assignments
(29 CFR §1910.120(6))
Training assignments should address the employee's initial health and
safety training, annual health and safety refresher training, on-the-job
training, supervisory training, and first-aid and CPR training.  Employees
should not be permitted to participate in or supervise field activities until
they have received training commensurate with their responsibilities.
Chapter 3 describes the applicable training requirements in greater
detail.
Medical Surveillance
(29 CFR §1910.120(f))
The medical surveillance program is required for monitoring the health
status of personnel who are potentially exposed to hazardous
substances in the field and who wear respirators 30 days or more per
year.  It must include initial and periodic medical examinations,
examination upon termination of employment, and medical
recordkeeping.  Chapter 7 describes the medical surveillance
requirements specified in HAZWOPER.
                                                 12

-------
                                    EXHIBIT 2-2 (cont'd)
                                 Component* of the HASP
Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE)
(29 CFR§ 1910.120(g))
 The HASP must describe the different PPE ensembles that will be used
 to address potential hazards during site activities.  The HASP should
 also include or refer to a comprehensive PPE program that addresses
 site hazards, duration of site activities, limitations of PPE during
 temperature extremes, PPE selection, maintenance, storage, and
 decontamination, and training for PPE use, inspection, and monitoring.
 Such  PPE should be used only when engineering controls and  work
 practices are insufficient to adequately protect against exposure.
 Chapter S discusses PPE requirements in greater detail.
Air and Personnel
Monitoring
(29CFR§1910.120(h))
 The HASP must describe the employee and air monitoring equipment
 and environmental sampling techniques and instrumentation that will be
 used on-site for evaluating potential exposure to contaminants that
 result from site activities. The monitoring program must include
 procedures for initial entry monitoring, periodic monitoring, and
 monitoring of high risk employees.  Chapter 6 discusses monitoring
 requirements and procedures.
Spill Containment
Program
(29 CFR §1910.120®)
Confined Space Entry
Procedures
(29CFR§1910.120(b)(9))
The HASP should include any elements of the spill containment program
that may be relevant to the site, and should provide procedures to
contain and isolate the entire volume of any hazardous substance
spilled in the course of a transfer, major spill, or an on-site release.
If confined space entry is anticipated on-site, the HASP should describe
procedures for entry into confined space. Such procedures ensure the
safety of site personnel who must enter areas where natural ventilation
is insufficient to reduce contaminant concentrations. Chapter 11
presents the requirements for developing confined space entry
procedures.
Decontamination
Procedures
(29CFR§1910.120(k))
The HASP should include decontamination procedures, both for
individuals and equipment on-site and in places where there is a
potential for exposure to a hazardous substance.  These procedures
should explain how to minimize contact with hazardous substances and
how to conduct personal and equipment decontamination when leaving
a contaminated area. Chapter 9 presents the requirements for a
decontamination program.
Emergency Response
Plan
(29 CFR§ 1910.120(1))
The emergency response plan in the HASP must include a description
of how anticipated emergencies would be handled at the site and how
the risks associated with a response would be minimized.   The
emergency response plan must be developed and implemented prior to
beginning site operations.  Chapter 11 discusses the requirements for
an emergency response plan at an uncontrolled hazardous waste site.
                                               13

-------
                                    EXHIBIT 2-3
                    Sample HASP Table of Contents for Site "A"
1.0 INTRODUCTION

    1.1    Scope and Applicability of the Site Health and Safety Plan
    1.2    Visitors

2.0 KEY PERSONNEL/IDENTIFICATION OF HEALTH AND SAFETY PERSONNEL

    2.1    Key Personnel
    2.2    Site-Specific Health and Safety Personnel
    2.3    Organizational Responsibility

3.0 TASK/OPERATION SAFETY AND HEALTH RISK ANALYSIS

    3.1    Historical Overview of Site
    3.2    Task-by-Task Risk Analysis

4.0 PERSONNEL TRAINING REQUIREMENTS

    4.1    Preassignment and Annual Refresher Training
    4.2    Site Supervisors Training
    4.3    Training  and Briefing Topics

5.0 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT TO BE USED

    5.1    Levels of Protection
    5.2    Level A Personal Protective Equipment
    5.3    Level B Personal Protective Equipment
    5.4    Level C Personal Protective Equipment
    5.5    Level D Personal Protective Equipment
    5.6    Reassessment of Protection Program
    5.7    Work Mission Duration
    5.8    Chemical Resistance and Integrity of Protective Material
    5.9.5  SCBA Inspection and Checkout
    5.10.1 Inspection

6.0 MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS

    6.1    Baseline or Preassignment Monitoring
    6.2    Periodic Monitoring
    6.3    Site-Specific Medical Monitoring
    6.4    Exposure/Injury/Medical Support
    6.5    Exit Physical
EPA HASP Version 3.0'  This sample HASP Table of Contents reflects specific health and safety
considerations for Site "A"  Other sites may address different topics in the HASP, subject to site-specific
hazards and activities
                                         14

-------
                                EXHIBIT 2-3 (cont'd)
                    Sample HASP Table of Contents for Site "A"

7.0  FREQUENCY AND TYPES OF AIR MONITORING/SAMPLING

     7.1     Direct-Reading Monitoring Instruments
     7.3.1   Site Air Monitoring and Sampling Program

8.0  SITE CONTROL MEASURES

     8.1     Buddy System
     8.2    Site Communications Plan
     8.3    Work Zone Definition
     8.4    Nearest Medical Assistance
     8.5    Safe Work Practices
     8.6    Emergency Alarm Procedures

9.0  DECONTAMINATION PLAN

     9.1     Standard Operating  Procedures
     9.2    Levels of Decontamination Protection Required for Personnel
     9.3    Equipment Decontamination
     9.4    Disposition of Decontamination Wastes

10.0 EMERGENCY RESPONSE/CONTINGENCY PLAN

     10.1   Pre-Emergency Planning
     10.2   Personnel Roles and Lines of Authority
     10.3   Emergency Recognition/Prevention
     10.4   Evacuation Routes/Procedures
     10.7   Emergency Contact/Notification System
     10.8   Emergency Medical  Treatment Procedures
     10.9   Fire or Explosion
     10.10  Spill or Leaks
     10.11  Emergency Equipment/Facilities

11.0 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROCEDURES

     11.1   Definitions
     11.2   General  Provisions
     11.3   Procedure for Confined Space Entry
     11.4   Confined Space Observer (Stand-by Person)

12.0 SPILL CONTAINMENT PROGRAM

13.0 HAZARD COMMUNICATION
EPA HASP Version 3.0' This sample HASP Table of Contents reflects specific health and safety
considerations for Site "A"  Other sites may address different topics in the HASP, subject to site-specific
hazards and activities.
                                         15

-------
                                            EXHIBIT 2-4
                                 The Site Characterization Process
       Preliminary
       Evaluation
        (Off-Site)
I                        Initial Draft of HASP
                            (Off-Site)
Initial Site Entry
                                                   Revision of the
                                                       HASP
                               On-Going
                              Monitoring
     The sections that follow describe the phases
of site characterization and HASP development,
and provide a general guide that should be
adapted to site-specific situations.  Exhibit 2-4
provides a flowchart that illustrates this process.
For additional, detailed information on HASP
development, see the Environmental Response
Team's (ERT) Health and Safety Planner (also
referred to as the generic health and safety plan),
which is a menu-driven computerized software
system designed to assist in the development,
implementation, and updating of a HASP.

2.2.1  Preliminary Evaluation

     The first step in developing a HASP  is to
perform a preliminary evaluation (PE) of the site's
characteristics.  The PE must be accomplished off-
site, so as not to endanger the health and safety of
site workers.  The purpose of the PE is to obtain
preliminary information  to help  identify  the
specific hazards at the  site and  determine the
appropriate health and safety control procedures
(e.g.,  engineering controls,  personal protective
equipment (PPE),  and  any additional  medical
surveillance needs) that are necessary to ensure the
protection of employees who perform tasks on-site.

     As set forth in 29 CFR §1910.120(c)(4), the
PE should  include the following:
   •    Site location and size.

   •    Description of response activity and/or the
        job to be performed.

   •    Duration of the planned activity.

   •    Site topography and accessibility.

   •    Site safety and health hazards expected.

   •    Pathways for hazardous substance
        dispersion.

   •    Present status and capabilities of emergency
        response teams that would provide
        assistance for on-site emergencies.

   •    Hazardous substances and health hazards
        expected at the site, and the chemical and
        physical properties  of the substances.

        There are  several  ways  in  which  this
   information can be obtained. For example, records
   of the site or interviews with persons who  are
   knowledgeable about the site can provide useful
   information about potential hazards.  Exhibit  2-5
   summarizes   potentially  useful   sources   of
   information.  Appendix  C provides  a  "Sample
   Incident Safety Check-Off List" to serve as a quick
   reference on the types of information that must be
                                                16

-------
                 EXHIBIT 2-5
     Sources of Site-Specific Information
      Company records, receipts, worker
      compensation claims, logbooks, or
      ledgers.
      Records and permits from federal and
      state pollution control regulatory and
      enforcement agencies, state Attorney
      General's office, state occupational safety
      and health agencies, state Fire Marshal's
      office.
      Interviews with personnel and their
      families (all interview information should
      be verified).
      Generator and transporter records.
      Water department and sewage records.
      Interviews with nearby residents (note
      possible site-related medical problems
      and verify all information from interviews).
      Local fire and police department records.
      Court and utility company records.
      Verified media reports.
      Previous surveying (including soil,
      ground-penetrating radar, and
      magnetometer surveys), sampling, and
      monitoring data.
                                                      2.2.2 Writing the Initial Draft of the
                                                             HASP
obtained prior to initial site entry, and the types of
follow-up activities that should be conducted.

     In addition to interviewing knowledgeable
persons and  researching the history of the site,
gathering data at the site perimeter (i.e., perimeter
reconnaissance) may  help  in  identifying site
hazards and potential  pathways for exposure and
determining the appropriate level of PPE for the
initial  site entry.   To identify  the  appropriate
monitoring techniques for  perimeter reconnais-
sance,  the Site Health and  Safety Officer should
review the information obtained during the records
or interview research.

NOTE: Perimeter reconnaissance activities during
the PE  must  be  conducted  off-site.   The site
manager must not, under any circumstances, allow
a worker to enter the site to  collect information
for the PE.
                  Once the PE is completed and
                  the  appropriate  information
                  has   been   obtained,   the
                  information is used to develop
                  the initial draft  of the site-
                  specific HASP.   The  initial
                  draft   of   the   HASP   must
include  all  elements   listed  in  Exhibit  2-2.
Specifically, it must identify each anticipated health
and  safety hazard for  each  work operation or
activity, and  describe how those hazards  will be
eliminated or controlled. It must also indicate that
employees have received training and are enrolled
in a medical surveillance program.  In addition, the
HASP should  identify  appropriate  monitoring
procedures and PPE for the initial  site entry.  The
HASP must remain on-site at all  times and only
one HASP should be developed for each site.

2.2.3   Initial Site Entry

     Once the HASP  has been  developed  and
implemented,  the second  stage of  the  site
characterization and analysis (i.e., initial site entry)
may begin. The purpose of the initial site entry is
to  gather additional  information  and  further
evaluate the site-specific risks and  hazards for use
in   selecting  and   developing  appropriate
engineering  controls,   site   controls,  medical
monitoring plans, and PPE.  Risks that should be
considered during the initial site entry  include:
     Physical hazards.
     Exposure exceeding the permissible exposure
     limits (PELs) and published exposure levels.
     Immediately  dangerous to  life and  health
     (IDLH) concentrations.
     Potential skin absorption and irritation.
     Explosion sensitivity and flammability ranges.
     Oxygen deficiency.
     Confined spaces.
     At  a minimum, activities during the initial
site entry should consist of air monitoring and a
visual survey for potential hazards.  Multi-media
sampling should also be  performed if the site
manager has any reason to  believe that soil or
water contamination may be present.  Exhibit 2-6
                                                  17

-------
                                    EXHIBIT 2-6
            Initial  Site  Entry:  Visual Inspection Checklist
 Note the types of containers, impoundments,
 or other storage systems:

 --   Paper or wood packages.
 --   Metal or plastic barrels or drums.
 --   Underground tanks.
 --   Aboveground tanks.
 --   Compressed gas cylinders.
 --   Pits, ponds, or lagoons.

 Note any tags, labels, markings, or other
 identifying indicators.

 Note the condition of waste containers  and
 storage systems:

 --  Sound (undamaged).
 --  Visibly rusted or corroded.
 --  Leaking or bulging.
 --  Size and type of container.
 --  Labels on containers indicating corrosive,
    explosive, flammable, radioactive, or toxic
    materials.

 Note the physical condition of the materials:

 --  Gas, liquid, or solid.
 --  Color and turbidity.
 --  Behavior,   e.g.,  corroding,   foaming,
    vaporizing, or crystallizing.
 --  Conditions   conducive  to  splash   or
    contact.

 Identify  natural wind barriers

 --  Buildings.
 --  Fences.
 --  Vegetation.

Determine   the    potential  pathways   of
dispersion:

 --  Air.
 --  Biologic routes, such as animals and food
    chains.
 --  Ground water.
 --  Land surface.
 -  Surface water.
Note any  indicators of potential exposure to
hazardous substances:

 --  Dead  fish, animals or vegetation.
 --  Dust or spray in the air.
 --  Fissures  or cracks in solid surfaces that
    expose deep waste layers.
 --  Pools of  liquid.
 --  Gas generation or effervescence.
 -  Deteriorating containers.
 --  Cleared  land areas or possible landfilled
    areas.
 --  Subsiding areas indicating  waste burial
    locations.

Note any safety hazards. Consider:

 --  Conditions of site structures.
 -  Obstacles to entry and exit.
 --  Terrain homogeneity.
 -  Terrain stability.
 --  Stability of stacked material.

Identify any reactive, incompatible, flammable,
or highly corrosive wastes.
Note land features.
Note the presence of any potential naturally
occurring skin irritants or dermatitis-inducing
agents, for example-

 --  Poison ivy.
 --  Poison oak
 --  Poison sumac.
Collect samples:

 --  Air (see Chapter 6, Air Monitoring).
 --  Drainage  ditches.
 --  Soil (surface and subsurface).
 --  Standing  pools of liquids.
 --  Storage containers
 --  Streams and ponds
 --  Ground water (upgradient, beneath site,
    downgradient).
                                            18

-------
provides a checklist of conditions  and potential
hazards that should be noted during the initial site
entry.   An accurate and  comprehensive visual
survey of .the site will assist  the  site manager  in
identifying and determining additional information
(e.g., sampling of soil or containers) that mav be
needed. For example, a visual
survey   might    note   the
condition of waste containers
(e.g., rusted or other unusual
conditions)   and   identify
potential exposure pathways.
     The  specific monitoring  requirements  for
initial  site  entry  are  specified  at  29  CFR
§1910.120(c)(6) and (h)(2) and are summarized in
Exhibit 2-7.  Personnel entering the site should
monitor the air using direct reading instruments to
detect IDLH conditions (e.g., toxic substances) and
for ionizing radiation.  Such monitoring, however,
need only be conducted  if the  PE  produces
information that  suggests:  (1) the possibility of
existing IDLH conditions; or (2) the potential for
ionizing radiation. Air monitoring should also be
conducted if  the information from the  PE is
insufficient to reasonably conclude that  neither of
these two conditions  exists.  When  monitoring,
entry personnel should look for signs of actual or
potential   IDLH   hazards  or  other  dangerous
conditions.   Examples of  hazards that may be
identified at  a site include  confined space entry,
ground subsidence, visible vapor  clouds, or areas
that contain  biological indicators,  such as dead
vegetation.     Exhibit 2-8  gives  examples   of
frequently used monitoring devices and exposure
limits.

     The appropriate level of protection for initial
entry should be conservative, because there is often
little known information on specific hazards at that
time.  Refer to Chapter 6 for additional informa-
tion on selecting  appropriate levels of protection.

     In addition to air monitoring, soil  and water
sampling  should  be performed during  the initial
site  entry   if  the   site  manager   believes
contamination may exist.  Soil sampling techniques
will differ with each  site;  for specific sampling
strategies, refer to Volume 1 (Soil) of the Removal
Program Representative Sampling Guidance (Interim
Final).  Prior to beginning site activities, it is
imperative that the purpose of the  effort and  the
ultimate use  of the data be established. Specific
strategies  should  be  selected  based on  the
                 EXHIBIT 2-7
    Specific Monitoring Requirements for
               Initial Site Entry
   As specified in 29 CFR §1910.120(c)(6) and
   (h)(2), the following monitoring should be
   conducted at initial site entry:

   •  Air monitoring with direct-reading
      instruments for hazardous levels of
      ionizing radiation.
   •  Air monitoring with direct-reading test
      equipment  (e.g., combustible gas meters,
      detector tubes) for IDLH or other
      dangerous  conditions.
   •  Visual observation for signs of actual or
      potential IDLH or other dangerous
      conditions.
information required. Chapter 6 provides a more
detailed discussion of monitoring techniques and
equipment.

     One important goal of the initial site entry is
to identify the risks and hazards at the site so that
the work zones can be established. The three most
frequently identified zones are the Exclusion Zone.
the  Contamination  Reduction  Zone,  and  the
Support Zone (also known  as the clean  zone).
The  Support Zone should be an area of the site
that is free from contamination and that may safely
be used as a staging area for other hazardous waste
operations at the site.  The Exclusion Zone is the
area with  actual  or potential contamination and
the highest  potential for exposure to hazardous
substances.  For  additional information  on work
zones and site control, refer to Chapter 4.

2.2.4   Revising the HASP

     Once the initial site entry is completed, the
site manager is responsible for updating the HASP
to ensure that it adequately identifies  any new
tasks or hazards  at the site.  At most sites, any
sampling performed during the initial site entry
will  provide accurate information  regarding  the
appropriate level of PPE  to be  worn  by site
employees  and the proper designation  of work
zones.
                                                  19

-------
     After the initial site characterization activities
have been completed, any information concerning
the chemical, physical, and toxicological properties
of  hazardous  substances  identified  during  the
initial  site  entry  must be  made  available  to
employees  prior  to   the  commencement  of
operations at the site.
                                           2.2.5   On-Going Monitoring

                                                Once  the HASP is revised to  reflect  the
                                           information gathered during the initial site entry,
                                           on-going monitoring may be needed to ensure that
                                           all new hazards are identified in a timely manner
                                           and that the appropriate controls are implemented
                                           to protect site employees.
EXHIBIT 2-8
Atmospheric Hazard Action Guides
Monitoring Equipment
Combustible Gas
Indicator
Oxygen Level
Radiation Survey
Instrument
Colorimetric Tubes
Photoionization Detector
Flame lonization Detector
Atmospheric
Hazard3
Explosive

Gamma
Radiation
Organic &
inorganic
vapors/gases
Organic
vapors/gases
Organic
vapors/gases
Level
< 10% LELb
10-25% LEL
> 25% LEL
< 19.5%
19.5-25%
> 25%
Above
background.
< 1 mR/hr
.> 1 mR/hr
Depends on
chemical
Depends on
chemical
Depends on
chemical
Action
Continue monitoring with caution.
Continue monitoring, but with extreme caution,
especially as higher levels are encountered.
Explosion hazard! Withdraw from area
immediately.
Monitor wearing SCBA NOTE: Combustible
gas readings not valid in atmospheres with less
than 19.5% oxygen.
Continue monitoring with caution. SCBA not
needed based only on oxygen content.
Discontinue monitoring Fire potential! Consult
specialist.
Continue monitoring. Consult a health
physicist.
Withdraw. Continue monitoring only upon the
advice of a Health Physicist.
Consult reference manuals for air concentration
vs. PEL/TLV and toxicity data.
Consult reference manuals for air concentration
vs. PEL/TLV and toxicity data.
Consult reference manuals for air concentration
vs. PEL/TLV and toxicity data.
 a NOTE: Hazard classes are general and not all compounds in these classes can be measured by realtime instruments.
  LEL =
lower explosive limit.
 NOTE:  The correct interpretation of any instrument readout is difficult.  If the instrument operator is uncertain of the
 significance of a reading,  especially if conditions could be unsafe, a technical specialist should immediately be
 consulted  Consideration should be given to withdrawing personnel from the area until approval by the safety officer
 is given to continue operations.
                                                   20

-------
    Periodic  monitoring  should  be conducted        are initiated or site conditions change.  (Refer to
whenever  there is any indication that exposures        Exhibit  4-4  in  Chapter  4  of  this  Guide  for
have risen above  the permissible exposure limits        examples.)   Monitoring should be conducted on
(PELs), when other dangerous  conditions  exist,        those employees suspected of having the highest
such as the presence of flammable atmospheres or        exposures to  hazardous substances  and  health
oxygen-deficient environments, or when new tasks        hazards.
   FURTHER GUIDANCE:  For further information on developing the written health and safety plan
   and the site-specific HASP, see:

   1.   Characterization of Hazardous Waste Sites - A Methods Manual: Vol.II. Available Sampling
          Methods, 2nd ed.  (U.S. EPA, 1984, EPA 600/4-84-076).

   2.   EPA  Health and Safety Planner:  Software and User's Guide (U.S.  EPA, 1990, Publication
          9285.8-01).

   3.   EPA  Health and Safety Audit Guidelines (U.S. EPA, 1989, EPA 540/G-89/010).

   4.   Standard Operating Guidelines for Site Entry (U.S. EPA, 1985, Publication 9285.2-01 A).

   5.   Standard Operating Procedures for Site Safety Planning (U.S.  EPA, 1985, Publication 9285.2-05).

   6.   OSWER Integrated Health and Safety Standard Operating Practice (U.S. EPA, 1992,
          Publication 9285.0-01).

   7.   Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response:   Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Sites and
          RCRA Corrective Action (U.S. EPA, 1991, Publication 9285.2-08FS).

   8.   Removal Program Representative Sampling Guidance.  Volume 1 - Soil (Interim Final),
          (U.S. EPA, 1991, Publication 9360.4-10).
                                                21

-------
CHAPTER 3   TRAINING
                                       29 CFR 1910 120(e)

-------
CHAPTER 3    TRAINING
3.0  INTRODUCTION
                  Health and safety training is an
                  integral part of the total health
                  and  safety  program.    Site
                  response   personnel  should
                  receive frequent  training to
                  maintain  proficiency in using
                  safety equipment  and know-
ledge of site safety practices.  Personnel who work
at hazardous  waste  sites  must  recognize  and
understand the potential hazards to health  and
safety associated  with the  cleanup  of that  site.
Personnel actively engaged  in cleanup  activities
must be familiar with the safety programs  and
procedures at the site, including the HASP and site
control  measures, and must be trained to work
safely in contaminated areas. Employees may not
participate in  or  supervise  any  site  activity until
they have been properly trained.

     The objectives of the HAZWOPER training
program for employees engaged in hazardous waste
site activities are to:

•    Educate  workers about the potential health
     and  safety hazards they may encounter at
     the site;

•    Provide the  knowledge and skills necessary
     to minimize risk to worker health and
     safety;

•    Provide thorough training  in the proper use
     and  potential limitations of safety and PPE;
     and

•    Ensure that workers can safely avoid or
     escape from emergencies.

     The HAZWOPER standards  at  29  CFR
§1910.120(e) reflect a tiered approach to training.
They link the amount and type of training required
to  an  employee's  potential  for  exposure to
hazardous substances and  other  health hazards
encountered during  hazardous waste  operations.
The greater the potential hazard to an employee,
the more extensive and stringent are the training
requirements.   The  training  program should
involve both classroom instruction in a wide range
of health and  safety topics, demonstrations, and
"hands-on" practice consisting of off-site drills that
simulate  site  activities and  conditions.    Any
training program  for  work  around  hazardous
substances   should  also   incorporate   on-site
experience under the direct supervision of trained,
experienced personnel. All employees are required
to complete refresher training, at least annually, to
re-emphasize the initial training and  to update
workers on any new policies or procedures.

3.1  TRAINING REQUIREMENTS

3.1.1  General Training Requirements

     HAZWOPER outlines  a  specific set of
training criteria based  upon a given employee's
position, duties, and experience.  The intent of the
training provisions is to provide employees with
the knowledge and skills  necessary to  perform
hazardous waste cleanup operations with minimal
risk to their  safety and health.

     The rule requires  that all on-site employees
who  are  exposed,  or  potentially  exposed, to
hazardous substances,  health hazards, or safety
hazards  receive   training   meeting  specific
requirements before they are permitted to engage
in hazardous waste operations.  This rule  also
applies  to   site  supervisors   and  personnel
responsible  for  health  and safety  at the  site.
Employees should not be permitted to  participate
in or supervise field activities until they have been
trained to a level commensurate with their job
function and responsibility.

     The HAZWOPER standards specify hourly
requirements for five different categories of site
workers.  These hourly training requirements, and
the requirements for each category, are discussed
in more detail in Section 3.2.

3.1.2  Site-Specific  Requirements

     Each employer at a site is responsible for
ensuring that  their respective  employees are
properly   trained  and  equipped   prior  to
commencing work.  HAZWOPER  training must
enable site workers to identify the hazards present
on-site, the medical surveillance  requirements,
                                                25

-------
certain  elements of  the  HASP,  and operating
practices and procedures, including the use of PPE
and  proper  engineering controls.   Exhibit  3-1
outlines  the specific  issues and  topics that  are
required to be addressed during training.
                 EXHIBIT 3-1
     Elements to be Covered in Training
   29 CFR §1910.120(e) (2) requires that health
   and safety training ensure that employees are
   thoroughly familiar with the following
   information:

     •    Names of personnel and alternates
         responsible for site safety and health;
     •    Safety, health, and other hazards
         present on site;
     •    Use of personal protective equipment;
     •    Work practices by which the employee
         can minimize risks from hazards;
     •    Safe use of engineering controls and
         equipment on the site;
     •    Medical surveillance techniques, and
         recognition of symptoms and signs that
         might indicate overexposure to hazards;
     •    An emergency response plan meeting
         the requirements for safe and effective
         responses to emergencies, including all
         necessary equipment;
     •    Confined  space entry procedures;
         A spill containment program; and
     «    Decontamination procedures.
         It is also recommended that training
    cover the following:
     •   Proper use of field equipment; and
     •   Employee rights and  responsibilities.
         First Aid.
 3.2  INITIAL TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
      FOR FIELD PERSONNEL

      Although all employees engaged in hazardous
 waste operations must receive training in health
 and safety, the type of training required depends
 on the employee's on-site activities  and potential
 for exposure to hazardous substances.  Exhibit 3-2
summarizes the  HAZWOPER hourly  training
requirements for five categories of site workers.
Exhibit  3-3  provides   a  matrix  of  training
requirements for site personnel.

     General   site  workers   (e.g.,  equipment
operators,   general  laborers,  and  supervisory
personnel)  engaged   in  hazardous  substance
removal or other activities that potentially expose
workers  to  hazardous  substances and  health
hazards are required to receive at least 40 hours of
off-site instruction, as well as a minimum of 3 days
actual field experience under the direct supervision
of a trained, experienced supervisor.

     Workers who are on-site only occasionally to
perform a specific limited task (e.g., ground-water
monitoring or land surveying) and who are unlikely
to be exposed to hazardous substances over their
PELs, are required to have a minimum of 24 hours
of instruction off-site and a minimum of 8 hours of
supervised field experience.

     Workers regularly on-site who work in areas
where  exposure levels are monitored  and deter-
mined to be below PELs, and where no health or
atmospheric hazards are  posed, must receive 24
hours of off-site instruction and a minimum of one
day actual field  experience  under  the  direct
supervision of a trained, experienced supervisor.

     Workers  with 24 hours of training who
subsequently become general site workers or whose
job requires that a respirator be worn are required
to  obtain the additional  16 hours and 2 days of
training to  fulfill the training requirements com-
mensurate with the new position's responsibilities.
                  Managers and supervisors  of
                  the four groups of employees
                  described above are  required
                  to receive the same amount of
                  initial   training   and   field
                  experience as  the  employees
                  they   supervise,    plus  8
 additional  hours  of  specialized  training  in
 managing hazardous  waste  operations.   For
 example, a supervisor that only manages employees
 who  work  on-site  occasionally must   have a
 minimum of 24 hours of instruction off-site and 8
 hours of supervised  field  experience,   plus  an
 additional 8 hours  of  specialized  management
 training.  Supervisors  will need  to be trained in
 their responsibilities under the health and safety
                                                  26

-------
                                           EXHIBIT 3-2
                           Initial Training Requirements for Employees
                  at Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste SHes (29 CFR §1910.120(e))
                                                           Site employees
                                                            assigned site
                                                             emergency
                                                           response duties
  Occasional
employees and
  routine site
  employees
 unlikely to be
exposed above
    PELs
                                                                              All site workers
                                                                Trained
                                                              to a level of
                                                             competency in
                                                            addition to above
                                                              requirements
                      8 hours
                  special training
                     plus other
                     employee
                   requirements
40 hours
 off-site
                   24 hours
                    off-site
8 hours
 annual
refresher
training
                  8 hours
                    field
                 experience
 24 hours
   field
experience
program, the PPE program, the  medical surveil-
lance program, and the emergency response plan.

     Visitors to the site are not required to have
completed  any specific training  in  health  and
safety, although it is strongly recommended  that
they be familiar with the hazards on-site as well as
PPE, decontamination procedures, and the site
emergency plan.   Site visitors may not  enter any
hazardous area (e.g., exclusion or decontamination
zones) without the proper training.

     Although  there  are  no  specific training
requirements for on-site employees with emergency
response duties for that site, such employees must
be trained commensurate with the duties that will
be assumed.

3.3  EQUIVALENT AND REFRESHER
     TRAINING

     Some of the training requirements specified
above may be waived if the employee has had prior
work experience or training.  For example, certain
training  requirements   may be  waived  if the
employee has had  experience  working at  an
uncontrolled hazardous waste  site  or  if the
                            employee has  participated  in training  courses
                            offered by  independent or federal organizations
                            (e.g.,  EPA).   If the employer believes  that an
                            employee  has  sufficient prior  experience or
                            training to waive some or all of the HAZWOPER
                            training  requirements,   the   employer  must
                            document the basis for this belief, describing the
                            length and  type   of  experience  or  training.
                            Equivalent  training may include any  relevant
                            academic training or the training that may  have
                            been gained from actual hazardous waste site work
                            experience.   Certified employees new to a site,
                            however, must receive  appropriate  site-specific
                            training before site entry.

                                 All   employees  who   perform   cleanup
                            operations  at uncontrolled hazardous waste sites,
                            including managers and supervisors, must receive
                            a minimum of 8 hours of annual refresher training.
                            The purpose  of refresher training is  to maintain
                            certain competencies essential  for ensuring a safe
                            work environment.   Attendance  at  applicable
                            seminars and  critiques of actual responses  are also
                            acceptable  methods of  satisfying   the  annual
                            refresher training requirements. Proper documen-
                            tation of attendance should be  maintained in each
                            employee's  personnel file to confirm that  every
                                                27

-------
                                      EXHIBIT 3-3
                         Recommended Training by Job Category
TRAINING TOPIC
Biology, Chemistry, and
Physics of Hazardous Materials
Toxicology
Industrial Hygiene
Monitoring Equipment
Hazard Evaluation/Recognition
Site Safety Plan
Standard Opeipting Procedures
Engineering Controls
Personal Protective Clothing
and Equipment (PPE)
Medical Program
Decontamination
Legal and Regulatory Aspects
Emergencies/Accidents
Hazard Communication
General On-site Health
Site Management & & Safety
EMPHASIS OF TRAINING Worker Supervisors Staff
Chemical and physical properties; chemical reactions;
chemical compatibilities.
Dosage, exposure routes, toxicity, IDLH values, PELs,
recommended exposure limits (RELs), TLVs.
Monitoring workers' need for and selection of PPE.
Calculation of doses and exposure levels; hazard evaluation;
selection of worker health and safety protective measures.
Selection, use, capabilities, limitations, and maintenance.
Techniques of sampling and assessment.
Evaluation of field and lab results.
Chemical/Physical
Risk assessment.
Safe practices, safety briefings and meetings, Standard
Operating Procedures, site safety map.
Hands-on practice.
Development and compliance.
The use of barriers, isolation, and distance to minimize
hazards.
Assignment, sizing, fit-testing, maintenance, use, limitations,
and hands-on training.
Selection of PPE.
Medical monitoring, first aid, stress recognition.
CPR and emergencies drills.
Design and planning.
Implementation.
Hands-on training using simulated field conditions.
Design and maintenance.
Applicable safety and health regulations (OSHA, EPA)
Emergency help, self-rescue, drills, alarms, reporting.
Emergency response, investigation and documentation.
Per 29 CFR §1910.200 and §1926.59 (as applicable)
Employee Rights
/
/
O
O
/
/
O
/

/
/
O
/
/
/
J
0

J
/
s
O
/
O
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
O
J
/
/
/
/
/
s
s
0
/
/
J
J
/
/
/
/
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
/
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
/
/ = Recommended training   O  = Optional
                                           28

-------
person  assigned  to a  task has  had  adequate
training for that task, and that each employee has
participated in refresher training activities.

3.4  TRAINER QUALIFICATIONS AND
     CERTIFICATION

     Trainers must be  adequately qualified to
instruct employees about the subject matter that is
being presented in training.  Such trainers must
satisfactorily complete  a  training program  for
teaching the subjects they are expected to teach, or
they must  have  the academic credentials  and
instructional experience necessary for teaching the
subjects. Instructors are required to demonstrate
competent instructional skills and  knowledge of
the applicable subject matter.

     Employees and supervisors who have received
and successfully completed the required training
and field  experience  must be certified  by their
instructor  or   trained  supervisor  as  having
successfully completed the  necessary training. A
written certificate must be given to each person as
proof  of  his   or  her  certification  (although
certification may only signify attendance, and not
competency).   Any person  who  has not  been
certified or who does not meet the requirements
may not participate in hazardous waste operations
at the site.
   FURTHER GUIDANCE: For more information on employee training requirements and programs,
   see:

   1.    Hazardous Materials Incident Response Training  (HMIRT) Program: Course Schedule.
        Write to:  U.S. EPA/ERT, 26 West Martin Luther King, Cincinnati, OH 45268
        or Call:   (513) 569-7537 or FTS 684-7537

             The HMIRT program is designed for emergency responders and personnel who investigate and clean
             up uncontrolled hazardous waste sites. The HMIRT program has a curriculum of 12 courses that
             provide specific training in worker health  and safety and in various technical operations that must be
             performed by site personnel engaged in hazardous materials response activities.

   2.    National Institute for Environmental Health Sciences  (NIEHS) Worker Health and Safety Training
        Programs. Write to: The National Clearinghouse on Occupational  and Environmental Health,
        c/o Workplace Health Fund, 815 16th Street NW, Suite 301, Washington DC, 20006
        or Call: (202)  842-7833

             The National Clearinghouse, established by NIEHS, provides information and support services for
             occupational and environmental health education. The Clearinghouse  can provide information about
             training programs across the country funded by NIEHS Federal training grants.

   3.    National Institute for Environmental Health Sciences  (NIEHS) Training Grant Program, Technical
        Workshop on  Training Quality Report: Minimum Criteria for Worker Health and Safety
        Training for Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response (1990).

   4.    "Accreditation of Training Programs for Ha/ardous  Waste Operations,"  Proposed Standard,
             (55 FR 2776, January 26, 1990).
                                                 29

-------
CHAPTER 4  SITE CONTROL
               o   o  o

-------
CHAPTER 4    SITE  CONTROL
4.0  INTRODUCTION

     As an essential element of the HASP, the site
control program is used to control the activities
and  movement of  people and  equipment  at
hazardous waste sites in order  to minimize the
potential  for  worker  exposure  to  hazardous
substances.    The   provisions  at  29  CFR
§1910.120(d)  require that an  appropriate site
control  program  be developed  prior  to the
implementation of response operations. Although
the degree of site  control  necessary  for the
protection of workers depends largely on site-
specific  characteristics (e.g., site size, nature  of
contamination, etc.), 29  CFR §1910.120(d)(3)
identifies some essential elements of an effective
site  control  program.    These  elements are
highlighted in Exhibit 4-1.

     The  site control  program  should  be
established during  the  planning  stages  of  a
hazardous waste operation.  It should be modified
as new information becomes available, perhaps  as
a result of the initial site entry or subsequent site
assessments.    The  appropriate  sequence for
implementing site control measures should be
determined on a site-specific basis; however, it may
be  necessary  to  implement several  measures
concurrently.   The  remainder  of this  chapter
provides  more detail  of each  of  the  basic
components of a site control program.
4.1  DEVELOPMENT OF THE SITE MAP
                         of  the  site control
                           a  map   of   the
                 As  part
                 program
                 hazardous waste site should be
                 developed.    The  site  map
                 represents a central source of
                 information  about the  site,
                 including the geographic layout
and the hazards present at the site. The  purpose
of the site map is to assist  site personnel  in
planning   and  organizing  response  activities.
Exhibit 4-2 presents an example of a site  map.

     The site map  should be developed  prior to
the initial site entry using information obtained
during the preliminary  evaluation.   The  map
should  include  the   following  information:
prevailing wind direction, site drainage points, all
natural  and  man-made  topographic  features
including the location of buildings,  containers,
impoundments, pits, ponds, tanks, and any other
site features.  Site maps should be updated often
during the course of site operations to reflect:

•    New information, such as information
     gained after initial site entry or from
     subsequent sampling and analysis activities;
     or
                                        EXHIBIT 4-1
                   Communications
                        Network
                                    The Site Control
                                          Program
                                                       Worker Safety
                                                         Procedures
      Nearby Medical
         Facilities
                                             33

-------
        EXHIBIT 4-2
     Sample Site Map
        Former
    Emergency Holding
         Basin
o     o     o
/ (Partially Buried Drums)
O     O     O
              34

-------
 •     Changes in site conditions, including changes
      resulting   from   accidents,  ongoing  site
      operations, hazards not previously identified,
      new   materials   introduced   on-site,
      unauthorized entry or vandalism, or weather
      conditions.

 As new information is added to the site map, use
 of  overlays and other mapping  techniques may
 reduce the potential cluttering of information.

 4.2  ESTABLISHMENT OF WORK ZONES
      AT THE SITE
                  One of the basic elements of
                  an   effective  site  control
                  program is the delineation of
                  work zones at the site.  This
                  delineation specifies the type
                  of operations that will occur in
                  each  zone,  the  degree  of
hazard at different locations within the site, and
the areas at the site that  should be avoided  by
unauthorized   or   unprotected   employees.
Specifically, the purpose of establishing work zones
is to:

•    Reduce the accidental spread of hazardous
     substances by workers or equipment from
     the contaminated areas to the clean areas;

•    Confine work activities to the appropriate
     areas, thereby minimizing the likelihood of
     accidental exposure; and

•    Facilitate the location and evacuation of
     personnel in case of an emergency.

     When  establishing the work zones at a site,
information  from   on-site  and  off-site  data
collection efforts should be compiled in a format
that facilitates a decision concerning the placement
of work zones.  The site map, as discussed above,
can provide  a  useful format  for compiling the
relevant  data.   The locations  of  all  potential
hazards   that   were  identified  through   the
interview/records  research,    the   perimeter
reconnaissance,  and  the  initial on-site  survey
should be plotted on the site map. The site map
should also indicate both observed and suspected
hazards,  on- and off-site air  and soil  sampling
results, and potential exposure  pathways.   It is
important  to remember  that  the  absence  of
sampling results should not be considered evidence
that an area is clean.

     Although a site may be divided into as many
zones  as necessary to ensure  minimal employee
exposure to hazardous substances, the three most
frequently identified zones are the Exclusion Zone
(or  "hot zone"),  the Contamination Reduction
Zone  (CRZ), and  the Support Zone (or "clean
zone").  Movement of personnel and equipment
between these  zones should be minimized and
restricted to specific  access  control points  to
prevent  cross-contamination  from  contaminated
areas to clean  areas.   Exhibit 4-3 illustrates the
three most commonly designated work zones.  A
description of each work zone, and  the factors to
be   considered  when  establishing them,   are
provided below.

4.2.1   The Exclusion Zone

     The Exclusion  Zone is   the  area where
contamination  is either  known  or  expected  to
occur  and the greatest  potential  for  exposure
exists.  The outer boundary of the Exclusion Zone,
called   the   Hotline,  separates the   area   of
contamination  from the rest  of the site.   The
Hotline should initially be established by visually
surveying the site and determining the areal extent
of hazardous substances, discoloration, or any
drainage, leachate,  or spilled  material   present.
Other  factors  to  consider in  establishing  the
Hotline include:

•    Providing  sufficient  space to protect
     personnel outside the zone from potential
     fire or explosion;

•    Allowing an adequate area  in which to
     conduct site operations; and

•    Reducing the potential for contaminant
     migration.

     The Hotline should be  physically  secured
(e.g., using  chains,  fences, or ropes) or clearly
marked (e.g., using lines, placards,  hazard tape,
and/or signs). During subsequent site operations,
the boundary may be  modified  and adjusted  as
more information becomes available.  In addition,
the Exclusion Zone may  also be subdivided  into
different areas  of contamination based  on the
known or expected type and degree of hazards  or
the incompatibility of waste streams.  If the Exclu-
                                                35

-------
                                           EXHIBIT 4-3
                                Illustration of Typical Work Zones
                                 Estimated Boundary
                                 Of Area With Highest
                                   Contamination
                                                            Contamination
                                                           Reduction Corridor
                          Contamination
                         Reduction Zone
                           Command Post
        	       i •
         Contamination       \   • \   •  \'
          Control Une   |     ]    (.   \
                                                                   Prevailing wind direction
        Note: Area dimensions not to scale. Distances between points may vary.
sion Zone is subdivided in this manner, additional
demarcations   (e.g.,   "Hazards   Present"   or
"Protection Required") may be necessary.

     Access to  and from  the  Exclusion Zone
should be restricted to Access  Control Points at
the Hotline.  Access Control Points are used to
regulate the flow of personnel and equipment into
and out of the contamination area and to verify
that site control procedures are followed. Separate
entrances  and  exits should  be  established  to
separate personnel and equipment movement into
and out of the Exclusion Zone.   If the Exclusion
Zone is subdivided, additional  Access  Control
Points  may  be  necessary  to  ensure  minimal
employee exposure.

     All persons who enter the Exclusion Zone
must  wear the  appropriate level of PPE for the
degree and types of hazards present at  the site.  If
the Exclusion Zone is subdivided, different levels
of PPE may  be appropriate (see Chapter 5 for
more information on PPE).  Each subarea of the
Exclusion Zone  should  be  clearly  marked  to
identify the hazards and the required level of PPE.

4.2.2  The Contamination Reduction Zone
       (CRZ)

     As the transition area between the Exclusion
Zone ("hot zone") and the Support Zone ("clean
zone"), the CRZ  is  the area in which decontam-
ination procedures take place. The purpose of the
CRZ is to reduce the possibility that  the Support
Zone will become contaminated or affected by the
site  hazards.   Because  of  both distance and
decontamination  procedures,  the  degree  of
contamination in the CRZ generally will decrease
as one moves from  the Hotline  to the Support
Zone.

     Initially, the CRZ  should  be established
outside the areas of contamination.   Contamin-
ation Reduction  Corridors,  which  are  Access
                                                36

-------
Control Points between the Exclusion Zone and
the CRZ, should be established for both personnel
and heavy equipment.  These corridors should
consist   of   an   appropriate   number   of
decontamination stations necessary to address the
contaminants at a particular site (see Chapter 9 for
more information on decontamination procedures).
In some cases, the scale of response  operations
may  require  more  than  two  Contamination
Reduction Corridors.

     The  Contamination Control Line marks the
boundary between the CRZ and the Support Zone
and separates the clean areas of the site from those
areas  used   to   decontaminate   workers  and
equipment (i.e.,  partially  contaminated areas).
Access Control Points between the CRZ and the
Support Zone must be established  to ensure  that
workers entering the CRZ are wearing the proper
PPE and  that workers  exiting  the CRZ to the
Support Zone remove all potentially contaminated
PPE.

4.2.3   The  Support Zone

     The  Support Zone is the  uncontaminated
area where workers are  unlikely to be exposed to
hazardous  substances or  dangerous conditions.
The Support Zone is the appropriate location for
the command post, medical station, equipment and
supply center,  field laboratory, and  any other
administrative  or  support  functions  that  are
necessary   to   keep  site   operations  running
efficiently.  Because the Support Zone is free from
contamination, personnel working  within it  may
wear normal work clothes,  and access to and from
the  area  is  not  restricted to  authorized  site
personnel. Any potentially contaminated clothing,
equipment, and samples must  remain  outside of
the Support Zone until decontaminated.  However,
all personnel located  in the Support Zone must
receive  instruction in  the proper evacuation
procedures in  case  of a  hazardous  substance
emergency.

     Designation of the Support Zone should be
based on all  available site  characterization data.
One of  the   most important  criteria  for  the
selection of the Support Zone is that it must be
located in a clean area.  That is, the Support Zone
should be  in an area that is known to be free of
elevated   (i.e.,   higher    than   background)
concentrations   of   hazardous   substances.
Monitoring should be conducted to confirm  that
the area considered for the Support Zone does not
contain concentrations  of hazardous substances
that pose health risks (see Chapter 6 for details on
air monitoring procedures).  When evaluating on-
site concentrations of hazardous substances, it is
important   to  consider  the  background
concentrations of these substances in the area.  In
some  cases,  non-zero  (low-level)  background
concentrations  of hazardous substances  may be
encountered.

     The  size and position of the Support Zone
may be directly affected by the size of the exclusion
and contamination reduction zones.  For example,
the Support Zone  may be  constrained by the
distances needed  to prevent an explosion or fire
from  affecting  personnel  outside  the  Exclusion
Zone, or the physical area required for activities
within the  Exclusion Zone.   In addition, the
Support Zone should be upwind and as far from
the Exclusion Zone as practicable.  Whenever
possible, line-of-sight contact with all activities  in
the Exclusion Zone should be maintained, and
accessibility to support services (e.g., power lines,
access roads, telephones, shelter, and water) should
be maximized. The expected duration of response
operations may also affect  the placement  of work
zones.

4.2.4   Ensuring Integrity of the Support
        Zone

     It is conceivable that  the Support Zone may
inadvertently  become  contaminated  after  site
remediation begins.  For example, changes in wind
speed and  direction, temperature, and rainfall may
result   in   exposures  different   from  those
experienced during  the  initial   on-site  survey.
Therefore,  the integrity of  the  Support Zone
should be reconfirmed during response operations.

     Several procedures  can be used to ensure that
the area chosen  for the Support Zone  remains
clean  during  removal  or  remedial operations.
First,  the strict use of site  controls will minimize
the transfer of contamination to the Support Zone.
In addition, periodic monitoring of the Support
Zone  will  indicate whether changes  in  site
activities   or   conditions   have   resulted  in
contamination.  In the event that contamination
has occurred, the boundaries of work zones should
be  reevaluated and,  if appropriate, realigned.
Procedures used to maintain work zone integrity
are described below.
                                                37

-------
     Use of Site Controls.  The CRZ is designed
to reduce the probability that the clean Support
Zone will become contaminated or affected by
other site hazards.  The distance  between the
Exclusion  and  Support Zones provided by the
CRZ, together  with decontamination of workers
and  equipment, limits the  physical transfer of
hazardous substances  into  clean  areas.    The
Contamination  Control Line, which  separates the
Support   Zone   from   areas   of  potential
contamination, should include two Access Control
Points, if feasible:  one for personnel and one for
equipment.  Persons entering the CRZ should be
required to wear  PPE appropriate  for the types
and degree of hazards they may  encounter when
working in this area.  To  re-enter the Support
Zone from the CRZ, workers should remove gross
contamination,  remove any protective clothing,
leave equipment in the CRZ, and exit through the
personnel Access  Control Point.

     Periodic  Monitoring of Support Zone. A
monitoring and sampling program for the Support
Zone should be established to ensure that this area
remains free from contamination.   Monitoring
should take place  on a routine basis and whenever
exposure  is  likely  to  have  changed.    The
monitoring and sampling activities  that may be
conducted periodically to ensure  that the Support
Zone remains clean include:

•    Air monitoring using direct-reading
     instruments.

•    Collecting air samples for paniculate, gas,
     and vapor analysis.

•    Analysis of soil samples from areas of
     heavy traffic.

•    Swipe tests in trailers and other areas used
     by personnel.

     Increased   concentrations   of   hazardous
substances  in  air, soil, or other environmental
media may indicate a breakdown in site control
procedures or a change in on-site conditions. Site
personnel should  be constantly alert to changes in
site conditions  or the presence of any potentially
dangerous situations.   Certain site  activities may
increase the potential for exposure  to  hazardous
substances and, therefore, may indicate a need for
additional monitoring. These situations are listed
in Exhibit 4-4.
                 EXHIBIT 4-4
     Additional Monitoring Requirements
          (29 CFR §1910.120(h)(3))
        As specified in 29 CFR §1910.120(h)(3),
   situations where additional monitoring may be
   appropriate include:

   •    When work begins on a different portion
        of the site;

   •    When contaminants other than those
        previously identified are being handled;

   •    When a different type of operation
        begins  (e.g., drum opening as opposed
        to exploratory well drilling); and

   •    When employees are handling leaking
        drums or containers or working in areas
        with obvious  liquid contamination (e.g.,
        a spill or lagoon).
     Additional Site  Characterization Inform-
ation. Additional information concerning locations
of contaminated environmental media may become
available during monitoring or in the later stages
of site investigation and cleanup, particularly for
remedial actions. For example, more detailed soil
sampling will likely occur during the site inspection
and  remedial  investigation.     This  additional
information may  indicate  that areas initially
thought  to be  clean  are,  in  fact, contaminated.
The  location of the Support Zone should be re-
evaluated whenever  new  site  characterization
studies are conducted.

4.3  ORGANIZATION OF WORKERS
     USING THE  BUDDY SYSTEM
                  When carrying out activities in
                  the  Exclusion Zone, workers
                  should use the buddy system to
                  ensure that  rapid  assistance
                  can be provided in the event of
                  an emergency.    The  buddy
                  system is an approach used to
organize workers into  workgroups so  that each
worker is designated to be observed by at least one
other worker.  During initial site entry, it may be
appropriate to utilize a buddy system in which two
workers are assigned to provide safety backup.
                                                38

-------
     The  site manager, who is responsible for
enforcing the buddy system, should implement the
system at the Access Control Point for personnel
entering  the Exclusion  Zone.   This  location
represents the most logical point to  enforce the
buddy system as the Site Manager is stationed in
the  CRZ  and  all  personnel  who  enter  the
contaminated area are required to pass through the
Access Control Point.

     As part of the buddy system, workers should
remain close together and maintain visual contact
with each other to provide assistance in the event
of an emergency.  Should an emergency situation
arise, workers  should use  the communication
signals established and  agreed upon prior  to
entering the  contaminated area (see Section 4.4
below). In general, the responsibilities of workers
utilizing the buddy system include:

•    Providing his or her partner with assistance;

•    Observing his or her partner for signs of
     chemical or heat exposure;

•    Periodically checking the integrity of his or
     her partner's personal protective
     equipment; and

•    Notifying the site manager or other site
     personnel if emergency assistance is needed.

     Workers should not  rely entirely on the
buddy system to ensure that help will be provided
in the  event  of an emergency.   To augment this
system, workers in contaminated areas should
remain in  line-of-sight or communication contact
with the command post  or site manager  at  all
times.

4.4  ESTABLISHMENT OF A
     COMMUNICATION NETWORK AND
     PROCEDURES
                  Communication systems should
                  be established at  a  site for
                  both  internal and  external
                  communication.      Internal
                  communication   refers   to
                  communication  between
                  workers  operating  in  the
Exclusion Zone or CRZ, or to communication
from  the  Command  Post to  these  workers.
Internal communication is generally used to:
•    Alert team members to emergency
     situations;

•    Convey safety information (e.g., air time
     remaining in SCBA, heat stress check,
     hazards detected);

•    Communicate changes in the work to be
     accomplished; and

•    Maintain site control.

     An internal  communication system may  be
established using standard communication devices
such  as  radio, noisemakers, or  visual  signals
(Exhibit  4-5  lists   several  common  internal
communications devices).    All  communication
devices used in a potentially explosive atmosphere
must  be intrinsically  safe  (i.e., not  capable  of
sparking) and should be checked daily to ensure
that they are operating properly.  Because verbal
communication at a site can be difficult as a result
of on-site background noise and the use of PPE
(e.g., speech transmission through a respirator can
be poor), pre-arranged commands and audio  or
visual cues should be developed prior to entering
the Exclusion Zone.  A secondary set of non-verbal
signals  should  be  established for  use  when
communication devices fail or when emergency
situations occur (see Chapter 11 for procedures on
communication during emergency situations).
                EXHIBIT 4-5
                Examples of
       Internal Communication Devices
        Radio, including FM and Citizens Band;

        Noisemakers, including bells,
        compressed air horns, megaphones,
        sirens, or whistles; and

        Visual Signals,  including flags, flare or
        smoke (only used in the Support Zone),
        hand signals, lights, signal boards, and
        whole body movements.
     Effective  internal   communication   also
requires the identification of individual workers so
that  commands can  be addressed to  the right
worker.  The worker's name should be marked on
                                                39

-------
the suit and, for long-distance identification, color
coding, numbers, or symbols can be added. Flags
may  be used to help  locate personnel in areas
where visibility  is poor due to obstructions such as
accumulated drums, equipment, or-waste piles.

     External  communication  refers   to
communication between  on-site  and  off-site
personnel.   An external  communication system
must be  maintained in order to:  (1) coordinate
emergency   response    efforts    with    off-site
responders; (2) report progress or problems to
management;   and  (3)  maintain  contact  with
essential off-site personnel. The primary means of
external communication are telephone and radio.
If telephone lines are  not installed at a site, all
team members should  know the location of the
nearest telephone  to  the site,  and the  correct
change and necessary telephone numbers should be
made readily available  in the Support Zone.  If a
radio is used, its location should be clearly marked.
Clear instructions for its use should be posted with
the radio at all times.

4.5  WORKER SAFETY PROCEDURES

                  As   part of  the site  control
                  plan,  procedures   must  be
                  established to  ensure worker
                  safety.   Worker safety pro-
                  cedures include preparation of
                  the site for response activities,
                  engineering controls and safe
work practices, and other standing orders to be
followed  at all times during  site  operations.
Worker  safety  procedures should  be prepared by
certified safety professionals in advance of on-site
response operations.  These procedures should be
made  available to  workers  involved  in  site
activities. All workers  should be briefed  frequently
on their use.

4.5.1    Site Preparation

      Prior to undertaking response activities, time
 and effort must be spent in preparing a site for
 clean-up  activities  to  ensure  that   response
 operations go  smoothly and that worker safety is
 ensured.  Because site  preparation  can be as
 hazardous as site cleanup, personnel should place
 high priority on safety measures  at this  stage of
 site operations.   Prior  to undertaking  on-site
 response operations, the following site preparation
 activities should be performed:
•    Construct roadways to provide a sound
     roadbed for heavy equipment and vehicles
     and arrange traffic patterns to provide ease
     of access and to ensure safe and efficient
     operations;
•    Eliminate physical hazards from the site to
     the greatest extent possible, including:
          ignition sources in flammable hazard
          areas;
          exposed or ungrounded wiring, and
          low overhead wiring that may
          entangle equipment;

          sharp or protruding edges (e.g., glass,
          nails, torn metal, etc.) that may
          puncture protective clothing and
          equipment or inflict puncture wounds;

          debris, holes, loose steps or flooring,
          protruding objects, slippery surfaces,
          or unsecured railings, that can cause
          falls, slips, or trips, or obstruct
          visibility;
          unsecured objects, such as bricks and
          gas cylinders near  the edge of elevated
          surfaces such as catwalks, roof tops,
          and scaffolding, that may dislodge and
          fall on workers;

•    Install skid-resistant strips and other anti-
     skid devices on slippery surfaces;

•    Construct operation pads for mobile
     facilities and temporary structures, loading
     docks, processing and staging areas, and
     decontamination pads;

•    Provide adequate illumination for work
     activities. Equip temporary lights with
     protective guards to prevent accidental
     contact; and

•    Install wiring and electrical equipment in
     accordance with the National Fire Code.

4.5.2   Engineering Controls  and Safe
        Work Practices

     Engineering controls and safe work practices
must be specified in the site control program  to
protect employees from exposure to hazardous
substances and  other safety  and  health hazards.
Engineering controls  and  safe  work  practices
                                                  40

-------
should be implemented  to  reduce and maintain
employee  exposure  levels  at  or   below  the
permissible exposure levels (PELs) and published
exposure levels for those hazardous substances at
the site.  Examples of engineering controls that
may be used include pressurized cabins or control
booths on equipment.  Safe work practices include
such activities as removing nonessential personnel
from  potential exposure  during drum openings,
wetting  down  dusty  operations, and locating
employees upwind of  potential hazards.  If, for
whatever reason,  it is not  possible  to maintain
employee exposure to levels at or below PELs,
technical assistance should be obtained  before
proceeding with site activities (e.g., consult EPA's
Environmental Response Team (ERT) or OSHA).

     Use of PPE should be a last resort to protect
employees against possible exposure to hazardous
substances.   It  should  be   used  only  when
engineering  controls and safe work practices are
insufficient to adequately protect against exposure.
The PPE used at a site must reflect the potential
on-site hazards identified during the PE and site
characterization  (see  Chapter 5  for detailed
information  on using PPE).
4.5.3  Standing Orders
   ^DANGER,
      NO
   SMOKING
                 Standing  orders  should  be
                 established   at   a  site  to
                 maintain   a  strong   safety
                 awareness and to enforce safe
                 work practices.  These orders
                 typically are developed for the
                 Exclusion Zone.  If the hazards
are sufficiently different, standing orders should be
developed for the CRZ as well.  Standing orders
refer to those safety procedures that must always
be followed when operating in contaminated areas.
Examples  of standing orders  are  provided  in
Exhibit 4-6.

     To ensure that all workers are informed of
the standing orders, they should be: (1) distributed
to everyone who enters the site; and  (2) posted
conspicuously at the  Command Post and at the
entrance  Access Control Points into the CRZ
and/or the Exclusion Zone. In  addition, the site
manager should review the standing orders at each
daily  safety briefing   and  workers  should  be
informed immediately  of any  new  or revised
procedures.
                                          EXHIBIT 4-6
                                  Examples of Standing Orders
            Report any signs of
         radioactivity, explosivity, or
         unusual conditions to your
           supervisor immediately
              No Smoking, Eating,
            Drinking, or Open Flame
            in the Exclusion Zone or
       Contamination Reduction Zone
                   Check in at the entrance
                 Access Control Point before
                 entering the Exclusion Zone
      Always wear SCBA while
        in the Exclusion Zone
                                 J
         Maintain close contact
            with your buddy
         in the Exclusion Zone
               Check out at the exit
           Access Control  Point before
            leaving the Exclusion Zone
                                        1
                                               41

-------
     In addition to the procedures identified in
the  standing  orders,  a  hazardous  substance
information form should be developed that lists
the  names and  properties  of  all  hazardous
substances  present at the site.  This information
should be  conspicuously posted along with the
standing orders. Finally, workers should be briefed
on the site's hazardous  substances when they first
join  the response team and when new substances
are identified on-site.
4.6  IDENTIFICATION OF NEAREST
     MEDICAL ASSISTANCE
                  As  part  of the site  control
                  program,  the  site manager
                  must  post  the identification
                  and  location of the  nearest
                  medical   facilities   where
                  response personnel can receive
                  assistance in the event of an
emergency. Medical facilities typically include area
hospitals,  emergency clinics,  on-call physicians,
medical specialists, or emergency, ambulance, fire,
and police services. Information to be maintained
on the medical facilities should include the names,
phone numbers, addresses, and procedures for
contacting the facilities. Maps and  directions to
the medical facilities should also be provided. This
information  should  be posted conspicuously
throughout the site, as well as near telephones or
other  external  communication   devices.
Furthermore, all managers and individuals likely to
become involved in medical response at the site
should know the directions to  the nearest medical
facility.  The staff at the designated facilities, as
well  as local Emergency  Response personnel,
should be aware  of site activities and  potential
hazards prior to any site activity.
   FURTHER GUIDANCE:  For more information on developing and implementing site controls, see:

   1.    Establishing Work Zones at Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Sites (U.S. EPA, 1991, Publication
             9285.2-06FS).

   2.    Standard Operating Guidelines for Establishing Work Zones (U.S.  EPA, 1985,  Publication
             9285.2-04A).
                                                 42

-------
CHAPTER 5   PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

-------
CHAPTER  5      PERSONAL PROTECTIVE  EQUIPMENT
5.0  INTRODUCTION
                 Vapors, gases, and particulates
                 from  hazardous  waste  site
                 activities  place   response
                 personnel at risk.  For  this
                 reason,  site personnel  must
                 wear   appropriate  personal
                 protective   clothing   and
                 equipment   (PPE)  whenever
                 they are near  the site.   The
                 purpose of PPE is to shield or
                 isolate  individuals  from the
                 chemical, physical, and biologic
                 hazards  that   may   be
encountered on-site.   No  single combination of
protective clothing and  equipment,  however,  is
capable of protecting against all hazards; therefore,
PPE should be used  in conjunction with (not in
place of) engineering  controls and safe  work
practices. The effectiveness of the PPE program
should be evaluated regularly.

     The two basic objectives of any PPE program
should be to protect the wearer from safety and
health hazards, and to prevent injury to the wearer
from incorrect use and/or malfunction of the PPE.
To accomplish these goals, §1910.120(g)(5) of the
HAZWOPER standards requires a comprehensive
PPE program as part of the site-specific HASP.
Exhibit 5-1  lists the  main  components of a  PPE
program. Exhibit  5-2 lists the other regulations
where OSHA has incorporated standards for PPE.

5.1  SELECTING THE LEVEL OF PPE

     As  required  by HAZWOPER, PPE must
protect employees  from  the specific  hazards they
are likely to encounter on-site.  Selection of the
appropriate PPE is a complex process that should
take into consideration a variety of factors.  Key
factors might  include:   (1) identification of the
hazards  or  suspected  hazards;  (2) potential
exposure routes (e.g., inhalation, skin absorption,
etc.);  and  (3)  the  performance  of the  PPE
materials and seams in providing a barrier to these
hazards.

     The amount of  protection  offered  by  a
particular type of PPE is material/hazard-specific.
                EXHIBIT 5-1
       Elements of the PPE Program
         (29 CFR §1910.120(g) (5))


       PPE selection based upon site hazards.
       PPE use and equipment limitations.
       Work mission duration.
       PPE maintenance and storage.
       PPE decontamination and disposal.
       PPE training and proper fitting.
       PPE donning and doffing procedures.
       PPE inspection procedures
       Evaluation of program effectiveness.
       Limitations due to external or medical
       conditions.
That is, certain types  of PPE will  protect well
against some  hazards and poorly, or not at all,
against others.   Other factors  in  the  selection
process  include  matching  the  PPE  to  the
employee's  work requirements and  task-specific
conditions.  The durability of the PPE material, as
well as its performance in extreme heat or  cold,
must also be considered.

     Several guidelines and data bases  exist that
provide information on protective clothing  (e.g.,
Guidelines  for   the  Selection  of   Chemical
Protective Clothing, and the Chemical Protective
Clothing Performance Index). The National Fire
Protection  Association  (NFPA)   also   issues
information and  standards  (e.g.,  NFPA   1991:
Stand on  Vapor-Protection  Suits for Hazardous
Chemical Emergencies).   These  standards  and
guides provide data on  chemical resistance, design
and construction application, reuse and costs. The
NFPA  standards  also  provide  information  on
flammability resistance.

     The more that is known about the hazards at
the site, the easier it becomes to select PPE.  As
more information about the hazards and conditions
at the site becomes available, the site manager can
make decisions to upgrade or downgrade the level
                                               45

-------
                 EXHIBIT 5-2
            Additional Regulations
          Incorporated by OSHA for
        Personal Protective Equipment
   29 CFR 1910.120: Hazardous Waste
   Operations and Emergency Response

   29 CFR 1910.132: 41 CFR 50-204.7 (General
   Requirements for Personal Protective
   Equipment

   29 CFR 1910.133(a):  ANSI* Z87.1-1968 (Eye
   and Face  Protection)

   29 CFR 1910.134: ANSI Z88.2-1969
   (Standard  Practice for Respiratory Protection)

   29 CFR 1910.135: ANSI Z89.1-1969
   (Safety Requirements for Industrial Head
   Protection)

   10 CFR 1910.136: ANSI Z41.1-1967
   (Men's Safety Toe Footwear)
   29 CFR 1926.100:
   29 CFR 1926.101:
   29 CFR 1926.102:
   29 CFR 1926.103:
Head Protection
Hearing Protection
Eyes and Face Protection
Respiratory Protection
     American National Standards Institute
     1430 Broadway, New York, NY  10018
5.1.1   Level A

     Level A protection is required when  the
greatest potential for exposure to hazards exists,
and when the greatest level of skin, respiratory,
and eye protection is required.  The following are
examples  of appropriate  Level  A  equipment:
positive pressure, full  face-piece self-contained
breathing  apparatus (SCBA) or positive pressure
supplied air respirator with escape SCBA; totally-
encapsulating  chemical-protective  suit;    inner
and/or  outer   chemical-resistant  gloves;   and
disposable protective suit, gloves, and boots.

     Meeting any of the following criteria warrants
use of Level A protection:

•    Hazardous substances have been identified
     and require the highest level of protection
     for skin, eyes, and the respiratory system;

•    The  atmosphere contains less than  19.5
     percent oxygen;

•    Site  operations involve a high potential for
     splash, immersion, or exposure  to
     unexpected materials that are harmful to
     the skin;

•    Operations are being conducted in
     confined, poorly ventilated areas, and the
     absence of hazardous substances has not yet
     been determined; or

•    Direct-reading instruments indicate high
     levels of unidentified vapors or gases in the
     air.
of PPE protection to match the tasks at hand and
the site hazards.  One method of  selecting the
appropriate level of PPE  is to use a numerical
criterion  -  the  total  atmospheric  vapor/gas
concentration.  Exhibit 5-3 outlines the level  of
PPE required for different  ranges  of vapor/gas
concentrations. (Chapter 6  provides more detailed
information  on  using action  levels  to  select
appropriate levels of protection.)

     The  following  sections present  additional
guidelines  for selecting the  appropriate level  of
PPE.  Exhibit 5-4 provides  examples of typical
protective  clothing,  and  Exhibit   5-5 provides
sample protective ensembles for each of the four
levels of protection (i.e., levels A-D).
EXHIBIT 5-3
Suggested Action Levels for PPE*
Level of
Protection
A
B
C
D
Action Level
(in ppm above background)
500 to 1 ,000 ppm
5 to 500 ppm
Background to 5 ppm
N/A
Note that action levels for PPE based on vapor
concentration are only 1or situations where the identity
of the vapor or gas constituents are unknown. They
do not address IDLH environments. Refer to Section
6.9 for more information.
                                                 46

-------
                                     EXHIBIT 5-4
                            Typical Protective Clothing
  Body Part
  Protected
        Type of Clothing
  Type of Protection and Precautions
 FULL BODY
Fully-encapsulating suit (one-piece
garment. Boots and gloves may
be integral, attached and
replaceable, or separate).
Protects against gases, dusts, vapors,
and splashes. Does not allow body heat
to escape.  May contribute to heat stress
in wearer.
                      Non-encapsulating suit (jacket,
                      hood, pants, or bib overalls, and
                      one-piece coverall).
                                   Protects against splashes, dust, and
                                   other materials but not against gases
                                   and vapors. Does not protect parts of
                                   head and  neck.  Do not use where gas-
                                   tight or  pervasive splashing protection is
                                   required.
                      Aprons, leggings, and sleeve
                      protectors (may be integral or
                      separate).  Often worn over non-
                      encapsulating suit.
                                   Provides additional splash protection of
                                   chest, forearms, and legs. Useful for
                                   sampling, labeling, and analysis
                                   operations.
                      Radiation-contamination protective
                      suit.
                                   Protects against alpha and beta
                                   particles.  Does NOT protect against
                                   gamma radiation.  Designed to prevent
                                   skin contamination.
                      Flame/fire retardant coveralls
                      (normally worn as an
                      undergarment).
                                   Provides protection from flash fires.  May
                                   exacerbate heat stress.
    HEAD
Safety helmet (hard hat, made of
hard plastic or rubber). May
include a helmet liner to insulate
against cold.
Protects the head from blows, must
meet OSHA requirements at 29 CFR
§1910.135.
                      Hood (commonly worn over a
                      helmet).
                                   Protects against chemical splashes,
                                   participates, and rain.
                      Protective hair covering.
                                   Protects against chemical contamination
                                   of hair, prevents hair from tangling in
                                   equipment, and keeps hair away from
                                   respiratory devices.
EYES & FACE
Face shield (full-face coverage,
eight-inch minimum) or splash
hood.
Protects against chemical splashes, but
does not protect adequately against
projectiles.  Provides limited eye
protection.
                      Safety glasses.
                                   Protects eyes against large particles and
                                   projectiles.
                      Goggles.
                                   Depending on their construction, can
                                   protect against vaporized chemicals,
                                   splashes, large particles, and projectiles.
                                           47

-------
           EXHIBIT 5-4
Typical Protective Clothing (cont'd)
Body Part
Protected
EARS
^ ) Qj

HANDS & ARMS
FEET
H
j ^ — ,
U, J

Type of Clothing
Ear plugs and muffs.
Headphones (radio headset with
throat
microphone).
Gloves and sleeves (may be
integral, attached, or separate from
other protective clothing).
Chemical-resistant safety boots.
Steel-shank or steel-toe safety
boots.
Non-conductive or spark-resistant
safety boots.
Disposable shoe or boot covers
(slips over regular foot covering).
Type of Protection and Precautions
Protects against physiological damage
from prolonged loud noise. Use of ear
plugs should be reviewed by a health
and safety officer because chemical
contaminants could be introduced into
the ear.
Provides some hearing protection while
allowing communication.

Protects hands and arms from chemical
contact. Wearer should tape-seal gloves
to sleeves to provide additional
protection
and to prevent liquids from entering
sleeves. Disposable
gloves should be used when possible to
reduce decontamination needs.
Protects feet from contact with
chemicals.
Protects feet from compression,
crushing, or puncture by falling, moving,
or sharp objects. Should provide good
traction.
Protects the wearer against electrical
hazards and prevents ignition of
combustible gases or vapors.
Protects safety boots from contamination
and protects feet from contact with
chemicals. Use of disposable covers
reduces decontamination needs.
                48

-------
                                                    EXHIBIT 5-5
                                         Sample Protective Ensembles1
LEVEL OF PROTECTION A
 Equipment
Protection
Provided
Should Be Used When:
Limiting Criteria
RECOMMENDED:
•  Pressure-demand, full-facepiece SCBA
   or pressure-demand supplied-air
   respirator with escape SCBA.
•  Fully-encapsulating, chemical-resistant
   suit.
•  Inner chemical-resistant gloves.
•  Chemical-resistant safety boots/shoes.
•  Two-way radio communications.

OPTIONAL:

Hard hat.  Coveralls.   Cooling unit.
Long cotton underwear.
Disposable gloves and boot covers.
The highest        1. The chemical substance has been
available level     identified and requires the highest level of
of respiratory.      protection for skin, eyes, and the
skin, and eye      respiratory system based on either:
protection.         -  measured (or potential for) high
                     concentration of atmospheric vapors,
                     gases, or particulates; or
                  -  site operations and work functions
                     involving a high potential for splash,
                     immersion, or exposure to
                     unexpected vapors, gases, or
                     particulates of materials that are
                     harmful to skin or capable of being
                     absorbed through the intact skin.

                  2. Substances with a high degree of
                  hazard to the skin are known or
                  suspected to be present, and skin contact
                  is possible.

                  3. Operations must be conducted in
                  confined, poorly ventilated areas until the
                  absence of conditions requiring Level A
                  protection is determined.
                                         Fully encap-
                                         sulating suit
                                         material must be
                                         compatible with
                                         the substances
                                         involved.
LEVEL OF PROTECTION B
Equipment
Protection
Provided
Should Be Used When
                                         Limiting Criteria
RECOMMENDED:                         The same level
•   Pressure-demand, full-facepiece SCBA    of respiratory
    or pressure-demand supplied-air         protection but
    respirator with escape SCBA.            less skin
•   Chemical-resistant clothing (overalls      protection than
    and long-sleeved jacket; hooded, one-    Level A.
    or two-piece chemical splash suit;
    disposable chemical-resistant one-        It is the
    piece suit).                             minimum level
•   Inner and outer chemical-resistant        recommended
    gloves.                                for initial site
•   Chemical-resistant safety boots/shoes.    entries until the
•   Hard hat.                              hazards have
•   Two-way radio communications.          been further
                                          identified.
OPTIONAL:

Coveralls.   Face shield.
Disposable boot covers.
Long cotton underwear
                 1. The type and atmospheric
                 concentration of substances have been
                 identified and require a high  level of
                 respiratory protection, but less skin
                 protection.  This involves atmospheres:
                  -  with IDLH concentrations of specific
                     substances that do  not represent a
                     skin hazard; or
                  -  that do not meet the criteria for use of
                     air-purifying respirators.

                 2. Atmosphere contains less than 19.5
                 percent oxygen.

                 3. Presence of incompletely identified
                 vapors or gases is indicated by direct-
                 reading organic vapor detection
                 instrument,  but vapors and gases are not
                 suspected of containing high levels of
                 chemicals harmful to skin or capable of
                 being absorbed through the intact skin.
                                         Use only when the
                                         vapor or gases
                                         present are not
                                         suspected of
                                         containing high
                                         concentrations of
                                         chemicals that are
                                         harmful to skin or
                                         capable of being
                                         absorbed through
                                         the intact skin.
       Based on EPA protective ensembles.
                                                         49

-------
                                                   EXHIBIT 5-5
                                   Sample Protective Ensembles (cont'd)
LEVEL OF PROTECTION C
Equipment
                            Protection
                            Provided
Should Be Used When:
                                                                                                   Limiting
                                                                                                   Criteria
RECOMMENDED:

•   Full-facepiece, air-purifying, canister-
    equipped respirator
•   Chemical-resistant clothing (overalls
    and long-sleeved jacket; hooded, one-
    or two-piece chemical splash suit;
    disposable chemical-resistant one-
    piece suit).
•   Inner and outer chemical-resistant
    gloves
•   Chemical-resistant safety boots/shoes
•   Hard hat.
•   Two-way radio communications.

OPTIONAL:
                                         The same level
                                         of skin
                                         protection as
                                         Level B, but a
                                         lower level of
                                         respiratory
                                         protection.
                                             1.  The atmospheric contaminants, liquid
                                             splashes, or other direct contact will not
                                             adversely affect any exposed skin.

                                             2.  The types of air contaminants have
                                             been identified, concentrations measured,
                                             and a canister  is available that can
                                             remove the contaminant.

                                             3.  All criteria for the use of air-purifying
                                             respirators are  met.
                                        Atmospheric
                                        concentration of
                                        chemicals must
                                        not exceed IDLH
                                        levels.

                                        The atmosphere
                                        must contain at
                                        least 19.5 percent
                                        oxygen.
Coveralls.
Face shield.
Disposable boot covers
Long cotton underwear
Use of escape mask during initial entry is
optional only after characterization (29
CFR
LEVEL OF PROTECTION D
Equipment
                            Protection
                            Provided
                                                           Should Be Used When
                                         Limiting Criteria
RECOMMENDED:

•   Coveralls
•   Safety boots/shoes.
•   Safety glasses or chemical splash
    goggles.
    Hard hat.

OPTIONAL:
                            No respiratory
                            protection
                            Minimal skin
                            protection.
1.  The atmosphere contains no known
hazard.

2  Work functions preclude splashes,
immersion, or the potential for unexpected
inhalation of or contact with hazardous
levels of any chemicals.
                                                                                                   This level should
                                                                                                   not be worn in the
                                                                                                   Exclusion Zone

                                                                                                   The atmosphere
                                                                                                   must contain at
                                                                                                   least 19.5 percent
                                                                                                   oxygen
Gloves.   Escape mask.
Face shield.
                                                         50

-------
                               EXHIBIT 5-5
                  Sample Protective Ensembles (cont'd)
   LEVEL A Protection
 Totally encapsulating vapor-
  tight suit with full-facepiece
SCBA or supplied-air respirator.
    LEVEL B Protection
    Totally encapsulating suit
  does not have to be vapor-tight.
Same level of respiratory protection
          as Level A.
   LEVEL C Protection
     Full-face canister air
 purifying respirator. Chemical
  protective suit with full body
         coverage.
    LEVEL D Protection
     Basic work uniform, i.e.,
   longsleeve coveralls, gloves,
    hardhat, boots, faceshield
          or goggles.
                                  51

-------
     It may be necessary to base the decision  to
use  Level  A protection  on   indirect  evidence.
Other conditions that may indicate the need for
Level A protection  include:

•    Confined spaces;

•    Suspected or known highly toxic substances,
     especially when  field equipment is not
     available to test concentrations;

•    Visible  indicators such as leaking containers
     or smoking chemical fires; and

•    Potentially dangerous tasks, such as initial
     site entry.

5.1.2   Level B

     Level   B  protection  is  required  under
circumstances  requiring  the  highest  level  of
respiratory protection, with a lesser level of skin
protection. Potential Level B equipment includes:
positive pressure, full face-piece SCBA or positive
pressure supplied air respirator with escape SCBA;
inner and/or outer  chemical-resistant gloves; face
shield;  hooded   chemical   resistant  clothing;
coveralls; and outer chemical-resistant boots.

     Meeting any of the following criteria warrants
use of Level  B protection:

•    The type and  atmospheric concentration of
     substances have been identified and require
     a high level of respiratory protection, but
     less skin protection than Level A;

•    The atmosphere contains less than 19.5
     percent oxygen; or

•    The presence of incompletely identified
     vapors  and gases is indicated  but they are
     not suspected of being harmful to the skin.

     The use of Level B protection  does not afford
as great a level of protection to the skin and eyes
as Level A,  but it does  provide a high  level of
respiratory   protection.    At  most abandoned,
outdoor   hazardous   waste   sites,   ambient
atmospheric  vapor  or   gas  levels   have  not
approached  sufficiently  high  concentrations  to
warrant Level A protection. Level  B protection is
often adequate.
5.1.3   Level C

     Level  C protection is required when  the
concentration and type of airborne substances is
known,  and  the  criteria  for using air purifying
respirators is met.   Typical Level C equipment
includes: full-face air-purifying respirators, inner
and  outer  chemical-resistant  gloves, hard hat,
escape  mask, and  disposable  chemical-resistant,
outer boots.

     Meeting any of the following criteria warrants
use of Level C protection:

•    The atmospheric contaminants,  liquid
     splashes or  other direct contact  will not
     adversely affect or be absorbed by the skin;

•    The types of air contaminants have been
     identified, concentrations do not exceed
     IDLH levels, and an air-purifying respirator
     is  available  that can remove the
     contaminants; and

•    Oxygen concentrations are not less than
      19.5 percent by volume, and job functions
     do not require SCBA.

     Level  C  protection  is  distinguished from
Level B by  the  equipment used to protect  the
respiratory  system,  assuming  the  same  type of
chemical-resistant  clothing is  used.   The main
selection criterion for Level C is that atmospheric
concentrations and other selection criteria permit
wearing an  air-purifying respirator.

5.1.4   Level D

      Level  D is the minimum protection required.
Appropriate Level D protective equipment  may
include:   gloves,  coveralls, safety  glasses,  face
shield,  and chemical-rcsistani  steel-toe boots or
shoes.   Level D protection is primarily  a work
uniform. This protection is sufficient under the
following conditions:

 •    No contaminants are present; or

 •    Work operations  preclude splashes,
      immersion, or the potential for unexpected
      inhalation of  or contact with hazardous
      levels of any chemicals.
                                                  52

-------
     While  these  are  guidelines  for  typical
equipment  to  be used in certain  circumstances,
other combinations of protective equipment may
be more appropriate, depending upon specific site
characteristics.  As an aid to selecting appropriate
protective wear, it is recommended that chemical
protective suits meet  the standards developed  by
the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

5.2 ELEMENTS OF THE  PPE PROGRAM

     The   comprehensive  PPE  program must
address a number of specific factors in addition to
selection of the appropriate  level of protection.
These factors are discussed below.  Site managers
should  also  refer to  the Standard  Operating
Procedures for Site Entry for  additional technical
guidance in the use and selection of PPE.

5.2.1   Personal Use Factors  and
        Equipment  Limitations

     Certain personal features of workers may
jeopardize   safety   during   equipment   use.
Prohibitive or precautionary measures should  be
taken  as  necessary  for  the  following personal
features:

     Facial hair and long hair that passes between
the face and the sealing surface of the respirator
should be  prohibited  because it interferes with
respirator fit and wearer vision, allowing excessive
contaminant  penetration.  Long  hair must  be
effectively  contained  within   protective  hair
coverings.

     Eyeglasses with  conventional temple pieces
will interfere with the respirator-to-face seal of a
full face-piece.  A spectacle kit should be installed
in  the  face masks of workers  requiring  vision
correction, providing  a gas-tight  seal.  Contact
lenses may trap contaminants and/or  paniculate
between the lens and the eye, causing irritation.
Wearing contact lenses with a respirator in a
contaminated  atmosphere is prohibited (29 CFR
     Gum  and  tobacco  chewing  should  be
prohibited during respirator use because they may
cause   ingestion  of  contaminants   and  may
compromise the respirator fit.
     It is especially  important  to understand  all
aspects   of  the  clothing  operation   and  the
limitations of fully-encapsulating ensembles,  as
misuse  could  result  in  suffocation.    During
equipment use, workers should be encouraged to
report any perceived problems or difficulties to
their  supervisor(s).    These  malfunctions may
include, but  are not limited to:
     Degradation of the protective ensemble.

     Perception of odors.

     Skin irritation.

     Unusual residues on  PPE.

     Discomfort.

     Resistance to breathing.

     Fatigue due to respirator use.

     Interference with vision or communication.

     Restriction of movement.

     Personal responses such as rapid pulse,
     nausea, and chest pain.
     If a supplied-air respirator is being used, all
hazards that might endanger the integrity of the air
line  should be removed from  the working area
prior to  use.   During use,  other workers  and
vehicles should be excluded from the area.

5.2.2  Work Mission Duration

     In selecting  PPE, it is important to consider
the  anticipated  duration  of the  work mission.
Several factors  may limit  the mission  length,
including:   air supply, equipment effectiveness,
temperature, and  coolant supply.
                  Air Supply Consumption. The
                  duration of the air supply must
                  be considered before planning
                  any   SCBA-assisted   work
                  activity. The anticipated oper-
                  ating time of a SCBA is clearly
                  indicated  on  the  breathing
apparatus.  This designated operating time is based
on a moderate  work rate used in the NIOSH/
MSHA certification test.   In  actual  operation,
however, several factors  can  reduce  the rated
operating time. The following variables should be
considered  to adjust work actions  and operating
time accordingly:
                                                 53

-------
•   Work rate.  The actual in-use duration of
    SCBAs may be reduced by one-third to one-
    half during strenuous work (e.g., drum
    handling, major lifting, or any task requiring
    repetitive speed of motion).

•   Fitness.  Well-conditioned individuals
    generally utilize oxygen more efficiently and
    can extract more oxygen from a given
    volume of air than unfit individuals, thereby
    slightly increasing the SCBA operating time.

•   Body size.  Larger individuals generally
    consume air at a higher rate than smaller
    individuals, thereby decreasing  the SCBA
    operating time.

•   Breathing patterns.  Quick, shallow, or
    irregular breaths use air more rapidly than
    deep, regularly spaced breaths.  Heat-
    induced anxiety and lack of acclimatization
    may induce hyperventilation, resulting in
    decreased SCBA operating time.

     Suit/Ensemble Permeation. Degradation, and
Penetration.      The   possibility  of  chemical
permeation,  degradation,  or  penetration  of
protective ensembles during the work mission is
always a matter of concern and may limit mission
duration.  Possible causes are  suit  valve leakage,
because of excessively hot or cold temperatures or
improper  maintenance,  and  exhalation  valve
leakage at excessively hot or cold temperatures.

     Also, when considering mission duration, it
should  be remembered  that  no single clothing
material is an effective barrier  to all chemicals or
all combinations of chemicals,  and  no material is
an  effective  barrier   to  prolonged   chemical
exposure.
       O
                  Ambient Temperature.   The
                  ambient temperature may have
                  a  major influence on  work
                  mission duration as it affects
                  both  the  worker and  the
                  protective  integrity  of  the
                  ensemble.  Heat stress,  which
can   occur   even   in   relatively   moderate
temperatures, presents  the greatest  immediate
danger  to an  ensemble-encapsulated worker.
Protecting against heat stress is discussed later in
this chapter.  Hot and cold ambient temperatures
also can affect:
                                                     •  Valve operation on suits and/or respirators;
                                                     •  The durability and flexibility of suit materials;
                                                     •  The integrity of suit fasteners;

                                                     •  The breakthrough time and permeation rates
                                                        of chemicals; and

                                                     •  The concentration of airborne contaminants.

                                                     All of these factors may decrease the duration of
                                                     protection provided by a given piece of clothing or
                                                     respiratory equipment.

                                                        Coolant Supply.   Under warm or strenuous
                                                     work conditions, adequate  coolant  (e.g., ice or
                                                     chilled air, refrigeration coils) should be provided
                                                     to keep the  wearer's  body  at a  comfortable
                                                     temperature and to reduce the potential for heat
                                                     stress.  If coolant is necessary, the duration of the
                                                     coolant supply will directly affect mission duration.

                                                     5.2.3   Storage and Maintenance
                  Clothing and respirators must
                  be stored properly to prevent
                  damage or malfunction due to
                  exposure  to  dust,  moisture,
                  sunlight, damaging chemicals,
                  extreme   temperatures,  and
                  impact.     Many  equipment
failures can be  directly  attributed to improper
storage.  Procedures must be specified for both
pre-issuance warehousing and, more importantly,
post-issuance (in-use) storage.

    Potentially  contaminated,  reusable  clothing
should be  stored  (generally  bagged) in a well-
ventilated area, with good air flow around each
item,  until  the  extent  of  contamination   is
documented.     The  garment  is  then either
decontaminated or disposed.   Never store these
materials near street  clothing.

    Different  types and materials of clothing and
gloves should be  stored  separately  to  prevent
issuing the wrong material by mistake.  Protective
clothing should be folded or  hung in accordance
with manufacturers' recommendations.

    SCBAs, supplied-air  respirators,  and  air-
purifying respirators should be dismantled, washed,
and disinfected after each use.  SCBAs should be
stored  in  storage   chests   supplied   by  the
manufacturer. Air-purifying respirators should be
                                                 54

-------
stored  individually  in  their original  cartons  or
carrying  cases, or  in  heat-sealed or  resealable
plastic bags.

   The  technical  aspects  of  PPE maintenance
procedures vary  by manufacturer  and  type  of
equipment.  Manufacturers frequently restrict the
sale of certain PPE parts only to individuals  or
groups who are specially  trained,  equipped, and
"authorized"  by the manufacturer to  purchase
them.  Explicit procedures should be adopted in
the site work plan to ensure that the appropriate
level  of  maintenance  is  performed  only  by
individuals trained at that  level.

   The  following classification  scheme  is often
used to divide maintenance into three levels:

•  Level 1: User or wearer maintenance,
   requiring a few common tools or no tools at
   all.

•  Level 2: Shop maintenance that can be
   performed by the employer's maintenance
   shop.

•  Level 3: Specialized maintenance that can be
   performed only by the  factory or an
   authorized repair person.

5.2.4  Training and Proper Fitting

   The PPE program must ensure that employees
arc trained in  the proper use and fitting of PPE.

   Training.   Employees should be trained in the
proper use of protective equipment prior to using
any PPE on-site. The purpose of training is to:
(1) become  familiar with the equipment in a
nonha/.ardous situation; (2) instill confidence and
awareness  in  the user of  the limitations and
capabilities of the  equipment; (3) increase  the
operating and protective efficiency of PPE use; and
(4) reduce maintenance expenses.

   Training must be completed  prior to actual
PPE use  in any hazardous environment and should
occur at   least annually.   At  a minimum,  the
training  portion  of ihe  PPE program  should
explain   the  user's  responsibilities  and  should
address   the   following   issues,  utilizing both
classroom and field  training when necessary:

•  OSHA requirements as delineated in  29 CFR
   Part  1910, Subparts 1 and Z.
•   OSHA requirements for respiratory
    protection at 29 CFR §1910.134.
•   The proper use and maintenance of the
    selected PPE, including capabilities and
    limitations.
•   The nature of the hazards and the
    consequences of not using PPE.

•   Instruction in inspection, donning, doffing,
    decontaminating, checking, fitting, and using
    PPE.

•   Individualized respirator fit testing to ensure
    proper fit.

•   Use of PPE in normal air for a long
    familiarity period, as well as use of PPE in a
    test atmosphere to evaluate its effectiveness.

•   The user's responsibility (if any) for
    decontamination, cleaning, maintenance, and
    repair of PPE.

•   Emergency procedures and self-rescue in the
    event of PPE failure.

•   The elements of the HASP and the
    individual's responsibilities and duties in an
    emergency, including the buddy system (see
    Chapter 4).

•   The human factors influencing PPE
    performance.  The discomfort and
    inconvenience of wearing PPE can create a
    resistance to the conscientious use of PPE.
    One essential aspect of training is to make
    the user aware of the need for PPE and to
    instill  motivation for the proper use and
    maintenance of PPE.

    Respirator  Fit  Testing.   The  "fit"  of  the
facepiece-to-face seal of a respirator must be tested
on  each potential wearer  to ensure  a tight seal;
every facepiece does not fit every wearer.  Certain
features, such as scars, very prominent cheekbones,
deep skin creases, dentures or missing teeth, and
the chewing of gum and tobacco may interfere with
the  respirator-to-face  seal.   Under conditions
where  these features may impede a  good seal, a
respirator must not be worn.

    For a qualitative respirator fit testing protocol,
see Appendix  D of the OSHA lead standard  (29
CFR §1910.1025). For specific quantitative testing
protocols, literature supplied by manufacturers of
quantitative  fit testing  equipment  should   be
consulted.
                                                 55

-------
5.2.5   Donning and Doffing Procedures

    The  PPE  program  should  include  clearly
defined donning and doffing procedures.

    Donning.  A routine should be  established
and practiced periodically for donning all levels of
protective clothing and equipment.  As donning
and  doffing  the  ensembles can  be difficult to
perform alone  and  solo  efforts  increase  the
possibility  of improper  use and suit  damage,
assistance should be provided.   The  donning
routine should be modified depending  on  the
particular type of suit or the need for extra gloves
or boots.  Once the equipment  has been donned,
the fit  should be  evaluated.  The clothing should
not be too small, increasing  the likelihood of
tearing the suit material and accelerating worker
fatigue, nor should it be too large, increasing the
possibility   of   snagging   the  material   and
compromising the dexterity  and coordination of
the worker.  In  either case, better fitting clothing
should be provided.

    Doffing.  Exact procedures for removing PPE
must  be  established and  followed to prevent
contaminant  migration from the  work area and
transfer of contaminants to the wearer's body, the
doffing assistant,  and others.  These procedures
should be performed only after decontamination of
the suited worker (see Chapter 9). Although they
require a suitably attired assistant, both worker and
assistant should avoid any direct contact with  the
outside  surface   of  the  contaminated   suit
throughout the decontamination procedures.  If
the suit is to be reused, the  assistant should also
avoid contact with the inside of  the garment.

5.2.6   Inspection Procedures

    An effective PPE inspection program should
feature four different inspections:

•   Inspection and operational  testing of
    equipment  received from the factory or
    distributor;

•   Inspection of equipment as  it is issued;

•   Inspection before and after  use or training
    and prior to maintenance; and

•   Periodic  inspection of stored equipment.

The inspection  checklist  in  Exhibit 5-6 may be
helpful in conducting inspections of PPE prior to
and during regular use.  Periodic inspection will
cover somewhat different areas in varying degrees
of depth. Detailed inspection  procedures, where
appropriate,   are  usually  available  from  the
manufacturer.

     Individual identification numbers should be
assigned to all reusable pieces  of equipment and
records must be maintained, by number, of all
inspection procedures.   At a minimum,  each
inspection should record the  ID number,  date,
inspector, and any unusual conditions or findings.

5.2.7   PPE Program Evaluation
                  At  a  minimum,  the  PPE
                  program  should  be reviewed
                  annually   to   evaluate   the
                  effectiveness of the following
                  factors:
•   The number of personnel-hours that are spent
    in various PPE ensembles;

•   The degree to which the site complies with
    the HAZWOPER standards on PPE use,
    inspection, maintenance, and recordkeeping;
•   Accident, injury, and illness statistics, and
    recorded levels of exposure;

•   The adequacy of operating procedures to
    guide the selection of PPE;
•   The degree of coordination with
    comprehensive and site-specific health and
    safety programs; and

•   Recommendations for and results of program
    improvement and modification.

5.2.8   Other Considerations

    There  are other factors, not discussed above,
that may also affect the use and effectiveness  of
PPE.  Several of these factors, dealing with the
physical state of the user, are discussed below.

    Heat Stress.  Wearing PPE puts a hazardous
waste worker at considerable  risk  of  developing
heat stress, which can result in adverse  health
effects ranging from  transient  heat  fatigue  to
serious illness or death. Heat stress is caused by a
number   of   interacting    factors,   including
environmental conditions, clothing, workload, and
                                                56

-------
                                               EXHIBIT 5-6
                                 Sample PPE Inspection  Checklists
                  CLOTHING
                                                                               RESPIRATORS*
    Before use:
 Determine that the clothing materials are correct for the
 specified task at hand.
 Visually inspect for:
     imperfect seams
     non-uniform coatings
     tears
     malfunctioning closures
 Hold up to light and check for pinholes.
 Flex product:
     observe for cracks
     observe for other signs of shelf deterioration
 If the product has  been used previously, inspect inside
 and out for signs of chemical attack:
     discoloration
     swelling
     stiffness
    During the work task, periodically inspect for:
 Evidence  of  chemical  attack  such as  discoloration,
 swelling,  stiffening,  and  softening.   Keep  in  mind,
 however,  that chemical permeation can occur without
 any visible effects.
 Closure failure.
 Tears.
 Punctures.
 Seam discontinuities.
                    GLOVES
|   Before use:

 Pressurize glove to check for pinholes.  Either blow into
 glove, then roll gauntlet towards fingers or inflate glove
 and hold under water.  In  either  case, no  air should
 escape.
         FULLY-ENCAPSULATING SUITS
    Before use:
 Check the operation of pressure relief valves.
 Inspect the fitting of wrists, ankles, and neck.
 Check faceshield, if so equipped, for:
     cracks
     fogginess
IT  SCBA

 Inspect SCBAs:
     before and after each use
     at least monthly when in storage
     every time they are cleaned
 Check all connections for tightness.
 Check material conditions for:
     signs of pliability
     signs of deterioration
     signs of distortion
 Check for proper setting and operation of regulators and
 valves (according to manufacturers' recommendations).
 Check operation of alarm (s).
 Check faceshields and lenses for cracks and fogginess
Y  Air-Purifying Respirators

 Inspect air-purifying respirators:
     before  each  use  to be  sure they  have  been
     adequately cleaned
     after each use
     during cleaning
     monthly if in storage for emergency use
 Check material conditions for:
     signs of pliability
     signs of deterioration
     signs of distortion
 Examine cartridges or canisters to ensure that:
     they are the proper type for the intended use
     the expiration  date has not been passed
     they have not  been opened or use previously
 Check faceshields  and  lenses for cracks and fogginess
Ip  Supplied-Air Respirators

  Inspect supplied-air respirators:
     daily when in use
     at least monthly when in storage
     every time they are cleaned
  Inspect air lines prior to each use for cracks, kinks, cuts,
  frays, and weak areas.
  Check for proper setting and operation of regulators and
  valves (according to manufacturers' recommendations).
  Check all connections for tightness.
  Check material conditions for:
     signs of pliability
     signs of deterioration
     signs of distortion
  Check faceshields and lenses for cracks, fogginess
                                                              Must have NIOSH/MSHA approval
                                                      57

-------
the individual characteristics of the worker. Heat
stress is one of the most common and potentially
serious  illnesses  at  hazardous waste  sites  and,
therefore, warrants regular monitoring and other
preventive measures.   Chapter 8 provides more
detailed information on heat stress and PPE.

    Other  Factors.    Although  wearing  PPE
decreases a worker's  performance, the magnitude
of this effect varies  considerably,  depending on
both the individual and the PPE ensemble used.
One of the physiological  factors that may affect
worker ability to function  using PPE is  physical
fitness.  The  more fit someone is, the more work
they can  perform safely. At a given level of work,
a fit person, relative to an unfit person, will have:
less physiological strain; a lower heart rate; a lower
body temperature, indicating less retained body
heat; a more efficient sweating mechanism; slightly
lower  oxygen consumption;  and  slightly  lower
carbon dioxide production.

    The degree  to which  a  worker's body  has
adjusted  or acclimatized to working under  hot
conditions may affect his or her ability to do work.
Acclimatized individuals  generally  have better
mechanisms  to  maintain lower  skin  and body
temperatures at a given level of environmental
heat and work loads. Although acclimatization can
occur quickly, a  progressive 6-day acclimatization
period before allowing an employee to work a full
shift on a hot day is recommended.   With fit or
trained individuals, the acclimatization period may
be shortened by  2 or 3  days. Acclimatization can
occur  quickly,  and  work  regimens  should  be
adjusted to account for this.
   FURTHER GUIDANCE:  For more information on selecting, using, and maintaining PPE, see:

   1.  Certified Equipment List as of December 31, 1990.  (NIOSH, 1991, Publication 91-105) Cincinnati,
          OH. Updated annually.

   2.  Standard Operating Guidelines for Site Entry (U.S. EPA, 1985, Publication 9285.2-01A).

   3.  Schwope, A.D.; Costas, P.P.; Jackson, J.O.; Stull, J.O.; and D.J. Weitzman, 1987, Guidelines for
          the Selection of Chemical Protective  Clothing, 3rd Edition. American Conference of
          Governmental Industrial Hygienists, Inc. Cincinnati, OH.

   4.  National Fire Codes: A Compilation of NFPA Codes, Standards, Recommended Practices and
          Guides, Vol.8.  (1991, National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy,
          MA 02269-9101).

              Library of Congress Catalog  Card No: 38-27236
              Volume 8: ISBN 0-87765-011-X
              Complete Set: ISBN 0-87765- 140-X
              ISSN: 0077-4545
                                                 58

-------
CHAPTER 6  AIR MONITORING

-------
 CHAPTER  6     AIR  MONITORING
 6.0  INTRODUCTION

      The presence of hazardous materials at a site,
 as well as actions taken to address these materials,
 can cause the release of hazardous substances into
 the air.  Chemical fires, transportation accidents,
 open or leaking containers, wind-blown  dust, and
 site cleanup activities produce emissions that can
 rapidly affect the health  and safety of response
 personnel and the public.  Hazardous atmospheres
 can be:

 •    Explosive (characterized by the presence of
      ignitable or explosive vapors, gases,
      aerosols, and dusts);

 •    Toxic (characterized  by  the presence of
      vapors,  gases, particulates, and aerosols);

 •    Oxygen-deficient (characterized by  the
      displacement of breathable air); or

 •    Radioactive (characterized by the presence
      of radioactive materials).

 The presence of one or more of these hazards is an
 important factor in determining subsequent actions
 that should be taken to  protect people  and the
 environment.     Their  presence   may  dictate
 operations that  are  necessary  to  mitigate the
 likelihood of an incident, and safety considerations
 for response personnel.

     Airborne  hazards can  be  predicted if the
 substance involved,  its  chemical   and   physical
 properties, and  weather   conditions are known.
 However, air monitoring is necessary to confirm
 predictions, to identify or  measure contaminants,
 and to detect unknown air pollutants.  Therefore,
 29   CFR  §1910.120(h)   sets   forth   specific
 requirements for air monitoring. The remainder of
 this  chapter   describes   the   air  monitoring
 requirements  and outlines a number of  practices
 that  can  be   implemented  to   meet   these
 requirements  most effectively.

6.1  OBJECTIVES OF AIR MONITORING

     The  objectives of  air  monitoring during
response operations are to:
 •    Identify and quantify airborne contaminants
      on- and off-site;

 •    Track changes in air contaminants that
      occur over the lifetime of the incident;

 •    Ensure proper selection of work practices
      and engineering controls;

 •    Determine the level of worker protection
      needed;

 •    Assist in defining work zones; and

 •    Identify additional medical monitoring
      needs in any given area of the site.

      HAZWOPER requires air monitoring to be
 performed  wherever the possibility of employee
 exposure to hazardous  substances exists.   Upon
 initial entry, representative air monitoring should
 be  conducted to identify any  IDLH  conditions,
 exposure over PELs, exposure  over a radioactive
 material's  dose  limits,  or   other   dangerous
 conditions, such as flammable or oxygen-deficient
 environments.   Air  monitoring should  also  be
 conducted  to confirm that the area considered for
 the Support Zone is clean  (i.e., does not contain
 concentrations   of  hazardous   substances  that
 require   worker protection).    If there  is  any
 question that contaminants may have migrated into
 the area considered for the Support  Zone, air
 and/or surface soil samples should be collected and
 compared  with  on-site  and off-site background
 samples.

     To determine whether additional monitoring
 is required to designate work zones, the site
 manager should evaluate the results of the initial
 air  monitoring survey, the visual characterization
 of site hazards, the properties of on-site contam-
 inants,  and potential pathways of contaminant
 dispersion.  During the site hazard evaluation,  the
site manager should use information from direct-
 reading   instruments,  visible  indicators  (signs,
 labels, placards, etc.), and other sources (manifests,
inventories, government agency records, etc.)  to
evaluate the presence or potential for the release
of contaminants into the air.  Limited air sampling
may also be conducted if time is available.  Based
                                                61

-------
on an assessment of this preliminary information,
a more comprehensive air monitoring  strategy
should be developed and implemented.

     During the  response operation,  (e.g., when
soil  or  containers  are moved  or  disturbed),
employers should monitor those employees likely
to  have  the highest exposures  to   hazardous
substances  (i.e.,  exposures above PELs).    In
accordance with 29 CFR §1910.120(h)(4), if any
employee has been exposed to elevated levels of
hazardous   substances,   extensive    personal
monitoring must be conducted, in conjunction with
additional   site   control  measures,  to  ensure
employee health and safety.

6.2 IDENTIFYING  AIRBORNE
     CONTAMINANTS
                  The two methods  generally
                  available for identifying and/or
                  quantifying airborne contam-
                  inants  are:  (1) on-site use of
                  direct-reading    instruments
                  (DRIs);  and  (2)  laboratory
                  analysis   of   air  samples
obtained by gas sampling bag, filter, sorbent, or
wet-contaminant collection methods.

     DRIs  may  be  used  to  quickly  detect
flammable  or  explosive  atmospheres,  oxygen
deficiency, certain gases and vapors, and ionizing
radiation,  as  well  as to identify changing  site
conditions.  Because DRIs provide information at
the time of sampling and allow for rapid decision-
making, they  are the primary tools of initial site
characterization. All DRIs, however, have inherent
limitations in  their ability to detect hazards. DRIs
detect  and/or measure  only specific classes of
chemicals and usually are not designed to detect
airborne concentrations below 1 ppm. In addition,
many  of the  DRIs  that  have been  designed to
detect one particular substance also detect other
substances  and, consequently, may  give  false
readings. DRIs must be operated, and their data
interpreted, by qualified individuals using properly
calibrated instruments.   Additional monitoring
should be  conducted at any  location where a
positive instrument response occurs.

      Because DRIs are available for only a few
specific substances and are rarely sensitive enough
to  detect   low  concentrations  of  hazardous
substances  that may nonetheless present  health
risks, long-term or "full-shift" air samples must also
be collected and analyzed in a laboratory.  Full-
shift air samples  for  some  chemicals  may be
collected with passive dosimeters, or by means of
a pump that draws air through a filter or sorbent.

     Selection  of  the proper sampling  media is
determined   by  the  physical   state  of   the
contaminants. Some chemicals, such as PCBs, may
occur  as  both vapors  and  particulate-bound
contaminants. In such cases, a dual-media system
is needed to measure accurately for the chemical.

6.2.1   Direct Reading Instruments

     During site  operations,  it  is essential  to
monitor for the presence of, or  changes  in, the
level of airborne  contaminants.  Changes  in
contaminant levels  may  occur  when  work is
initiated in  a  different  area  of the site,  new
contaminants are discovered, or different types of
operations  are begun in a particular area (e.g.,
drum opening, as  opposed to  exploratory well
drilling).    DRIs  can  be   used   to   provide
approximate total concentrations of many organic
chemicals and a  few  inorganic  substances.   If
specific  organics  (and  inorganics)  have been
identified, then DRIs calibrated to those materials
can be used for more accurate on-site  assessment.

     To obtain air monitoring data  rapidly at the
site, monitoring personnel may use instruments
with flame  ionization detectors (FIDs),   photo-
ionization  detectors (PIDs), and other  similar
instruments.   These  may  be  used as  survey
instruments  (total  concentration  mode),   or
operated  as  gas  chromatographs  (gas   chrom-
atograph mode).   As gas chromatographs, these
instruments  can  provide real-time,  qualitative/
quantitative data when calibrated with standards of
known air contaminants.  Combined with selective
laboratory  analysis of samples,  they  provide an
excellent  tool for evaluating  airborne   organic
hazards on a real-time basis, at a lower cost than
analyzing all samples in a laboratory.  Exhibit 6-1
lists   several  direct-reading   air   monitoring
instruments,  and   Appendix  D  presents more
specific information on the characteristics of the
PID and the organic vapor analyzer (OVA).
                                                 62

-------
                                              EXHIBIT 6-1
                   Summary of Direct-Reading Air Monitoring Instruments
   Principle of
    Detection
  and Monitoring
      Need
  Instrument
                             Features
                                                                                     Limitations
Wheatstone
Bridge Filament
    Monitoring
    Need:
    Combustible
    Gas
Combustible
Gas Detector
    Nonspecific detector for
    combustible gases measures gas
    concentrations as a percentage of
    lower explosive limit (LEL)
    Lightweight, portable, and easy to
    use

    Visual and audible alarms
    Probe provides remote  sensing
    capabilities
    8- to 12-hour battery operating life
    for most models

    Accuracy varies depending upon
    the model; accuracies of ± 2 to 3
    percent are attainable
Potential interferences from leaded
gasoline and silicates, which are
more strongly adsorbed on catalyst
than oxygen or gas in question.
Membranes are available to
minimize these effects.

Most models do not measure
specific gases

May not function properly in
oxygen-deficient atmospheres « 10
percent)
Chemical Cell
    Monitoring
    Need:
    Oxygen
    Deficiency
Oxygen
Meter
•   Direct readout in percent oxygen

•   Visual and audible alarm

•   Lightweight, portable, and easy to
    use

•   Probe provides remote sensing
    capabilities
•   Accuracies of ± 1  percent are
    attainable, but depend on the
    particular model

•   Generally 8-to 10-hour battery life
High humidity may cause
interference
Strong oxidants may cause
artificially high readout
Chemical Sensor
Wheatstone
Bridge Filament
   Monitoring
   Need:
   Combustible
   Gas/Oxygen
   Deficiency
Combination
Oxygen
Meter and
Combustible
Gas Detector
•  Calibrated to Pentane or Hexane

•  Measure percent oxygen and gas
   concentration as a percentage of
   LEL
•  Both visual and audible alarm
•  Remote sensing capabilities

•  Lightweight, portable, and easy to
   use

•  Accuracies of ± 2 percent are
   attainable but may be as high as
   ±10 percent, depending on the
   models
Same limitation as oxygen meters
and combustible gas detectors
In certain units, acid gases and
high CO2 concentrations shorten
the life of oxygen sensor/cells
Certain units require conversion
factor for true specific compound
response readings

In certain units, oxygen calibration
is altitude dependent
Optical, Electrical,
Piezoelectric
   Monitoring
   Need:
   AerosolJ
   Particulate
Aerosol/
Particulate
Monitor
   Selectable ranges

   Particle size differentiation
   available

   Certain units have data logging
   capabilities
Factory recalibration required on
certain units

Values represent total particulates:
dust, mist, aerosols are all inclusive
with no differentiation
Cold weather may have adverse
effect on detector
                                                      63

-------
                                              EXHIBIT 6-1
                  Summary of Direct-Reading Air Monitoring Instruments
   Principle of
    Detection
 and Monitoring
      Need
 Instrument
          Features
          Limitations
Photoionization
Ultraviolet Light
   Monitoring
   Need:
   Toxic Gas/
   Vapors
Photoioni-
zation
Detector
(PID)
Nonspecific gas and vapor
detection for organics and some
inorganics
Not recommended for permanent
gases

Lightweight (4 to 9 Ibs) and
portable
Sensitive to 0.1 ppm benzene.
Sensitivity is related to ionization
potential of compound

Remote sensing capabilities
Response time of 90 percent in
less than 3 seconds
More sensitive to aromatics and
unsaturated compounds that the
flame ionization detector (FID)
8-hour  battery operating life;
certain  units with external
interchangeable battery packs

Audible alarm is available

Certain units have data
logging/computer interface
capabilities

Certain units available with
calibration libraries
Certain units available with
interchangeable lamps
Does not monitor for specific gases
or vapors
Cannot detect hydrogen cyanide or
methane

Cannot detect some chlorinated
organics

High humidity and precipitation
negatively affect meter response
Hydrogen Flame
Ionization
   Monitoring
   Need:
   Toxic Gas/
   Vapors
Flame
Ionization
Detector
(FID)
In the survey mode, it functions as
a nonspecific total hydrocarbon
analyzer; in the gas
chromatograph mode,  it provides
tentative qualitative/quantitative
identification

Most sensitive  to saturated
hydrocarbons,  alkanes, and
unsaturated hydrocarbon alkanes
Lightweight (12 Ibs) and portable

Remote sensing probe is available

Response time is 90 percent in
2 seconds

8-hour battery  operating life

Sounds audible alarm  when
predetermined levels are
exceeded
Not suitable for inorganic gases
(e.g., CI2, HCN, NH3)
Less sensitive to aromatics and
unsaturated compounds than PID

Requires skilled technicians to
operate the equipment in the GC
mode and to analyze the results

Requires changes of columns and
gas supply when operated in the
GC mode in certain units
Because specific chemical
standards and calibration  columns
are needed, the operator must have
some idea of the identification of
the gas/vapor

Substances that contain substituted
functional group (e.g.. hydroxide
(OH-) or (CI-) Chloride groups)
reduce the  detector's sensitivity
                                                       64

-------
                                              EXHIBIT 6-1
                   Summary of Direct-Reading Air Monitoring Instruments
   Principle of
    Detection
  and Monitoring
      Need
  Instrument
          Features
                                                                                     Limitations
Infrared Radiation
    Monitoring
    Need:
    Toxic Gas/
    Vapors
Infrared
Analyzer
Overcomes the limits of most
infrared (IR) analyzers by use of a
variable filter; can be used to scan
through a portion of the spectrum
to measure concentration of
several gases or can be set at a
particular wavelength to measure
a specific  gas

Detects both organic and
inorganic gases

Portable but not as lightweight
(32 Ibs.) as the photoionization  or
the flame ionization detectors
Not as sensitive as PID or the FID
Less portable than other methods
of gas/vapor detection
Requires skilled technicians to
operate and analyze results when
positive identification is needed
Interference by water vapor and
carbon dioxide
Most require AC power source
Positive identification requires
comparison of spectrum from strip
chart recorder with published
adsorption spectrum; infrared
spectrum not  available for all
compounds
Chemical
Reaction
Producing a
Color Change
   Monitoring
   Need:
   Toxic Gas/
   Vapors
Indicator
Tubes
Provides qualitative, semi-
quantitative identification of
volatile organics and inorganics

Accuracy of only about ± 25
percent

Simple to use, and relatively
inexpensive

Real-time/semi-realtime results
Low accuracy
Subject to leakage during pumping
Requires previous knowledge of
gases/vapors in order to select the
appropriate detector tube

Some chemicals interfere with color
reaction to read false positive
Temperature and humidity may
affect readings
Electrochemical
Cell
   Monitoring
   Need:
   Toxic Gas/
   Vapors
   Specific
   Atmospheres
Toxic
Atmosphere
Monitor
Ease of operation

Small, compact, lightweight

Audible alarm upon exceeding
present action level or TLV

Certain units have digital readout

Generally compound-specific

Certain units interface with data
logger
Cross sensitivity

Slow response/recovery after
exposure to high contamination
levels

Limited number of chemicals
detected
Metal-Oxide
Semiconductor
   Monitoring
   Need:
   Toxic Gas/
   Vapors
Toxic
Atmosphere
Monitor
Ease of operation

Small, compact, lightweight

Audible alarm upon exceeding
present action level or TLV

Certain units have digital readout

Certain units interface with data
logger

Nonspecific gas and vapor
detection for some organics and
inorganics
Cross sensitivity

Slow response/recovery after
exposure to high contamination
levels
                                                      65

-------
                                           EXHIBIT 6-1
                  Summary of Direct-Reading Air Monitoring Instruments
     Principle of
     Detection
   and Monitoring
       Need
 Instrument
         Features
         Limitations
  Scintillation
  Detector
     Monitoring
     Need:
     Radiation
Radiation
Meters
Measures radiation in mR/hr
(battery operated)

Probe provides remote sensing
capabilities

Accuracy and sensitivity varies
considerably with manufacturer
and type of meter

A variety of meters are available.
Some measure total ionizing
radiation; others are specific for
gamma, alpha, or a combination
of two or more types
Some meters do not determine type
of radiation
  Gold Film Sensor
     Monitoring
     Need:
     Mercury
     Vapor
Mercury
Vapor
Analyzer
Compound specific; has survey
and sample modes

0.001 mg/m3 detection limit

Provides sensor saturation
readout; saturated sensor cleaning
capabilities

Can be used with dosimeters for
on-site dosimetry

Microprocessor serves reading;
automatically re-zeros

Certain units have data logging
capabilities

5-hour battery life
Requires yearly factory recalibration

Short battery life

Requires AC power for Heat
Cleaning Cycle
Sources:        Mathamel, 1981; Spittler, 1980; McEnery, 1982; National Mine Service Company, 1980; Gas-Tech,
                1980; Enmet Corporation, 1979; Foxboro Analytical, 1982; HNU Systems, 1982,  1991; Photovac
                International, Inc.,  1989; Jerome, 1990; MIE, 1990.
6.2.2   Air Sampling

   For  more  complete  information  about air
contaminants, measurements obtained with DRIs
should  be supplemented with air  samples.  To
assess  air  contaminants  more  thoroughly, air
sampling   devices   equipped  with  appropriate
collection  media should  be  placed  at  various
locations  throughout the area.  These samples
provide air quality information, and can indicate
the presence and concentrations of contaminants
over the lifetime of site operations.  As data are
obtained (from the analysis of samples, DRIs, and
site operations), adjustments  should  be made in
                                     the type and  number  of samples, frequency  of
                                     sampling, and analysis required. In addition to air
                                     samplers, area sampling stations may also include
                                     DRIs equipped with recorders and operated  as
                                     continuous air  monitors.  Area sampling stations
                                     should be placed in the following  locations:

                                        Upwind.  Because many hazardous incidents
                                     occur near industries or highways that generate air
                                     pollutants, samples must  be taken upwind of the
                                     site, and wherever there are other potential sources
                                     of contaminants, to establish background levels of
                                     air contaminants.
                                                   66

-------
   Support Zone.  Samples must be taken near the
command post or other support facilities to ensure
that they are in fact located in a clean  area, and
that the area remains clean throughout operations
at the site.

   Contamination Reduction Zone.  Air samples
should  be  collected  along  the  Contamination
Control Line to ensure that personnel are properly
protected  and  that  on-site  workers  are  not
removing their protective gear in a  contaminated
area.

   Exclusion Zone. The Exclusion Zone presents
the  greatest risk  of exposure  to chemicals and
requires  the most  air sampling. The location of
sampling stations should be based upon  hot spots
or  source areas  detected  by  DRIs,  types  of
substances present,  and  potential  for  airborne
contaminants.   The data from these  stations, in
conjunction with intermittent walk-around surveys
with DRIs, should be used to verify the selection
of proper levels of PPE and to set Exclusion Zone
boundaries,  as well as  to  provide  a  continual
record of air contaminants.

   Fenceline/Downwind. Sampling stations should
be located downwind  from the site to determine
whether  any air contaminants are migrating  from
the  site.   If  there are  indications  of airborne
hazards  in populated areas, additional  samplers
should be placed downwind.

   In  many  instances,   only  air  sampling and
laboratory analysis are necessary for detection and
quantification.     Although  accurate,  the  air
sampling and laboratory analysis  option has two
disadvantages:   cost and  time.  Analyzing large
numbers of samples in  laboratories is expensive,
especially when results are needed quickly. On-site
laboratories tend to reduce the turn-around time,
but their cost may  be prohibitive.

6.3    AIR SAMPLING EQUIPMENT AND
        MEDIA

   A variety of air sampling equipment may be
used to collect samples of potentially dangerous
substances that may become airborne at hazardous
waste sites.  Sampling systems typically include  a
calibrated air sampling pump that draws air into
selected  collection media.  Some  of the most
common  types of sampling and collection media
are described below:
   Organic  Vapors.  Activated  carbon  is  an
excellent  sorbent  for  most   organic  vapors.
However, other solid sorbents  (such as  Tenax®,
silica gel, and Florisil®) are routinely  used to
sample  specific organic compounds or classes of
compounds that do not adsorb or desorb well on
activated carbon.  The samples should be collected
using an industrial hygiene personal  sampling
pump with either one sampling port or a manifold
system   capable  of  simultaneously  collecting
samples on several sorbent tubes.   Individual
pumps with varying flow rates may also be used to
collect several  samples at once. The sorbent tubes
may contain:

• Activated carbon, to collect vapors of
   materials with a  boiling point above zero
   degrees centigrade.  These materials include
   most solvent vapors.

• A porous polymer, such as Tenax® or
   Chromosorb® to collect substances that
   adsorb poorly onto activated carbon (e.g.,
   high-molecular-weight hydrocarbons, organo-
   phosphorus compounds, and the vapors of
   certain pesticides). Some of these porous
   polymers also adsorb organic  materials at low
   ambient temperatures more efficiently than
   carbon.

• A polar sorbent, such as silica gel to collect
   organic vapors that exhibit a relatively high
   dipole movement (e.g., aromatic amines).

• Any  other specialty adsorbent selected for the
   specific site (e.g., a Florisil® tube, if PCBs are
   suspected).

   Inorganic Gases.  The inorganic gases present
at a site would primarily be polar compounds such
as the haloacid gases and ammonia.  These gases
can be adsorbed onto silica gel tubes and analyzed
by ion  chromatography.  Impingers filled  with
selected liquid reagents can also be used.

   Aerosols. Aerosols (solid or liquid particulates)
that  may be encountered at an  incident include
contaminated and non-contaminated soil particles,
heavy-metal  particulates, pesticide dusts,  and
droplets of  organic or  inorganic  liquids.   An
effective method for sampling these materials is to
collect them on a  paniculate filter, such as a  glass
fiber or mixed  cellulose ester fiber membrane.  A
                                                67

-------
backup impinger filled with a selected absorbing
solution may also be necessary.

   Colorimetric detector tubes can also be used
with a sampling pump when monitoring specific
compounds. Exhibit 6-2 lists several air collection
and analytical methods.

6.4    SAMPLE COLLECTION AND
       ANALYSIS
                  Samples   are  analyzed   to
                  determine types and quantities
                  of substances present at a site.
                  Good sources of information
                  on  collecting and  analyzing
                  samples  for  a  variety   of
                  chemical substances include:
(1)  EPA's   Compendium  of  Methods   for
Determination of Toxic Organic Compounds in Air,
(2) the National Institute for Occupational Safety
and Health's  (NIOSH)  Manual of  Analytical
Methods,  (Volumes  1-3,  4th  Edition); and  (3)
OSHA Analytical Methods.  These references may
be consulted  for specific procedures.  This section
provides additional guidance on sample collection
and analysis.

   Aerosols.  Samples for aerosols should be taken
at a relatively high flow rate (generally about 2
liters per  minute) using  a standard  industrial
hygiene pump and filter assembly. To collect total
particulates,  a membrane  filter  having  a  0.8
micrometer pore size is common.  The sample can
be  weighed to  determine total  particulates, then
analyzed  destructively  or  non-destructively  for
metals.   If a non-destructive metals analysis is
performed, or if the filter is sectioned,  additional
analyses (e.g.,  organics,  inorganics,  and optical
particle sizing)  can be performed.

    Sorbent Samples.  The sorbent material chosen,
the amount  used, and sample  volume will vary
according  to the types  and concentrations  of
substances anticipated  at a particular site.  Polar
sorbent material such as silica gel will collect polar
substances that  are  not  adsorbed well  onto
activated carbon and some of the porous polymers.
The silica gel sample can be split and analyzed for
the haloacid  gases and  aromatic amines.

    Activated  carbon and  porous polymers will
collect a wide range of compounds.  Exhaustive
analysis to identify and quantify all the collected
species is prohibitively expensive at any laboratory
and  technically  difficult for a field  laboratory.
Therefore,  samples  should  be  analyzed  for
principal  hazardous  constituents  (PHCs).  The
selection of PHCs should be based on the types of
materials  anticipated  at  a given  site  and on
information collected during the initial site survey.
To aid in the selection of PHCs, a sample could be
collected on activated carbon or porous polymer
during the  initial site survey and  exhaustively
analyzed off-site to identify the major peaks within
selected categories.  This particular analysis, along
with what  is already known about a particular site,
could provide enough information to select PHCs.
Standards  of PHCs could then be prepared and
used to calibrate instruments used for field analysis
of samples.  Subsequent, routine, off-site analysis
could be limited to scanning for only PHCs, saving
time  and   resources.    Special  adsorbents and
sampling conditions can be used for specific PHCs
if desired  while continued  multi-media sampling
provides a base for analysis of additional PHCs
that may be identified during the course of cleanup
operations.

   Passive Dosimeters.  A less traditional method
of sampling is the use of passive dosimeters.  The
few passive dosimeters now available are for gases
and vapors only. Although  passive  dosimeters are
used primarily to monitor personal exposure, they
also can  be  used  to  monitor  areas.    Passive
monitors are divided into two groups:

•  Diffusion samplers, in which molecules move
   across a concentration gradient, usually
   achieved within a stagnant layer of air,
   between the contaminated atmosphere and
   the indicator material.
•  Permeation devices, which rely on the natural
   permeation of a contaminant through a
   membrane.  A suitable membrane is selected
   that is  easily permeated by the contaminant of
   interest and impermeable to all  others.
   Permeation dosimeters, therefore, are useful
   in picking out a single contaminant from  a
   mixture of possible interfering contaminants.

   Some passive dosimeters may be read directly,
as are DRIs and colorimetric length-of-stain
tubes.  Others require laboratory analysis similar
to that conducted on solid sorbents.
                                                68

-------
                                          EXHIBIT 6-2
                     Summary of Common Air Collection/Analytical Methods
Contaminant
Alcohols
Aliphatic Amines
Aromatic Amines
Asbestos
Cyanides
Dioxin
Hydrocarbons:
BP 36-126°C
Aromatic
Halogenated
Inorganic Acids
Mercury
Metals (elements)
RGBs
Pesticides/PCBs
Polyaromatic
Hydrocarbons (PAH)
Volatile organics
Volatile organics
Collection Media
Charcoal
Silica Gel
Silica Gel
25 mm 0.8 urn MCEF filter
25 mm 0.45 ^m MCEF filter
0.8 (im MCEF filter and impinger
3" polyurethane foam plug/filter
Charcoal
Washed Silica Gel
Hopcolite/Hydrar
37 mm 0.8 jim MCEF filter
Florisil® and 13 mm glass fiber
filter
3" polyurethane foam plug
Washed XAD-2, 37 mm PTFE
filter w/support O-ring
2" x 1" Polyurethane Foam
Tenax®/carbonized molecular
sieve (CMS)
SUMMA® canister, SUMMA®
canister w/critical orifice
Collection Method
NIOSH 1400
NIOSH 1401
NIOSH 1402
NIOSH 2010
NIOSH 2002
NIOSH 7400
NIOSH 7402
NIOSH 7904
EPA TO-9
NIOSH 1500
NIOSH 1501
NIOSH 1003
NIOSH 7903
NIOSH 6009
NIOSH 7300
Lewis/McCleod
Modified
NIOSH 5503
EPA TO-4
NIOSH 5515
NIOSH 5506
EPA TO-1
EPA TO-2
EPA TO-1 4
Analytical Method
GC-FID
GC-FID
GC-FID
PCM
TEM
ISE
GC/MS
GC-FID
EPA Modified GC/MS
1C
AA
ICP-AES
GC-ECD
GC-ECD
GC-PID
HPLC-UV
GC-MS
GC-ECD, NPD or FID
GC/MS
LEGEND:       AA:         Atomic Absorption
               GC-ECD:    Gas Chromatography-Electron Capture Detector
               GC-FID:     Gas Chromatography-Flame lonization Detector
               NPD:       Nitrogen-Phosphorus Detector
               GC-MS:     Gas Chromatography
               1C:         Ion Chromatography
               ICP-AES:    Inductively Coupled Argon Plasma, Atomic Emission Spectroscopy
               ISE:        Ion Specific Electrode
               PCM       Phase Contrast Microscopy
               TEM.       Transmission Electron Microscopy
               HPLC-UV-   High-Pressure Liquid Chromatography with UV Detector

 Note: The flow rates that appear in the NIOSH methods are often modified for outdoor ambient air sampling.
                                               69

-------
6.5  GENERAL MONITORING PRACTICES

     Air sampling should be  conducted using a
variety of media to identify the major classes of
airborne contaminants and  their concentrations.
The following sampling pattern can be used as a
guideline. After visually identifying the sources of
possible  generation,  air  samples  should  be
collected downwind  from the designated source
along the axis of the wind direction.  Work should
proceed upwind to a point as close as possible to
the source. Level B protection (see Section 6.9.3)
should be worn during this initial sampling. Levels
of protection for  subsequent sampling should be
based upon the results obtained and the potential
for an unexpected release of chemicals.

     After reaching the source, or finding  the
highest concentration, samples should be collected
along  the  cross-axis of the wind  direction to
determine  the degree of  dispersion.    Smoke
plumes,  or  plumes  of  instrument-detectable
airborne substances,  may be released as an aid in
this  assessment.   To ensure  that there  is no
background interference and that  the detected
substance(s) originate from the identified source,
air samples also should be collected upwind from
the source.

6.5.1   Perimeter Monitoring

     Fixed-location monitoring at the "fenceline"
or perimeter, where PPE is  no longer required,
measures contaminant migration away  from  the
site and enables the Site Health and Safety Officer
to evaluate the integrity of the site's clean areas.
Because the fixed-location  samples may reflect
exposures either  upwind or downwind  from  the
site, wind speed and direction data are needed to
interpret the sample results.

6.5.2  Periodic Monitoring

     Site conditions and atmospheric chemical
conditions  may  change  following  the  initial
characterization.  Periodic monitoring should be
conducted  when  the possibility of a  dangerous
condition has developed or when there is reason to
believe that exposures may have risen above PELs
since  prior  monitoring was conducted.   The
possibility  that exposures have risen  should be
seriously considered  when:
•    Work begins on a different portion of the
     site;

•    Different contaminants are being handled;

•    A markedly different type of operation is
     initiated (e.g., barrel opening as opposed to
     exploratory well drilling); or

•    Workers are handing leaking drums or
     working in areas with obvious liquid
     contamination (e.g., a spill or lagoon).

6.5.3  Personal Monitoring

                 The  selective  monitoring of
                 high-risk  workers (i.e.,  those
                 who are closest to the  source
                 of contaminant generation) is
                 required  by 29  CFR  §1910.
                 120(h).   This  requirement is
                 based on the probability that
significant exposure varies directly with distance
from the source. If workers  closest to the source
are not significantly exposed, then other workers,
presumably, are not  significantly exposed and
should not need to be monitored.

     Because occupational exposures are linked
closely with active material handling, personal air
sampling is not necessary until site  operations have
begun. Thus, monitoring of those employees likely
to  have  the  highest  exposures  to hazardous
substances and health hazards is not required until
the actual cleanup phase commences (e.g., when
soils, surface waters, or  containers are moved or
disturbed). Personal monitoring samples should be
collected in the breathing zone and, if workers are
wearing respiratory protective equipment, outside
the facepiece. These samples represent the actual
inhalation  exposure of  workers  who  are  not
wearing respiratory  protection and the potential
exposure of workers who are wearing respirators.
Sampling should occur frequently  enough to
characterize employee exposures.  If any employee
is   exposed  to  concentrations  over   PELs,
monitoring must continue to ensure the safety of
all  employees  likely to  be  exposed to concen-
trations above those limits.

     Personal monitoring may require the use of
a variety of sampling media.  Unfortunately, single
workers  cannot carry multiple sampling  media
because of the added strain and because it is  not
                                                70

-------
usually  possible to draw air  through different
sampling media using a single portable, battery-
operated pump. Consequently, several days may be
required to  measure the exposure of a specific
individual using each of the media.  Alternatively,
if workers are in teams, a different monitoring
device  can  be assigned to each team member.
Another method  is to place multiple sampling
devices on pieces of heavy equipment.  While these
are not personal  samples, they can be collected
very close to  the breathing zone  of the heavy
equipment operator and thus would be reasonably
representative of personal exposures. These multi-
media samples can yield as much information as
several personal samples.

6.6  METEOROLOGICAL
     CONSIDERATIONS

                 Meteorological information  is
                 an  integral  part  of any air
                 monitoring  program.   Data
                 concerning  wind  speed  and
                 direction,   temperature,
                 barometric    pressure,   and
                 humidity,  singularly  or  in
combination, are needed for selecting air sampling
locations, calculating  air  dispersion,  calibrating
instruments, and determining population at risk of
exposure from airborne contaminants.

     Knowledge of wind speed and  direction  is
necessary to effectively place  air samplers.   In
source-oriented  ambient  air   sampling,  it  is
particularly important that samplers be located at
varying  distances downwind from  the  source.
Similarly,  it is important  that  background air
samples be  collected  upwind  from  the  source.
Samplers should be relocated or adjusted to reflect
shifts in wind direction.  In addition, atmospheric
simulation  models  for predicting  contaminant
dispersion and concentration need wind speed and
direction as inputs for  predictive calculations.
Information may be  needed   concerning  the
frequency and  intensity  of winds  from  certain
directions (windrose data).  Consequently, wind
direction must be monitored continually.

     Air sampling systems need  to be calibrated
before use and corrections in the calibration curves
made for  temperature  and  pressure.    After
sampling, sampled  air volumes  should also be
corrected for temperature and pressure variations.
This requires data on air temperature and pressure
during sampling.

     Data   may   be  collected   from  on-site
meteorological  stations or from government or
private  organizations  that  routinely  collect
meteorological data. The site manager should base
data collection decisions  on the  availability of
reliable data at the site, the resources needed to
obtain meteorological equipment, the  level of
confidence required for the data, and the ultimate
use of the data.

6.7  LONG-TERM AIR MONITORING
     PROGRAMS

     A  variety  of  long-term  air  monitoring
programs can be designed to detect a wide range of
airborne compounds. A number of factors should
be considered before implementing any program,
including type  of equipment,  costs,  personnel,
accuracy of analysis, time to obtain results (turn-
around  time),  and  availability  of  analytical
laboratories.

     One approach to air monitoring, developed
and  used by the  ERT, is described  here.  This
program achieves a reasonable balance between
cost, accuracy, and time in obtaining data using a
combination of DRIs and air sampling systems.
The  data is  used to survey for airborne  organic
vapors and gases,  to identify and measure organic
vapors and  gases, and to identify and  measure
particulates and inorganic vapors and gases. The
ERT approach  is  based on:

•    Using flame ionization detectors (FIDs)
     and/or  photoionization detectors (PIDs) for
     initial detection of total organic gases and
     vapors  and for periodic site surveys (for
     total organics).  Equipped with strip chart
     recorders,  the detectors are used as area
     monitors to  record total organic
     concentrations and changes in
     concentration over a period of time.
     Calibrated to specific organic contaminants,
     they are used to detect and measure those
     substances.

•    Collecting area air samples using personal
     pumps and organic gasMpor collection
     tubes.  Samples are analyzed using the gas
     chromatograph (GC) capabilities of field
     instruments. Selected samples are also
                                                71

-------
     analyzed in laboratories accredited by the
     American Industrial Hygiene Association
     (AIHA).

     Using PIDs and/or FIDs (as a survey
     instrument or GC) to provide real-time
     data and to screen the number of samples
     needed for laboratory analysis.

     Sampling for particulates, inorganic acids,
     aromatic amines, halogenated pesticides,
     etc., when they are known to be present or
     when there are indications that these
     substances may be a problem.
6.8  VARIABLES IN HAZARDOUS WASTE
     SITE AIR MONITORING

     Complex environments involving numerous
substances, such as those associated with hazardous
waste sites, pose significant challenges to accurately
and  safely   assessing   airborne  contaminants.
Several independent and uncontrollable variables,
most notably temperature and weather conditions,
can affect airborne concentrations.  These factors
must be  considered  when developing  an air
monitoring  program and when analyzing  data.
Some of the more important variables include:
           Temperature.     An  increase  in
           temperature  increases   the   vapor
           pressure of most chemicals.
           Wind Speed.  An increase  in  wind
           speed can affect vapor concentrations
           near a  free-standing  liquid surface.
           Dusts   and   particulate-bound
           Rainfall.   Water  from rainfall can
           essentially cap or plug vapor emission
           routes from open or closed containers,
           saturated  soil, or  lagoons,  thereby
           Moisture.   Dusts,  including  finely
           divided hazardous solids, are highly
           sensitive to moisture content.   This
           moisture content can vary significantly
 with respect to location and  time  and can also
 affect the accuracy of many sampling results.
           Vapor  Emissions.    The   physical
           displacement of saturated vapors can
           produce short-term,  relatively  high,
i	—i  vapor  concentrations.    Continuing
evaporation and/or diffusion  may produce  long-
term  low vapor concentrations and may involve
large  areas.

           Work Activities. Work activities  often
           require the mechanical disturbance of
           contaminated  materials,  which   may
           change   the   concentration   and
composition of airborne contaminants.
 6.9 USING VAPOR/GAS
     CONCENTRATIONS TO DETERMINE
     LEVEL OF PROTECTION

     The objective  of using  total atmospheric
 vapor/gas  concentrations  is  to  determine  a
 numerical criterion for selecting the appropriate
 level of PPE (e.g., Level A, B, or C). In situations
 where the  presence of vapors  or  gases  is not
 known, or if present, the individual components
 are unknown,  personnel required  to enter that
 environment must be protected.  Total vapor/gas
 concentration can be used as a guide for selecting
 PPE  until  more   definitive  criteria  can  be
 determined  (e.g.,  until  the  constituents  and
 atmospheric concentrations  of  vapor, gas, or
 particulates  can   be  determined,  and  until
 respiratory and body protection can be chosen that
 relate to the  toxicological properties  of these
 constituents.)

      Although  total  vapor/gas  concentration
 measurements are useful to a qualified professional
 for the selection of protective equipment, caution
 should be exercised in their interpretation.  An
 instrument  does  not respond  with  the same
 sensitivity to several vapor/gas contaminants as it
 does to a single contaminant. Also, because total
 vapor/gas field instruments detect all contaminants
 in relation  to a  specific  calibration  gas,  the
 concentration of unknown gases or vapors  may be
 either overestimated or underestimated.

      Suspected carcinogens, particulates,  highly
 hazardous substances, infectious wastes, or other
 substances  that  do  not  elicit  an  instrument
 response may be known or suspected to be present.
 Therefore, the protection level should not be based
 solely on the total vapor/gas criterion.  Rather, the
                                                72

-------
 level should be selected on  a  case-by-case basis,
 with special emphasis on potential exposure from
 the chemical and toxicological characteristics of the
 known or suspected material.

 6.9.1   Factors for Consideration

     A number of factors should be considered
 when   using   total   atmospheric  vapor/gas
 concentrations as a guide for monitoring a selected
 Level of Protection.  First, the uses, limitations,
 and operating characteristics of the monitoring
 instruments must  be recognized and understood.
 Instruments such as the photoionization detector
 (PID), flame ionization detector (FID), and others
 do  not   respond  identically  to   the   same
 concentration of a substance; nor do they respond
 to   all  substances.     Therefore,   experience,
 knowledge, and  good judgement must be used to
 complement the data obtained with instruments.

     Second, other hazards may exist such as gases
 not detected by the PID or  FID (i.e., phosgene,
 cyanides, arsenic, chlorine), explosives, flammable
 materials, oxygen deficiency,  liquid/solid particles,
 and liquid or  solid chemicals.  Vapors and gases
 with a very low Threshold Limit Value (TLV)  or
 IDLH value could also be present.  Total readings
 on instruments not calibrated to these substances
 may not indicate unsafe conditions.

     The  risk to personnel entering  an area must
 be  weighed  against  the   need  for  entering.
 Although   this  assessment   is  largely  a   value
judgment, it requires a conscientious balancing of
 the known and potential risks to personnel against
 the need to enter an unknown environment.

     The knowledge that suspected carcinogens or
extremely  toxic substances are present requires an
evaluation of  a  number of  factors,  such as the
potential for exposure, chemical characteristics of
the  materials present,  and  the  limitations  of
monitoring instruments and  PPE relative to the
tasks that  must be done on-site.

     On-site activities must be evaluated to choose
the correct level  of PPE.    Based  upon  total
atmospheric   vapor  concentrations,  Level   C
protection may be judged adequate; however, tasks
such as moving  drums, opening containers, and
bulking of materials, which increase the probability
of liquid splashes or generation of vapors, gases, or
particulates, will likely require  a  higher level of
protection.

     The following sections provide information
on levels of protection  (refer to Chapter 5 for
more information on  selecting PPE).

6.9.2   Level A Protection (500 to
        1,000 ppm)

     Level  A protection  provides  the  highest
degree of respiratory tract, skin, and eye protection
if the  inherent limitations of the PPE are  not
exceeded. Although Level A provides protection
against air concentrations greater than 1,000 ppm
for most substances, an operational restriction of
1,000 ppm is established as a warning flag to:

•   Evaluate the need to  enter environments
     with unknown constituents at
     concentrations greater than 1,000 ppm;

•   Identify the specific chemical constituents
     contributing to the total concentration and
     their associated  toxic  properties;

•   Determine more precisely the
     concentrations of constituent chemicals;

•   Evaluate the calibration and/or sensitivity
     error associated  with  the instrument(s); and

•   Evaluate instrument sensitivity to wind
     velocity,  humidity, temperature, etc.

     A limit of 500 ppm total vapors/gases in air
was selected as the value at which to upgrade from
Level  B  to Level A.   This concentration was
selected  to  fully protect  the skin  until  the
constituents can be identified and measured and
substances affecting the  skin  are excluded.  The
range  of  500  to  1,000   ppm  is  sufficiently
conservative to provide a safe margin of protection
if readings  are  low  due  to instrument  error,
calibration,   and  sensitivity;   if   higher  than
anticipated concentrations occur; and if substances
highly toxic to the skin are present.

     Ambient air concentrations approaching 500
ppm have  not  routinely  been  encountered  on
hazardous waste sites. Such high  concentrations
have been encountered only in  closed buildings,
when  containers  were  being  opened,  when
personnel were working in the spilled contam-
                                                 73

-------
inants, or when organic vapors/gases were released
in transportation accidents. A decision to require
Level  A  protection  should  also  consider  the
negative aspects:  higher probability of accidents
due   to   cumbersome  equipment,  and  most
importantly, the  physical  stress caused  by heat
buildup in fully encapsulating suits.

6.9.3  Level B Protection (5 to 500 ppm)

     Level B protection is the minimum level of
protection recommended for initially entering an
open site  where  the type,  concentration,  and
presence of airborne  vapors are unknown.  This
level  of  protection  provides  a high  degree of
respiratory protection.  Skin  and  eyes are also
protected, although a small portion of the body
(neck and sides of head) may be exposed.  The use
of a separate hood or hooded, chemical-resistant
jacket  would  further reduce  the  potential  for
exposure  to  this  area  of the body.   Level  B
impermeable protective clothing also increases the
probability of heat stress.

     A limit   of 500  ppm  total  atmospheric
vapor/gas   concentration   on  portable   field
instruments has  been  selected   as the  upper
restriction on the use  of Level B. Although Level
B PPE should be adequate for most  commonly
encountered  substances  at  air   concentrations
higher than 500 ppm, this limit has been selected
as a decision point for a careful evaluation  of the
risks associated with  higher concentrations.  The
following  factors  should  be  considered  when
selecting Level B protection:

•   The  necessity for entering environments
     with unknown constituents at
     concentrations higher than 500 ppm
     wearing Level B protection;

•   The probability  that  substance(s)  present
     pose severe skin hazards;

•   The work to be  done and the  increased
     probability of exposure;

•   The need for qualitative and quantitative
     identification of the  specific components;

•    Inherent limitations  of the instruments used
     for air monitoring; and
•    Instrument sensitivity to winds, humidity,
     temperature, arid other factors.

6.9.4   Level C Protection (Background
        to 5 ppm)

     Level C provides skin protection identical to
Level B,  assuming the  same  type  of chemical
protective clothing is  worn, but lesser protection
against inhalation hazards. A range of background
to   5   ppm   above   ambient   background
concentrations of vapors/gases in the atmosphere
has been established as  guidance  for selecting
Level C protection.  Concentrations in the air of
unidentified vapors/gases approaching or exceeding
5  ppm  would  warrant  upgrading  respiratory
protection to a self-contained breathing apparatus.

     A full-face, air-purifying mask equipped with
an organic vapor canister (or a combined organic
vapor/particulate canister)  provides  protection
against  low  concentrations  of  most  common
organic  vapors/gases.  There are some substances
against which full-face, canister equipped masks do
not protect, for example,  substances with very low
Threshold Limit Values (TLV) or IDLH concen-
trations.  Many of the latter substances are gases
or liquids in their normal state.  Gases would only
be found  in gas cylinders, while the liquids would
not ordinarily be found in standard containers or
drums.

     Every  possible  effort  should  be made to
identify  the  individual  constituents (and  the
presence of particulates)  contributing to such low
total  vapor  readings.    Respiratory protective
equipment can then be selected accordingly.  It is
exceedingly difficult, however, to provide constant,
real-time identification  of all  components with
concentrations of less than 5 ppm in a vapor cloud
at  a site where  ambient  concentrations  are
constantly changing.

     If highly toxic substances have been ruled out,
but ambient levels of  less than 5 ppm persist, it is
unreasonable  to assume  only   self-contained
breathing  apparatus  should   be   worn.   The
continuous use of air-purifying masks in such low
vapor/gas  concentrations  gives  a   reasonable
assurance that the respiratory  tract is protected,
provided   that   the  absence   of   highly   toxic
substances has been confirmed.
                                                 74

-------
     Full-face, air-purifying devices are capable of       Also,  unanticipated  transient  excursions  may
providing  respiratory  protection against most       increase  the  concentrations in the environment
vapors at greater  than 5 ppm;  however, until       above  the  limits of air-purifying  devices.   The
definitive qualitative information is available,  a       increased probability of exposure due to the work
concentration of greater than 5 ppm requires that       being done may require Level  B protection, even
a higher level of respiratory protection be used.         though ambient levels are low.
   FURTHER GUIDANCE: For more information on air monitoring equipment and procedures, see:

   1.   Standard Operating Guide for Air Sampling and Monitoring at Emergency Responses (U.S. EPA,
             draft, Publication 9285.2-03A).

   2.   Standard Operating Guide for the Use of Air Monitoring Equipment for Emergency Response (U.S.
             EPA, draft, expected Summer 1992).

   3.   Manual of Analytical Methods, (Volumes 1-3, 3rd Edition, with supplements)  (NIOSH, 1989,
             Publication 89-127).

   4.   Compendium of Methods for Determination of Toxic Organic Compounds in Air (U.S. EPA, 1987,
             EPA 600/4-87/006).

   5.   OSHA Analytical Methods.  The OSHA Technical Center maintains an updated database of
             analytical testing methods.  Printouts of analytical methods for individual chemicals are
             available by request.  Contact the OSHA Technical Center,  1781 South 300  West, Salt
             Lake City, UT, 84115 (801) 524-5287.

   6.   Air Methods Database.  Available on the Cleanup Information electronic bulletin board
             (CLU-IN), formerly OSWER BBS.  For further information, call (301) 589-8366.
             Communications:  No Parity, 8 Databits, I  Stopbit, F Duplex.

   7.   Removal Program Representative Sampling Guidance:  Air (U.S. EPA, draft, expected Summer
             1992).

   8.   Respiratory Decision Logic  (NIOSH, 1987, Publication 87-108).
                                               75

-------
CHAPTER 7   MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM
E
F P
T O Z
L P E D
P E C F D
E D F C Z P
DEFPOTEC



1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
q


-------
CHAPTER 7     MEDICAL  SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM
7.0  INTRODUCTION
                 Workers engaged in hazardous
                 waste  operations  and
                 emergency response  activities
                 perform tasks that may expose
                 them to a number of potential
                 hazards,   including:   toxic
                 chemicals; safety and biological
hazards; and physical agents,  such as heat  stress
and radiation. A medical program is essential for
assessing and monitoring employee health, both
prior to placement and during the course of work;
for providing emergency and other treatment, as
needed; and for keeping accurate records for future
reference.  A comprehensive medical surveillance
program   is   required   by   §1910.120(f)  of
HAZWOPER. The standards contain provisions
for baseline, periodic, and termination medical
examinations.

     The goal of a medical surveillance  program,
and of appropriate screening and monitoring in the
workplace, is the  protection of employees' health.
Two factors are critical for achieving this goal:

•    Detecting pre-existing disease or medical
     conditions that may place an employee
     performing certain tasks at an increased
     risk; and

•    Minimizing  individual exposures at the
     workplace, so that the disease process is
     never initiated.
     Helping to place and maintain employees in
work that is commensurate with their capabilities
and, whenever possible, attempting to avoid certain
exposure situations, will help achieve this goal of
disease prevention.

     An employer should develop a comprehensive
medical program based on  the specific needs,
location, and potential exposures of its employees.
The program should be designed by an experienced
occupational health physician or other qualified
occupational health consultant in conjunction with
the employer's  occupational  health and  safety
professional. All occupational medical monitoring
examinations and procedures should be performed
by or under the direction of a physician who is
board-certified  in  occupational  medicine or a
medical doctor who has had extensive experience
managing occupational health services.

7.1  EMPLOYEES COVERED BY THE
     SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM

     A medical surveillance program must include
monitoring for four groups of employees:

•    Employees who are, or may be, exposed to
     PELs of hazardous substances or health
     hazards for 30 or more days per year;

•    Employees who wear a respirator for 30 or
     more days per year;

•    Members of organized HAZMAT teams;
     and

•    Employees who are injured as a result of
     overexposure during a site emergency, or
     who show symptoms of illness that may
     have resulted from exposure to hazardous
     substances.

     OSHA standards represent only the minimum
that  is required by law and in no way  preclude
anyone from taking additional actions to ensure
the well-being of their employees.  For  example,
the medical surveillance policy for EPA employees
(as outlined in the OSWER Integrated Health and
Safety Program  Standard  Operating Practice)  is
more restrictive than  the OSHA  standards, and
requires  monitoring  for employees  who  are
potentially exposed  to hazardous substances for 20
or more days per year.

7.2  FREQUENCY AND CONTENT OF
     MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS

     All  employees   who  are   required   by
HAZWOPER  to  participate  in   a  medical
surveillance program  must  undergo a  baseline
medical examination prior to a field assignment.
After this initial examination, employees must have
a follow-up medical exam at least once per year,
unless an attending physician  believes a longer
interval  is  appropriate.   This longer  interval,
however, cannot  exceed 2 years.
                                             79

-------
     If  the attending  physician believes  it  is
necessary by virtue of the nature of employees'
potential   exposure,  more  frequent  medical
examinations  may be required.   Irrespective  of
whether a baseline exam was performed, employees
must also receive a medical examination as soon as
possible if:

•    The employee is injured or becomes ill
     from exposure to hazardous substances on-
     site; or

•    The employee develops signs or symptoms
     indicative of possible overexposure to
     hazardous substances.

All potentially exposed employees must be trained
to recognize symptoms that might be indicative of
overexposure to chemicals or physical agents such
as  heat stress.   These  could include dizziness,
rashes, shortness of breath, numbness, and fatigue.

     In addition,  employees who are reassigned or
who terminate employment must receive a final
examination.  This examination  is only required if
the employee  has not had an examination within
the  past   6   months.   All  required  medical
examinations must be provided without cost  to the
employee, without loss of pay, and at a reasonable
time and place.

     The content of medical examinations should
be  determined by the attending physician and the
site Health and  Safety  Officer, but certain  key
elements must be included. The physician must
complete   a   medical   and work  history  with
emphasis  on  the symptoms related to handling
hazardous substances. Further, the physician must
determine  the employee's fitness for the types of
duties  to  be assigned, including  whether  the
employee  needs  to wear personal  protective
equipment based on the anticipated conditions at
the work site.

     To ensure that the physician understands the
OSHA and  EPA  medical  surveillance  require-
ments, the employer must provide  a copy  of the
standard and its appendices to the physician.
Substance-specific standards (e.g.,  for  lead  and
asbestos) should  also be provided, if appropriate.
The employer is also responsible for describing to
the physician each employee's  duties relative to
potential   exposure  levels.    Additionally,  the
physician must be provided with  information from
the employee's previous  medical  exams  and a
complete description of the types of PPE that the
employee  will be  expected  to  wear.    This
information  is required so that the physician can
adequately assess the employee's capacity to wear
PPE and other required equipment.

     Once an exam has been  completed,  the
physician  must submit a written opinion  to the
employer  who then  has the responsibility  to
provide that  opinion  to the employee.   The
opinion must contain:

•    The  results of the medical examination  and
     tests;

•    Any  recommended work limitations; and

•    The  physician's opinion concerning the
     medical condition of the employee,
     including any conditions that need further
     examination and treatment, or that would
     place the employee at an increased risk of
     injury from respirator use or work in a
     hazardous substance  environment.

     Exhibit 7-1 outlines a recommended medical
program with screening and examination protocols.
These  recommendations  are  based  on  known
health risks  for hazardous waste  site personnel, a
review of available data on their exposures, and an
assessment   of  several   established  medical
programs.  Because conditions and hazards vary
considerably at each site,  only general guidelines
are provided here.

7.2.1   Baseline Screening

     Pre-placement or baseline screening has two
major  functions:  (1) to determine an individual's
fitness for duty, including the ability to work while
wearing protective equipment; and (2) to provide
baseline data  for comparison with  future medical
data.  To ensure that  prospective  employees are
able to meet work requirements, the pre-placement
screening should focus on the  following areas:

Occupational  and Medical History

•   Require all personnel to fill out an
     occupational and medical history
     questionnaire, describing all prior
     occupational exposures to chemical and
     physical  hazards.
                                                 80

-------
                                       EXHIBIT 7-1
                       Minimum Examination Types and Protocols
Examination Type
History and Physical Exam
Complete Medical History
Interval History
Physical Examination by Physician
Visual Acuity
Routine Laboratory
Tests/Procedures
Pulmonary Function
Audiometry
Electrocardiogram
Chest X-ray*
Complete Blood Count
Routine Urinalysis
Blood Chemistry
Special Tests**
Cholinesterase
Methemoglobin
Heavy Metal Screen
Urine and Sputum Cytology
Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB)
Cardiovascular Stress Test
Baseline

X

X
X


X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
0
X
0
0
X
Periodic


X
X
X


X
X
0
0
X
X
X

0
O
0
0
0
0
Termination

X

X
X


X
X
X
X
X
X
X

O
O
0
0
0
~
Unscheduled

X

X
O


O
O
0
O
0
0
0

O
0
0
0
0
~
X Recommended
O As indicated
* Chest X-rays not repeated more than once per year.
** Any special test which may be considered on a periodic basic should be included in the
baseline test.
Source: Occupational Medical Monitoring Program Guidelines for SARA Hazardous Waste Field Activity
Personnel (U.S. EPA, 1990, Publication 9285.3-04).
Take note of past illnesses and chronic
diseases, particularly atopic diseases such as
eczema and asthma, lung diseases, and
cardiovascular disease.

Review symptoms, especially shortness of
breath or labored breathing on exertion,
other chronic respiratory symptoms, chest
pain, high blood pressure, heat intolerance,
or sensitivity to particular substances.
•    Record relevant lifestyle habits (e.g.,
     smoking, alcohol/drug use) and hobbies.

Physical Examination

•    Conduct a comprehensive physical
     examination focusing on the pulmonary,
     cardiovascular, and musculoskeletal systems.
                                            81

-------
•    Note conditions that could increase
     susceptibility to heat stroke or that could
     affect respirator use.

Ability to Work While Wearing PPE

•    Disqualify individuals who are unable to
     perform based on the medical history and
     physical exam (e.g., those with severe lung
     disease, heart disease, or back or
     orthopedic problems).

•    Note limitations concerning the worker's
     ability to use PPE.

•    Provide additional testing for ability to
     wear PPE where necessary.

•    Complete a written assessment of worker's
     capacity to perform while wear a respirator,
     if wearing a respirator is a job requirement.
     Note that the OSHA respirator standard
     (29 CFR §1910.134)  states that no
     employee should be assigned to a task that
     requires the use of a respirator unless that
     person is physically able to perform  under
     such conditions.

     Pre-placement screening  can be  used  to
establish baseline data to verify  the efficacy  of
protective  measures and  to  determine whether
exposures have adversely affected the  worker.
Baseline testing   may  include   both   medical
screening tests and  biologic monitoring  tests.
Given   the  problem   in  predicting  significant
exposures for these workers, there are  no clear
guidelines for prescribing specific tests.

7.2.2   Periodic Medical Examinations

     Periodic medical examinations  should  be
developed  and used  in   conjunction with pre-
placement screening examinations.  Comparison of
sequential medical reports with baseline data is
essential for determining biologic trends that may
mark early signs  of adverse  health  effects, and
thereby facilitate appropriate protective measures.

     The frequency and content of examinations
will vary, depending on the nature of the work and
exposures.  It is recommended that medical  exam-
inations be conducted at least annually; however,
more frequent examinations may be  necessary
depending on the extent  of potential  or. actual
exposure,  the type of  chemicals  involved, the
duration  of  the  work  assignment,  and  the
individual worker's profile.   Periodic  screening
exams can include:

•    Interval medical history, focusing on
     changes in health status, illnesses, and
     possible work-related symptoms;

•    Physical examination; and

•    Additional medical testing, depending on
     available exposure information, medical
     history, and examination results.  Testing
     specific to possible medical effects of the
     worker's exposure can include pulmonary
     function tests, audiometric tests, vision
     tests, and blood and urine tests.

7.2.3   Termination Examination

     At the end of employment as a hazardous
waste site worker, all  personnel  should have a
termination   medical  examination.     A  full
examination is necessary  at the termination of
employment if any of the following criteria are not
met:

•    The last full medical examination was
     within the last 6 months;

•    No exposure occurred since the last
     examination; and

•    No symptoms associated with exposure
     occurred since the last examination.

7.3  EMERGENCY TREATMENT
                  Provisions   for  emergency
                  treatment   and  acute  non-
                  emergency treatment should be
                  made  at each  site.   When
                  developing  plans, procedures,
                  and equipment lists, the range
                  of actual and potential hazards
specific to the site should be considered, including
chemical,   physical,   and  biological   hazards.
Contractors,  visitors,  and other personnel  may
require emergency treatment  in addition to site
workers.
                                                82

-------
     Emergency  medical  treatment  should be
integrated into the overall site emergency response
program.   Exhibit  7-2  lists  the  recommended
guidelines for establishing an emergency treatment
program.  Depending on the site's location and
potential hazards, it may be important to identify
additional   medical   facilities    capable  of
sophisticated  response  to  chemical  or  other
exposures.

     Non-emergency  medical  care  should be
arranged for hazardous waste site personnel who
are experiencing  health effects resulting from an
exposure to hazardous substances.  In conjunction
with the  medical surveillance  program, off-site
medical care  should ensure that any potential job-
related symptoms or illnesses are evaluated in the
context of  the employee's  exposure.   Off-site
medical personnel should also investigate and treat
non-job-related   illnesses   that  may  put  the
employee at risk because of task requirements.
  7.4  CHEMICAL CONTAMINATION
                    Employees at hazardous waste
                    sites may be exposed to  a
                    number of toxic chemicals with
                    dangerous properties.   Most
                    sites  contain a  variety  of
                    chemical substances in gaseous,
                    liquid, or solid forms that can
  enter the unprotected body. Exhibit 7-3 lists some
  common chemicals found at hazardous waste sites,
  their potential health effects, and recommended
  medical  procedures for  monitoring  employee
  exposure.

      Preventing exposure to  toxic chemicals  is a
  primary concern at any site.  Protective clothing
  and respirators  help  prevent the  wearer from
  contamination,  and good work practices  and
  engineering controls help reduce contamination on
  protective clothing, instruments, and equipment.
                                            EXHIBIT 7-2
           Recommended Guidelines for Establishing an Emergency Treatment Program
   /   Train a team of site personnel in emergency
        first aid, including CPR and training that
        emphasizes treatment for explosion and burn
        injuries, heat stress, and acute chemical
        toxicity. This team should include an
        emergency medical technician if possible.

   /   Train personnel in emergency decontamina-
        tion procedures in coordination with the
        Emergency Response Plan (see Chapter 9).

   /   Predesignate roles and responsibilities to be
        assumed by personnel in an emergency.

   /   Establish an emergency/first-aid station on-
        site,  capable of providing stabilization for
        patients requiring off-site treatment and
        general first aid.

   /   Arrange for a physician who can be paged
        on a 24-hour basis.

   /   Set up an on-call team of medical specialists
        for emergency consultations (e.g., a
        toxicologist, dermatologist, hematologist,
        allergist, ophthalmologist, cardiologist, and
        neurologist).
/    Establish a protocol for monitoring heat
     stress.

/    Make plans in advance for emergency
     transportation to and contamination control
     procedures for treatment at a nearby
     medical facility.

/    Post names, phone numbers, addresses,
     and procedures for contacting on-call
     physicians, medical specialists, ambulance
     services,  medical facilities, emergency, fire,
     and police services, and poison control
     hotline.

/    Provide maps and directions to medical
     facilities, and confirm that all managers and
     individuals involved in medical response
     know the location of the nearest emergency
     medical facility.

/    Establish a radio-communication system for
     emergency use.

/    Review emergency procedures daily with
     site personnel at safety meetings before
     beginning work shifts.
                                                 83

-------
                                                          EXHIBIT 7-3
          Common Chemical Toxicants Found at Hazardous Waste Sites, thefr Health Effects, and Medical Monitoring"
HAZARDOUS
SUBSTANCE OR
CHEMICAL
GROUP
Aromatic
Hydrocarbons















Asbestos (or
asbestiform
particles)








Dioxin (see
Herbicides)



COMPOUNDS
Benzene
Ethyl benzene
Toluene

Xylene




























USES
Commercial solvents and
intermediates for
synthesis in the chemical
and pharmaceutical
industries.













A variety of industrial
uses, including:

Buildino

Construction

Cement work
Insulation
Fireproofing
Pipes and ducts for
water, air, and chemicals
Automobile brake pads
and linings





TARGET ORGANS
Blood
Bone marrow
CNSb

Eyes
Respiratory system
Skin

Liver

Kidney






Lungs
Gastrointestinal

system












POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS
All cause:
CNSb depression: decreased alertness,
headache, sleepiness, loss of
consciousness.

Defatting dermatitis

Benzene suppresses bone-marrow function,
causing blood changes. Chronic exposure
can cause leukemia

Note: Because other aromatic
hydrocarbons may be contaminated with
benzene during distillation, benzene-related
health effects should be considered when
exposure to any of these agents is
suspected.
Chronic effects.

Lung cancer

Mesothelioma

Asbestosis
Gastrointestinal malignancies
Asbestos exposure coupled with cigarette
smoking has been shown to have a
synergistic effect in the development of lung
cancer.







MEDICAL MONITORING
Occupational/general medical history
emphasizing prior exposure to these or
other toxic agents.

Medical examination with focus on liver,
kidney, nervous system, and skin

Laboratory testing:

CBCC
Platelet count

Measurement of kidney and liver function





History and physical examination should
focus on the lungs and gastrointestinal
system.


Laboratory tests should include a stool
test for occult blood evaluation as a check
for possible hidden gastrointestinal
malignancy.
A high quality chest X-ray and pulmonary
function test may help to identify long-
term changes associated with asbestos
diseases; however, early identification of
low-dose exposure is unlikely.



  Source  Occupational Safety and Health Guidance Manual lor Hazardous Wuste Site Activities (NIOSH/OSHA/USCG/EPA, 1985)
b CNS = Central nervous system.
c CBC = Complete blood count

-------
                                                          EXHIBIT 7-3 (cont'd)
          Common Chemical Toxicants Found at Hazardous Waste Sites, their Health Effects, and Medical Monitoring'
HAZARDOUS
SUBSTANCE OR
CHEMICAL
GROUP
Aromatic
Hydrocarbons














Asbestos (or
asbestlform
particles)








Dloxln (see
Herbicides)



COMPOUNDS
Benzene
Ethyl benzene
Toluene

Xylene



























USES
Commercial solvents and
Intermediates for
synthesis in the chemical
and pharmaceutical
Industries.












A variety of industrial
uses, including:

Building

Construction

Cement work
Insulation
Fireproofing
Pipes and ducts for
water, air, and chemicals
Automobile brake pads
and linings





TARGET ORGANS
Blood
Bone marrow
CNSb

Eyes
Respiratory system
Skin

Liver
Kidney






Lungs
Gastrointestinal
system













POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS
All cause:
CNSb depression: decreased alertness,
headache, sleepiness, loss of
consciousness.

Detailing dermatitis.

Benzene suppresses bone-marrow function,
causing blood changes. Chronic exposure
can cause leukemia.
Note: Because other aromatic
hydrocarbons may be contaminated with
benzene during distillation, benzene-related
health effects should be considered when
exposure to any of these agents Is
suspected.
Chronic effects:

Lung cancer

Mesothelloma

Asbestosis
Gastrointestinal malignancies
Asbestos exposure coupled with cigarette
smoking has been shown to have a
synerglstic effect in the development of lung
cancer.







MEDICAL MONITORING
Occupational/general medical history
emphasizing prior exposure to these or
other toxic agents.

Medical examination with focus on liver,
kidney, nervous system, and skin.

Laboratory testing:

CBC0
Platelet count
Measurement of kidney and liver function.





History and physical examination should
focus on the lungs and gastrointestinal
system.


Laboratory tests should Include a stool
test for occult blood evaluation as a check
for possible hidden gastrointestinal
malignancy.
A high quality chest X-ray and pulmonary
function test may help to Identify long-
term changes associated with asbestos
diseases; however, early identification of
low-dose exposure is unlikely.



  Source  Occupational Safety and Health Guidance Manual for Hazardous Waste Site Activities (NIOSH/OSHA/USCG/EPA, 1985).
 CNS = Central nervous system.
c CBC = Complete blood count.

-------
                                           EXHIBIT 7-3 (cont'd)
Common Chemical Toxicants Found at Hazardous Waste Sites, their Health Effects, and Medical Monitoring (cont'd)
HAZARDOUS
SUBSTANCE OR
CHEMICAL
GROUP
Herbicides

















Organochlorlne
Insecticides














COMPOUNDS
Chlorophenoxy
compounds.

2,4-dichloro-
phenosyacetic acid
(2,4-D)

2,4,5-trichloro-
phenoxyacetic acid
(2.4.5-T)
Dioxin (tetrachloro-
dibenzo-p-dioxin,
TCDD), which occurs
as a trace
contaminant in these
compounds, poses
the most serious
health risk.
Chlorinated ethanes:

DDT

Cyclodienes.

Aldrin
Chlordane
Dieldrin
Endrin

Chlorocyclohexanes:
Lindane



USES
Vegetation control

















Pest control















TARGET ORGANS
Kidney
Liver

CNSa
Skin













Kidney
Livor

CNSa












POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS
Chlorophenoxy compounds can cause
chloracne, weakness or numbness of the
arms and legs, and may result in long-term
nerve damage.

Dioxin causes chloracne and may
aggravate pre-existing liver and kidney
diseases.










All cause acute symptoms of apprehension,
irritability, dizziness, disturbed equilibrium,
tremor, and convulsions.

Cyclodienes may cause convulsions without
any other initial symptoms.

Chlorocyclohexanes can cause anemia.
Cyclodienes and Chlorocyclohexanes cause
liver toxicity and can cause permanent
kidney damage.





MEDICAL MONITORING
History and physical exam should focus
on the skin and nervous system

Laboratory tests include:

Measurement of liver and kidney
function, where relevant.

Urinalysis.









History and physical exam should focus
on the nervous system.

Laboratory tests include

Measurement of kidney and liver
function.

CBCb for exposure to
Chlorocyclohexanes.




-------
                                                 EXHIBIT 7-3 (cont'd)
     Common Chemical Toxicants Found at Hazardous Waste Sites, their Health Effects, and Medical Monitoring (cont'd)
HAZARDOUS
SUBSTANCE OR
CHEMICAL
GROUP
Organophosphate
and Carbamate
Insecticides












Polychlorlnated
Blphenyls (PCBs)









COMPOUNDS
Organophosphate:

Diazinon
Dichlorovos
Dimethoate
Trichlorfon
Malathion

Methyl parathion
Parathion

Carbamate.
Aldicarb
Baygon
Zectran











USES
Pest control














Wide variety of industrial
uses









TARGET ORGANS
CNSa
Liver

Kidney











Liver
CNS" (speculative)
Respiratory system
(speculative)

Skin





POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS
All cause a chain of internal reactions
leading to neuromuscular blockage.
Depending on the extent of poisoning,
acute symptoms range from headaches,
fatigue, dizziness, increased salivation and
crying, profuse sweating, nausea, vomiting,
cramps, and diarrhea to tightness in the
chest, muscle twitching, and slowing of the
heartbeat. Severe cases may result in rapid
onset of unconsciousness and seizures. A
delayed effect may be weakness and
numbness in the feet and hands Long-
term, permanent nerve damage is possible.




Various skin ailments, including chloracne;
may cause liver toxicity; carcinogenic to
animals.









MEDICAL MONITORING
Physical exam should focus on the
nervous system.

Laboratory tests should include
RBC° cholinesterase levels for recent
exposure (plasma cholinesterase for
acute exposures).

Measurement of delayed neurotoxicity
and other effects.






Physical exam should focus on the skin
and liver
Laboratory tests include

Serum PCB levels.

Triglycendes and cholesterol
Measurement of liver function
e RBC = Red blood count.

-------
However, contamination can occur even with these
safeguards.  It is important to identify the chemical
hazards that exist at a  site, and to take steps to
prevent contamination.

     Chemical exposures are generally divided into
two  categories:   acute  and chronic.   Symptoms
resulting from acute exposures usually occur during
and shortly after exposure to a high concentration
of a contaminants.  A chronic exposure usually
occurs at a low concentration over a long period of
time.   Lethal  concentrations  vary with  each
chemical. The symptoms of an acute exposure for
a given contaminant may be completely different
from those  resulting from  a chronic exposure to
the same contaminant.

     For  chronic and  acute exposures, the toxic
effect  may   be  temporary  and   reversible  or
permanent (causing disability or death). Although
some chemicals  cause  obvious symptoms  (e.g.,
burning, nausea, rashes), others may causes health
damage without any warning  signs (e.g.,  cancer,
respiratory disease). Some toxic chemicals may be
colorless and/or odorless, may dull the sense of
smell, or may not produce immediate or obvious
physiological sensation.   A  worker's senses  or
feelings cannot  be relied upon in all cases to warn
of toxic exposures.  Exhibit 7-4 lists the signs and
warning symptoms of potential chemical exposure.

     The primary  routes  of  chemical  contam-
ination are as follows:

     Inhalation is an exposure route of concern
because  the lungs  are extremely  vulnerable  to
chemical agents. Respiratory protection should be
used if there is any possibility that the site may
contain hazardous substances that can be inhaled.
Chemicals can  also enter the  respiratory  tract
through punctured eardrums.

     Direct  contact of the skin and eyes is another
route of exposure to hazardous substances.  Some
chemicals will directly injure the skin; some may
pass through the skin into the bloodstream where
they are transported to vulnerable  organs.  This
absorption is enhanced by abrasions, cuts, heat,
and moisture. Workers can protect against direct
contact of a hazardous chemical by wearing PPE,
refraining from use of contact lenses in contam-
inated atmospheres, keeping hands away from the
face, and minimizing contact with liquid and solid
chemicals.

     Ingestion   occurs  when   chemicals  are
accidentally swallowed.

     Injection  can  occur  when  chemicals are
introduced  into   the  body   through  puncture
wounds,  such as  those  caused by  stepping  or
tripping  or  falling onto  contaminated  sharp
objects. To protect against this type of exposure,
the site should be prepared, and workers should
wear safety shoes, avoid physical hazards, and take
common sense precautions.
                 EXHIBIT 7-4
           Signs and Symptoms of
           Chemical Contamination
        Behavioral changes
        Breathing difficulties
        Changes in complexion or skin color
        Coordination difficulties
        Coughing
        Dizziness
        Drooling, pupillary response
        Diarrhea
        Fatigue and/or weakness
        Irritability
        Irritation of eyes, nose, respiratory tract,
        skin or throat
        Headache
        Light-headedness
        Nausea
        Sneezing
        Sweating
        Tearing
        Blurred vision
        Cramps
        Tightness in the chest
                                                 88

-------
7.5  MEDICAL RECORDS AND
     PROGRAM REVIEW
                 Medical records for employees
                 must be maintained for at least
                 30 years after employment is
                 terminated. These records must
                 include the name and  social
                 security   number   of   the
                 employee,   the   physician's
written  opinions   including  recommended
occupational   limitations   and   results  of
examinations and tests,  any  employee  medical
complaints   related  to occupational hazardous
substance exposure, and a copy of the material that
the attending physician was provided before  the
examination.  The employer  is  responsible  for
retaining the records if the employee or physician
leaves  the  area, or if the company moves, is
acquired, or goes out  of business.   In addition,
employers who maintain  11 or more employees
must keep  injury and  illness  records for each
establishment.   Employers are also  required to
provide access to these records upon request by
the employee or designated representative.

     The medical surveillance  program must be
evaluated regularly to ensure its effectiveness.
Maintenance and review of medical records and
test results aid in assessing the effectiveness of the
health and safety program.  At a minimum, the
Corporate  Health  and  Safety  Officer  should
perform the  following record keeping activities
annually:

•    Ensure that each accident or illness was
     promptly investigated to determine the
     cause and make necessary changes in health
     and safety procedures;

•    Evaluate specific medical testing to
     determine potential site exposures;

•    Add or delete medical tests as suggested by
     current industrial hygiene and
     environmental data;

•    Review potential exposures and the HASP
     at all sites to determine whether additional
     testing is required; and

•    Review emergency treatment procedures
     and update lists of emergency contacts.

•    Assure timely access upon employee
     request
   FURTHER GUIDANCE:  For more information on developing a medical surveillance program, see:

   1.   NIOSH Pocket Guide to Chemical Hazards (NIOSH, 1991, Publication 90-117).

   2.   Occupational Medical Monitoring Program Guidelines for SARA Hazardous Waste Field Activity
            Personnel (U.S. EPA, 1990, Publication 9285.3-04).

   3.   Occupational Safety and Health Guidelines for Chemical Hazards/Supplement II-OHG  (NIOSH,
            1989, Publication 89-104).
                                              89

-------
CHAPTER 8   HEAT STRESS AND COLD EXPOSURE

-------
 CHAPTER 8   HEAT STRESS AND COLD EXPOSURE
 8.0  INTRODUCTION

      Temperature extremes  pose a  hazard  of
 particular  concern  to  the  health, safety, and
 comfort of personnel involved in hazardous waste
 site activities.  Site health and safety personnel
 must consider the two most common dangers, heat
 stress and  cold exposure, when  making decisions
 regarding  PPE  selection and  work  mission
 duration,  when establishing standard operating
 procedures for site activities, and when conducting
 medical monitoring.

 8.1  HEAT STRESS

                 Heat stress is one of the most
                 common   and  potentially
                 serious illnesses at  hazardous
                 waste   sites  and,  therefore,
                 warrants  regular  monitoring
                 and other preventive measures.
                 Heat  stress  is  caused  by a
 number   of   interacting   factors,   including
 environmental conditions, clothing, workload, and
 the  individual  characteristics  of the worker.
 Depending on  the ambient  conditions and the
 work being performed, heat stress can  occur very
 rapidly - within as little as 15 minutes  - and can
 pose as great a danger to worker health as chem-
 ical exposure.   In its  early stages,  heat stress can
 cause rashes, cramps, and drowsiness.  This can
 result in impaired functional ability that threatens
 the safety of both the individual and co-workers.
 Continued  heat stress can lead to heat stroke and
 death.

 8.1.1  Heat Stress and PPE

      Heat  stress  is a major health hazard for
 workers wearing PPE because the same protective
 materials  that  shield the body from chemical
 exposure also limit the dissipation of  body heat
 and moisture.  Thus, personal protective clothing
 can create a hazardous condition.

     Reduced work tolerance and the increased
 risk of excessive heat stress is directly influenced by
 the amount and type of PPE worn. The added
weight and bulk of PPE severely reduces the body's
 access to normal heat exchange  mechanisms and
 increases energy expenditure. When selecting PPE,
 therefore, each item's benefit should be carefully
 evaluated in relation to its potential for increasing
 the  risk of heat stress.   After PPE has been
 selected, the safe duration of work/rest periods
 should  be  determined based on the anticipated
 work rate, the ambient  temperature  and  other
 environmental  factors,  the type of  protective
 ensemble, and the individual worker characteristics
 and  fitness.

 8.1.2   Monitoring for Heat Stress
                  All workers, even  those  not
                  wearing protective equipment,
                  should be monitored, because
                  the incidence of  heat  stress
                  depends on a variety of factors
                  and  can  affect  any  worker.
                  Monitoring should be initiated
before initial entry and should be continued during
each break cycle. Some general guidelines include:

•    For workers wearing permeable clothing,
     monitor for signs of heat stress and  follow
     established work/rest schedules.

•    For workers wearing semipermeable or
     impermeable encapsulating ensembles,
     workers should also be monitored when  the
     temperature in the work area is above 70°F
     (21°C).  Below 70°F, monitoring is
     considered on a case-by-case basis.

     To conduct personnel  monitoring, measure
the heart rate and body temperature, as follows:

     Heart Rate. Count the radial pulse during a
30-second period as early as possible  in the rest
period.  If the  heart rate exceeds  110 beats  per
minute at the beginning of the rest period, shorten
the next work cycle  by one-third and keep  the rest
period the same. If the heart rate still exceeds 110
beats per minute at the next rest period,  shorten
the following work cycle by one-third.
     Oral  Temperature.
Use   a  clinical
thermometer  (3  minutes  under the tongue) or
similar device to measure the oral temperature at
the end of the work period (before drinking). If
                                              93

-------
                                             EXHIBIT 8-1
       Suggested Frequency of Physiological Monitoring for Fit and Acclimatized Workers8
ADJUSTED TEMPERATURE13
90° F (32.2°) or above
87.5°- 90°F (30.8°- 32.2°C)
82.5°- 87.5°F (28.1°- 30.8°C)
77.5"- 82.5" F (25.3°- 28.1 °C)
72.5°-77.5°F (22.5°-25.3°C)
NORMAL WORK ENSEMBLE0
After each 45 minutes of work
After each 60 minutes of work
After each 90 minutes of work
After each 120 minutes of work
After each 150 minutes of work
IMPERMEABLE ENSEMBLE
After each 15 minutes of work
After each 30 minutes of work
After each 60 minutes of work
After each 90 minutes of work
After each 120 minutes of work
   a For work levels of 250 kilocalories/hour,
   b Calculate the adjusted air temperature (ta adj) by using this equation: ta adj °F = ta°F+ (13X% sunshine).
   Measure air temperature (ta) with a standard mercury-in-glass thermometer, with the bulb shielded from radiant heat.
   Estimate percent sunshine by judging what percent time the sun is not covered by clouds that are thick enough to
   produce a shadow. (100 percent sunshine = no cloud cover and a sharp, distinct shadow; 0 percent sunshine =  no
   shadows.)
   0 A normal work ensemble consists of cotton coveralls or other cotton clothing with long sleeves and pants.

   Source:     Occupational Safety and Health Guidance Manual for Hazardous Waste Site Activities
              (NIOSH/OSHA/USCG/EPA, 1985).
oral temperature exceeds 99.6°F (37.6°C), shorten
the next work cycle by one-third without changing
the rest period.  If oral temperature still exceeds
99.6°F (37.6°C) at the beginning of the next rest
period, shorten the  following work cycle by one-
third.   Do  not  permit  a worker  to  wear a
semipermeable  or  impermeable  garment when
his/her oral temperature exceeds 100.6°F (38.1°C).

     Initially, the length of the work cycle should
be  governed  by the  frequency of the required
physiological  monitoring.    The   frequency  of
physiological  monitoring depends  on  the  air
temperature  adjusted  for solar radiation and  the
level of physical work (see Exhibit 8-1, above).

8.1.3      Preventing Heat Stress

     To protect against heat stress, it is important
to choose  the appropriate level of protection, to
provide  careful  training  for   workers and   site
personnel, and to monitor  frequently personnel
who wear protective clothing.  It is also important
to ensure that work  and rest periods are scheduled
regularly, and that workers frequently replace  lost
fluids  (it is not uncommon for workers to lose as
many as 6  to 8 quarts of water in a hot shift).
     Proper training and preventive measures will
help  avert  serious  illness  and  loss  of  work
productivity caused by heat stress. Preventing heat
stress  is  particularly  important  because  one
incident of heat stress will increase the likelihood
of future  incidences.  The site health and safety
officer should take the  following steps to prevent
heat stress:

•    Adjust work and rest schedules as needed;

•    Provide shelter or shaded areas to protect
     personnel during  rest periods;

•    Maintain workers' body fluids at normal
     levels  to ensure that the cardiovascular
     system functions adequately.  Daily fluid
     intake must equal the approximate amount
     of water lost in sweat;

•    Encourage workers to maintain an optimal
     level of physical fitness.  Fit individuals may
     acclimatize more  readily  to temperatures;

•    Provide cooling devices to aid natural body
     heat exchange during prolonged work or
     severe heat exposure.  Effective devices
                                                   94

-------
     include field showers or hose-down areas,
     as well as cooling jackets, vests, or suits;

•    Train workers to recognize and treat heat
     stress, and to identify the signs and
     symptoms of heat stress (e.g., muscle
     spasms, dizziness, lack of perspiration).
     Refer to  Exhibit 8-2 for more detail on the
     signs and symptoms of heat stress.

8.2  COLD EXPOSURE

                  Exposure to cold temperatures
                  can  cause   frostbite   and
                  hypothermia as well as impair
                  the ability to work.  Extremely
                  low  temperatures  are  not
                  necessary   to   suffer   cold
                  exposure ~   a strong  wind
combined with a cold  temperature can chill the
body to the point where frostbite and hypothermia
are a risk.  Maintaining body temperature and
recognizing the early signs and symptoms can help
prevent illness and injury due to cold exposure.

     Cold  injury is generally classified as  local
(e.g.,  frostbite  or  frostnip)  or  general  (e.g.,
hypothermia).  The main factors  contributing to
cold injury  are  exposure to  humidity and  high
winds, contact with wetness or metal, inadequate
clothing,  age,  and  general  health.   Physical
conditions that worsen the effects of cold include
allergies, vascular disease, excessive smoking and
drinking, and use of specific drugs and medicines.

8.2.1   PPE And Cold Exposure

     The correct PPE depends on the specific cold
stress situation. It is important to  preserve the air
space between the  body and the outer layer of
clothing in order to retain body heat.  The  more
air pockets each layer of clothing has,  the better
the insulation.  However, the insulating effect is
negated  if  the  clothing  interferes  with  the
evaporation of sweat, or if the skin or clothing is
wet.

     The most important parts of the body to
protect are the feet, hands, head, and face. Hands
and feet are  the farthest  from  the  heart, and
become cooled most easily.  Keeping the  head
covered is important,  because as  much as 40
percent of body heat can be lost when the head is
exposed.
     Workers  should  wear  several  layers  of
clothing instead of a single heavy outer garment.
In addition to offering better insulation, layers of
clothing can  be removed  as  needed to keep the
worker from overheating.  The outer layer should
be windproof as well as waterproof, because body
heat is lost quickly in even light winds.

8.2.2   Monitoring for Cold Exposure

     Recognizing the early signs and symptoms of
cold  stress  can  help prevent  serious  injury.
Described below are the most common types of
cold injury and their monitoring signals.

     Hypothermia.    The   first  symptoms  of
hypothermia are uncontrollable shivering and the
sensation   of  cold;   the  heartbeat  slows and
sometimes becomes irregular, the pulse weakens,
and the blood pressure changes.  Severe shaking or
rigid muscles  may be  caused by bursts of body
energy  and  changes  in  the body's  chemistry.
Uncontrollable fits of  shivering, vague or slow
slurred speech, memory lapses, incoherence and
drowsiness are some of the  symptoms that can
occur.  Other symptoms that can be seen before
complete collapse are cool skin, slow and irregular
breathing,   low  blood   pressure,   apparent
exhaustion, and fatigue after rest.

     As  the  core body temperature drops, the
victim  may become listless, confused,  and make
little or no attempt  to keep  warm.  Pain in the
extremities can be the  first warning of dangerous
exposure to cold. Severe shivering must be taken
as a sign of danger. If the body core temperature
reaches about  85°F,  significant and  dangerous
drops in blood pressure, pulse rate, and respiration
can occur.  In some cases,  the victim may die.

     Frostbite.   Frostbite  can  occur without
hypothermia when the extremities do not receive
sufficient heat from central body stores. This can
occur because  of  inadequate circulation  and/or
insulation.  Frostbite occurs when there is freezing
of the fluids around the cells of the body tissues
due to extremely low temperatures.  Frostbite may
result in damage to and loss of tissue, and usually
affects  the nose, cheeks, ears, fingers, and  toes.
Damage  from  frostbite  can be  serious   (e.g.,
scarring, tissue death resulting in amputation, and
permanent loss of movement in the affected parts).
                                                95

-------
                                                                      EXHIBIT 8-2
                                      Classification, Medical Aspects,  and Prevention of Heat Illness
    Category and Clinical Features
 Predisposing Factors
        Underlying
      Physiological
       Disturbance
        Treatment
         Prevention
Temperature Regulation Heatstroke

     Heatstroke:  (1) Hot, dry skin; usually
     red, mottled, or oyanotic;  (2) rectal
     temperature 40.5CC (104°F) and over;
     (3) confusion, loss of consciousness,
     convulsions, rectal temperature
     continues to rise; fatal if treatment is
     delayed
 (1) Sustained exertion in
 heat by unacclimatized
 workers; (2) lack of
 physical fitness and
 obesity; (3) recent alcohol
 intake; (4) dehydration;  (5)
 individual susceptibility;
 and (6) chronic
 cardiovascular disease
 Failure of the central drive
 for sweating (cause
 unknown) leading to loss of
 evaporative cooling and an
 uncontrolled accelerating
 rise in tre; there may be
 partial rather than complete
 failure of sweating
 Immediate and rapid
 cooling by immersion in
 chilled water with massage
 or by wrapping in wet sheet
 with vigorous fanning with
 cool dry air; avoid
 overcooling; treat shock if
 present
 Medical screening of workers,
 selection based on health and
 physical fitness; acclimatiz-
 ation for 5-7 days by graded
 work and heat exposure;
 monitoring workers during
 sustained work in severe heat
Circulatory Hypostasls Heat Syncope

     Fainting while standing erect and
     immobile in heat
Lack of acclimatization
                           Pooling of blood in dilated
                           vessels of skin and lower
                           parts of body
                             Remove to cooler area; rest
                             in recumbent position;
                             recovery prompt and
                             complete
                             Acclimatization; intermittent
                             activity to assist venous return
                             to heart
Water and/or Salt Depletion

(a) Heat Exhaustion

    (1) Fatigue, nausea, headache,
    giddiness; (2) skin  clammy and moist;
    complexion pale, muddy, or hectic
    flush; (3) may faint on standing with
    rapid thready pulse and low blood
    pressure;  (4) oral temperature normal
    or low, but rectal temperature usually
    elevated (37.5-38.5'C or 99.5-101.3°F);
    water restriction type:  urine volume
    small, highly concentrated; salt
    restriction  type: urine less
    concentrated chlorides less than 3 g/L

(b) Heat Cramps

    Painful spasms of muscles used during
    work (arms, legs, or abdominal); onset
    during or after work hours
(1) Sustained exertion in
heat; (2) lack of
acclimatization; and (3)
failure to replace water lost
in sweat
(1) Dehydration from
deficiency of water;  (2)
depletion of circulating
blood volume; (3)
circulatory strain from
competing demands for
blood flow to skin and to
active muscles
Remove to cooler
environment; rest in
recumbent position;
administer fluids by mouth;
keep at rest until urine
volume indicates that water
balances have been
restored
Acclimatize workers using a
breaking-in schedule for 5-7
days; supplement dietary salt
only during acclimatization;
ample drinking water to be
available at all times and to
be taken frequently during
work day
(1) Heavy sweating during
hot work; (2) drinking
large volumes of water
without replacing salt loss
Loss of body salt in sweat,
water intake dilutes
electrolytes; water enters
muscles,  causing spasm
Salted liquids by mouth, or
more prompt relief by IV
infusion
Adequate salt intake with
meals; for unacclimatized
workers, supplement salt
intake at meals.

-------
                                                             EXHIBIT 8-2 (continued)
                                     Classification, Medical Aspects, and Prevention of Heat Illness
   Category and Clinical Features
 Predisposing Factors
       Underlying
      Physiological
      Disturbance
       Treatment
        Prevention
Skin Eruptions

(a)  Heat Rash
    (miliaria rubra, or "prickly heat")

    Profuse tiny raised red vesicles (blister-
    like) on affected areas; pricking
    sensations during heat exposure
(b)  Anhidrotic Heat Exhaustion
    (miliaria profunda)

    Extensive areas of skin which do not
    sweat on heat exposure, but present
    gooseflesh appearance, which
    subsides with cool environments;
    associated with incapacitation in heat
Unrelieved exposure to
humid heat with skin
continuously wet from
unevaporated sweat
Weeks or months of
constant exposure to
climatic heat with previous
history of extensive heat
rash and sunburn
Plugging of sweat gland
ducts with sweat retention
and inflammatory reaction
Skin trauma (heat rash;
sunburn) causes sweat
retention deep in skin;
reduced evaporative
cooling causes heat
intolerance
Mild drying lotions; skin
cleanliness to prevent
infection
No effective treatment
available for anhidrotic
areas of skin; recovery of
sweating occurs gradually
on return to cooler climate
Cool sleeping quarters to
allow skin to dry between
heat exposures
Treat heat rash and avoid
further skin trauma by
sunburn; provide periodic
relief from sustained heat
Behavioral Disorders

(a)  Heat Fatigue - Transient

    Impaired performance of skilled
    sensorimotor, mental, or vigilance
    tasks, in heat

(b)  Heat Fatigue - Chronic

    Reduced performance capacity;
    lowering of self-imposed standards of
    social behavior (e.g.,  alcoholic over-
    indulgence); inability to  concentrate,
    etc.
Performance decrement
greater in unacclimatized
and unskilled worker
Workers at risk come from
temperate climates for
long residence in tropical
latitudes
Discomfort and physiologic
strain
Psychosocial stresses
probably as important as
heat stress; may involve
hormonal imbalance but no
positive evidence
Not indicated unless
accompanied by other heat
illness
Medical treatment for
serious causes; speedy
relief of symptoms on
returning home
Acclimatization and training
for work in the heat
Orientation on life in hot
regions (customs, climate,
living conditions, etc.)

-------
     The freezing point of the skin is about 30°F
(-1°C).  As wind velocity  increases, heat loss is
greater and frostbite will occur  more rapidly.  If
skin comes into contact with objects colder than
freezing (e.g., tools or machinery), frostbite  may
develop at  the point of contact, even  in warmer
environments.

     There are three degrees of frostbite:   first
degree,  which  is freezing  without blistering or
peeling;  second degree, which  is  freezing with
blistering or peeling; and  third  degree, which is
freezing with tissue death.  Exhibit 8-3  lists  the
symptoms  of  frostbite.    It  is   important  to
remember that the victim is often unaware of the
frostbite  until  someone  else   observes   the
symptoms.
                 EXHIBIT 8-3
            Symptoms of Frostbite
      The first symptom of frostbite is an
      uncomfortable sensation of coldness,
      followed by numbness. There may be
      tingling, stinging, aching, or cramping.
      The skin changes color to white or
      grayish-yellow, then to reddish-violet, and
      finally turns black as the tissue dies.
      Pain may be felt at first, but subsides.
      Blisters may appear.
      The affected part is cold and numb.
      When frostbite of the outer layer of skin
      occurs, the skin has a waxy or whitish look
      and is firm to the touch.
      In cases of deep frostbite, the tissues are
      cold, pale, and solid.  Injury is severe.
8.2.3   Preventing Cold Exposure

     In preventing cold stress, health and safety
professionals must consider factors relating both to
the   individual   and   to   the  environment.
Acclimatization,  water  and  salt   replacement,
medical screening, continuing medical supervision,
proper work clothing, and  training and education
will contribute to the prevention of cold stress and
injury related to  working in a cold environment.
Control of the environment involves engineering
controls,  work   practices,  work-rest schedules,
environmental monitoring, and considerations  of
windchill temperature.

     Acclimatization.  Some  degree of acclima-
tization may be achieved in  cold environments.
With  sufficient  exposure  to  cold,  the  body
undergoes some changes that increase comfort and
reduce the risk of cold  injury.   However,  these
physiological  changes  are  usually  minor  and
require repeated uncomfortably cold exposures  to
induce them.   People who are  physically  unfit,
older, obese, taking medication, or using alcohol  or
drugs may not acclimatize too readily.

     Dehydration.  Working in cold areas causes
significant water losses through the skin and  lungs
as a result of the dryness of the air.   Increased
fluid intake is essential  to  prevent dehydration,
which affects the flow of blood to the extremities
and increased the risk of cold injury.  Warm, sweet,
caffeine-free, non-alcoholic drinks and soup should
be available at the work-site for fluid replacement
and caloric energy.

     Salt.  The body needs a certain  amount  of
salt  and  other electrolytes  to function properly.
However, using salt tablets  is not recommended.
Salt  tablets cause  stomach  irritation, which may
include nausea and vomiting. A  normal, balanced
diet  should take care of salt needs.   Anyone with
high blood  pressure or who is  on a restricted
sodium diet should consult a physician for advice
on salt intake.

     Windchill.  Air  temperature alone is not
sufficient to judge the cold hazard of a particular
environment, because even a light wind can blow
away the thin layer of air that insulates the body
against the cold air  temperature. The "windchill
factor" is the cooling effect of any combination  of
temperature  and air movement.  The windchill
index (Exhibit 8-4) should be consulted to estimate
the  equivalent  temperature  felt  by  personnel
working   in   cold  and  windy  environments.
Remember, however, that the windchill index does
not take into account: (1) the body part exposed to
the cold; (2) the level of activity and the resulting
heat produced; or (3) the amount of clothing  worn.

     Continuous exposure of skin should not  be
permitted when the windchill factor results  in  an
equivalent temperature of -32°C (-26°F).  Workers
exposed  to  air temperatures  of  2°C (35.6°F)  or
lower  who  become immersed in water or whose
                                                 98

-------
                                            EXHIBIT 8-4
                                          Windchill Index1

Wind speed in
mph
calm
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
Over 40 mph
(little added effect)
ACTUAL THERMOMETER READING (F)
50 40 30 20 10
0
-10 -20
-30
-40
EQUIVALENT TEMPERATURE (F)
50 40 30 20
48 37 27 16
40 28 16 4
36 22 9 -5
32 18 4 -10
30 16 0 -15
28 13 -2 -18
27 11 -4 -20
26 10 -6 -21
Little Danger
(for properly clothed person)
10
6
-9
-18
-25
-29
-33
-35
-37
0
-5
-21
-36
-39
-44
-48
-49
-53
-10
-15
-33
-45
-53
-59
-63
-67
-69
Increasing Danger
(Danger from freez
-20
-26
-46
-58
-67
-74
-79
-82
-85
-30
-36
-58
-72
-82
-88
-94
-98
-100
-40
-47
-70
-85
-96
-104
-109
-113
-116
Great Danger
ng of exposed flesh)
     'Source: Fundamentals of Industrial Hygiene, Third Edition. Plog, B.A., Benjamin, G.S., Kerwin, M.A., National Safety Council,
     1988.
clothing gets wet should be given dry clothing and
be treated for hypothermia.

     Special Considerations.  Older workers and
workers with circulatory problems need to be extra
careful in the cold.  Additional insulating clothing
and reduced exposure time  should be considered
for these workers.   Obese  and chronically  ill
people need to make a special  effort to  follow
preventive  measures.  Sufficient sleep  and good
nutrition are  important for maintaining a high
level of tolerance  to cold.  If possible, the most
stressful  tasks  should be performed during the
warmer parts  of  the day.    Double  shifts  and
overtime should be avoided.  Rest periods should
be extended to cope with increases in cold stress.

     Workers  should immediately go to warm
shelter if any of  the  following symptoms are
spotted: the onset of heavy shivering, frostnip, the
feeling of  excessive  fatigue,  drowsiness, and/or
euphoria.  The outer layer of clothing should be
removed  when  entering  a  heated shelter.   If
possible,  a change  of dry work clothing should be
provided  to prevent  workers from returning  to
work with wet clothing. If this is not feasible, the
remaining clothing should be loosened to permit
sweat to evaporate.

     Alcohol should not be consumed while in the
warmer environment. Anyone on medication such
as blood pressure  control or water pills should
consult a physician about possible side effects from
cold stress.   It  is  strongly  recommended  that
workers  suffering  from  diseases   or   taking
medication  that   interferes  with  normal  body
temperature regulation, or that reduces tolerance
of cold, not be permitted to work in temperatures
of -1°C (30°F) or below.

     To guard  against cold exposure, provide
workers with appropriate  clothing,  have warm
shelter  available  at all times, carefully schedule
work and  rest  periods,  and monitor workers'
physical  conditions.    Under no  circumstances
should a person be given an  alcoholic beverage "to
keep warm."   Alcohol causes  the body to release
heat more quickly and will therefore increase the
risk  of cold exposure.   Fruits can help warm  the
body by creating increased energy and metabolism.
                                                 99

-------
8.2.4  A Control Program for Cold Stress

     A control program for preventing cold stress
at hazardous  waste  sites  should  include  the
following elements:

•    Medical supervision of workers including
     pre-placement physicals that evaluate
     fitness, weight, the cardiovascular system,
     and other conditions that might make
     workers susceptible to cold stress. Medical
     evaluation during and after cold illnesses
     and a medical release for returning to work
     should be required.

•    Employee orientation and training on cold
     stress, cold-induced illnesses and their
     symptoms, water and alt replacement,
proper clothing, work practices, and
emergency first aid procedures.

Work-rest regimens, with heated rest areas
and enforced rest breaks.

Scheduled drink breaks for recommended
fluids.

Environmental monitoring, using the air
temperature and wind speed indices to
determine wind chill and adjust work/rest
schedules accordingly.

Reduction of cold stress through
engineering and administrative controls,
and the used of personal protective
equipment.
   FURTHER GUIDANCE:  For additional information on recognizing, preventing, and controlling
   heat and cold stress, see:

   1.    Plog, Barbara A., Benjamin, G.S., and M.A. Kerwin. Fundamentals of Industrial Hygiene, Third
             Edition.  National Safety Council,  1988.

   2.    Pocket Guide to Cold Stress.  National Safety Council, 1985.

   3.    Pocket Guide to Heat Stress.  National Safety Council, 1985.

   4.    1991-1992 Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances and Physical Agents and Biological
             Exposure Indices.  American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, 1991.
                                                100

-------
CHAPTER 9   DECONTAMINATION

-------
CHAPTER 9
DECONTAMINATION
9.0  INTRODUCTION

                 Decontamination, the process
                 of removing  or  neutralizing
                 contaminants,  is critical  to
                 health and safety at hazardous
                 waste sites. Decontamination
                 protects   workers   from
                 hazardous substances that can
eventually permeate protective clothing, respiratory
equipment, tools, and vehicles.  It protects site
personnel by minimizing the spread of hazardous
substances into clean areas on-site, prevents the
mixing of incompatible wastes, and protects the
community  by  preventing  the  migration  of
contaminants from the site. Personnel engaged in
hazardous   waste  operations   may   become
contaminated in a number of ways, including:

•    Contacting vapors, gases, mists, or
     particulates in the air;

•    Being splashed by materials while sampling
     or opening containers;

•    Walking through puddles of liquids or
     sitting in  contaminated soil; and

•    Using contaminated instruments or
     equipment.

     Protective clothing and  respirators  help
prevent the wearer from becoming contaminated
or inhaling hazardous substances, and good work
practices help  minimize  contamination on PPE,
instruments,  and equipment. But even with these
safeguards, contamination may occur. To prevent
and minimize the severity of such incidences, the
HAZWOPER regulations at 29 CFR §1910.120(k)
require the development of a decontamination plan
prior to site entry; the development of standard
operating procedures (SOPs) to minimize contam-
ination; full  decontamination  of employees and
equipment; and the monitoring of decontamination
procedures by the Site Health and Safety Officer.

     Cross contamination from protective clothing
to the wearer,  from equipment to personnel, and
from one area to another  can be  minimized by
combining decontamination, the correct methods
for removing contaminated PPE, and the use of
site work zones.   This  chapter  provides an
                        overview  of decontamination, provides general
                        guidelines   for  designing   and   selecting
                        decontamination  procedures at a  site, explains
                        equipment for  decontamination procedures, and
                        discusses  how  decontamination  and  PPE  are
                        related.

                        9.1  THE DECONTAMINATION PLAN

                            Any site  where hazardous waste cleanup
                        operations occur must have a plan that outlines
                        decontamination   procedures   (29   CFR
                        §1910.120(k)).  These procedures must be made
                        available to employees and must be implemented
                        before anyone enters areas on-site where there is
                        suspected contamination. The plan must  ensure
                        that chosen decontamination methods are effective
                        for the specific  hazardous substances present, and
                        that the methods themselves do  not  pose any
                        health or safety hazards.  The decontamination
                        plan also should address:

                        •   The number and placement of
                            decontamination stations;

                        •   The necessary decontamination equipment
                            and methods;

                        •   SOPs to prevent contamination of clean
                            areas and  to minimize worker contact with
                            contaminants during removal of PPE; and

                        •   Methods for disposing of clothing and
                            equipment that may not be completely
                            decontaminated.

                        9.2  DEVELOPING THE PLAN

                            The initial decontamination plan  should be
                        based on the assumption that all personnel and
                        equipment leaving the Exclusion Zone ("hot zone")
                        will  be  grossly  contaminated.    A   personnel
                        decontamination system should then be established
                        to wash and rinse (at least once) all  protective
                        equipment used in contaminated  areas.   This
                        should be done in combination with a sequential
                        doffing of protective equipment, starting  at the
                        first  decontamination station with the most heavily
                        contaminated item and  progressing to the last
                        decontamination   station   with   the   least
                        contaminated article (see Section 9.3).
                                              103

-------
     An essential part of the plan should address
SOPs for site  operations, that is, methods to
prevent  the  contamination   of   people  and
equipment.  For example, using remote sampling
techniques,  not  opening  containers by hand,
bagging  monitoring  instruments,  using drum
grapplers, watering down  dusty areas,  and  not
walking through areas of obvious contamination
would   reduce   the  probability   of  becoming
contaminated  and,  therefore,  would  reduce
decontamination time.

     The initial  decontamination plan should be
based on a worst-case situation and should assume
no   information   is  available  about   on-site
contaminants.  The initial decontamination plan
can  be  modified later,  eliminating unnecessary
stations or otherwise adapting it to site conditions,
by considering the following factors:

     Type of Contaminant.  The extent  to which
personnel  decontamination  is  required  varies
depending on the effects the contaminants have on
the body.   All  contaminants do not exhibit the
same degree  of  toxicity  (or  other  hazard).
Whenever it is known or suspected that personnel
can become contaminated with highly toxic or skin-
destructive  substances,  a  full  decontamination
procedure should be followed. The procedure can
be downgraded only if less hazardous materials are
present  at the site.

     Amount of Contamination. The amount of
contamination on protective clothing  (and other
objects  or equipment) usually can be determined
by visual inspection. If, after a visual inspection,
the PPE appears grossly contaminated, a thorough
decontamination is highly recommended.  Gross
material remaining on the protective clothing for
any  extended  period of time  may degrade or
permeate it. This likelihood increases with higher
air concentrations and greater amounts  of liquid
contamination. Gross contamination also increases
the probability of personnel contact. Swipe  tests
may help  determine the  type and  quantity of
surface  contaminants.

     Type  and  Level of PPE.   The  level of
protection and specific pieces of clothing  worn can
be used to determine the preliminary layout and
decontamination   stations   needed    for  the
decontamination line. Each level of protection
presents  different  problems in decontamination
and  doffing  of  equipment.    For  example:
decontamination  of SCBA harness straps  and
backpack assembly often is difficult; however, a
butyl rubber apron worn  over the harness  may
make decontamination easier. Clothing variations
and  different  levels of protection may  require
adding or  deleting stations  to  the preliminary
decontamination line.

     Work  Function.   The work each person
performs determines the potential for contact with
hazardous materials. In turn, this  should dictate
the layout  of  the decontamination line.   For
example, observers, photographers, operators of air
samplers, or others in the Exclusion Zone who are
performing tasks that will not bring them in direct
contact with contaminants may not need to have
their garments washed and rinsed.  Others in the
Exclusion Zone with a potential for direct contact
with the hazardous material  will  require  more
thorough  decontamination.   Different  decon-
tamination lines could be set up for different job
functions, or certain stations in a  line could be
omitted for personnel performing certain tasks.

     Location of Contamination.  Contamination
on the upper areas of protective clothing poses a
greater  risk  to   the  worker  because  volatile
compounds  may generate  a hazardous breathing
concentration  both for  the worker  and  for
decontamination  personnel.   There is also an
increased  probability of contact with skin  when
doffing the upper part of clothing.

     Establishment of Procedures.   Once decon-
tamination procedures  have been established, all
personnel requiring decontamination must be given
precise  instructions (and  practice, if necessary).
Compliance must be checked frequently. The time
it  takes  for   decontamination also  must  be
ascertained. Personnel wearing SCBA must leave
their work area with sufficient air  to walk to the
Contamination Reduction Corridor and undergo
decontamination.

9.3  THE CONTAMINATION REDUCTION
     CORRIDOR

     Decontamination   activities    should  be
confined  to  a   designated  area  within  the
Contamination Reduction Zone, known as the
                                                104

-------
Contamination Reduction Corridor. The Corridor
controls access into and out of the Exclusion Zone
and  confines  decontamination  activities  to a
limited  area.   The size  of  the  Corridor varies
depending  on the  number  of stations in  the
decontamination procedure, overall dimensions of
work control zones, and amount of space available
at the site.  A Corridor of 75  feet by 15 feet is the
minimum area for full decontamination. Stations
should be separated physically to prevent cross
contamination and should be arranged in order of
decreasing contamination, preferably in a straight
line.    For   example,  outer,   more  heavily
contaminated items (e.g., outer boots and gloves)
should  be  decontaminated  and  removed  first,
followed by decontamination and removal of inner,
less contaminated items (e.g., jackets and pants).
Individual routes through the decontamination line
should  be  developed  for workers exposed  to
different   contamination   zones   containing
incompatible wastes.  Entry and exit points should
be marked  clearly, and the entry and exit points
into and out of the Exclusion Zone  should  be
separate points.  Dressing and redressing stations
for  entry and exit to the CRZ should also  be
separate. Personnel who wish to enter clean areas
of the decontamination  facility, such as  locker
rooms, should be completely  decontaminated.

     The decontamination  Corridor boundaries
should be conspicuously marked, with entry and
exit restricted. The far end of the Corridor would
be  the  Hotline,  the  boundary  between  the
Exclusion Zone and the CRZ.  Personnel exiting
the   Exclusion   Zone  must  go   through
decontamination in the  Corridor, and anyone in
the Corridor  should be wearing the level  of
protection  designated  for the decontamination
crew.  Another Corridor may be required for heavy
equipment needing decontamination.

     Within the  Corridor, distinct areas should be
set  aside  for   decontamination  of personnel,
portable field equipment, removed clothing, etc.
These areas should be marked  and access should
be restricted to personnel wearing the appropriate
level  of protection.  All activities  within  the
Corridor should  be confined  to decontamination.
Personnel   protective   clothing,  respirators,
monitoring equipment,  and  sampling supplies
should be stored and maintenanced outside of the
Corridor.    Personnel  should  not  don   their
protective equipment in  the Corridor.
9.4  DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES
     AND EQUIPMENT

     All   personnel,  clothing,  equipment,  and
samples leaving the contaminated area of a site
(the Exclusion Zone) must be decontaminated to
remove any  harmful  chemicals  or  infectious
organisms that may have adhered to them.  Step-
by-step   procedures   for   decontamination  of
personnel wearing PPE Levels A  through  C are
found in Appendix E.

     Three  general  types  of  decontamination
methods are commonly used: (1) physical removal
of contaminants; (2) inactivation of contaminants
by  chemical   detoxification  or   disinfection/
sterilization;  or (3) a combination of both physical
and chemical means.
9.4.1  Physical Removal of Contaminants

     In many cases, contaminants may be removed
by physical means; however, high pressure and/or
heat should be used only as necessary and with
caution because they can spread contamination and
cause burns.  Some contaminants  that can  be
physically removed are described below.

     Loose  Contaminants.   Soils or  dusts that
cling to equipment and personnel or that become
lodged in PPE materials can be removed with
water or  a liquid rinse.  Commercially available
anti-static  solutions  may  help   to  remove
electrostatically attached particles.
                                                105

-------
     Adhering  Contaminants.    Some contam-
inants  adhere by forces other than electrostatic
attraction. Adhesive qualities vary greatly with the
specific contaminants and the temperature.  For
example, contaminants  such as glues,  cements,
resins,  and muds have great adhesive properties
and, consequently,  are difficult  to remove by
physical means.   Adhesive contaminants can be
removed using  methods  such as solidification,
freezing  (e.g.,   using  dry  ice  or  ice  water),
adsorption or absorption (e.g., with powdered lime
or kitty litter), or melting.

     Volatile Liquids.   Volatile liquid contam-
inants can be removed from protective clothing or
equipment by   evaporation  (using  steam  jets)
followed by a water rinse.  This method should be
used with caution  because  of the  potential for
employees to  inhale  the vaporized  hazardous
chemicals.

9.4.2  Chemical Removal of Contaminants
                  Physical   removal  of  gross
                  contamination   should  be
                  followed  by   washing  and
                  rinsing with cleaning solutions.
                  These  solutions normally use
                  one or more of the following
                  methods:
     Dissolving Contaminants.  Chemical removal
of surface contaminants can be accomplished by
dissolving  them   in  a  solvent  that  must  be
chemically compatible with  the equipment being
cleaned.  This is particularly  important when
decontaminating   personal   protective   clothing
constructed of organic materials  that  could  be
damaged  or dissolved  by  organic  solvents.   In
addition, any flammable or toxic organic solvents
must be used and disposed of cautiously. Organic
solvents  include  alcohols,  ethers,   ketones,
aromatics, straight-chain alkanes,  and common
petroleum products.

     Halogenated solvents are toxic and generally
are incompatible with most  types  of PPE. They
should  be  used  only for  decontamination  in
extreme cases where other cleaning agents will not
remove the contaminant. Because of the potential
hazards, decontamination using chemicals should
be done  only  if  recommended by an  industrial
hygienist or other qualified health  professional.
     Surfactants.  Surfactants supplement physical
cleaning methods by minimizing adhesion between
contaminants and the surface being cleaned and,
therefore, prevent  recontamination.  Among the
most   common   surfactants   are   household
detergents, some of which can be used with organic
solvents to improve the dissolving and dispersal of
contaminants into the solvent.

     Solidification.   Solidifying  liquid or  gel
contaminants can enhance their physical removal.
Contaminants may be solidified  by:   (1)  using
absorbents such as grounded clay or powdered lime
to remove moisture;  (2) chemical reactions using
polymerization catalysts and chemical reagents; and
(3) freezing with ice water.

     Rinsing.   Rinsing removes contaminants
through   dilution,  physical   attraction,   and
solubilization. Multiple rinses with clean solutions
remove more contaminants than a single rinse with
the same volume of solution. Continuous rinsing
with large volumes is the most effective way to
remove contaminants.

     Disinfection/Sterilization.    Chemical dis-
infectants are a practical means of inactivating
infectious  agents.    Unfortunately,   standard
sterilization techniques  are  generally impractical
for large  equipment and PPE.  For this reason,
disposable PPE is recommended for  use with
infectious agents.

9.4.3   Decontamination Equipment
                  Decontamination  equipment,
                  materials, and supplies  are
                  generally  selected  based on
                  availability. It is also necessary
                  to  consider  whether   the
                  equipment   itself   can  be
                  decontaminated for  reuse or
can be easily disposed of.  Most equipment and
supplies needed  for decontamination  are  easily
procured (e.g., soft bristle and long handle brushes
for scrubbing;  buckets or  garden  sprayers for
rinsing; large galvanized wash tubs or stock tanks
for solutions; and large  plastic  garbage cans or
other   similar   lined  containers   for  storing
contaminated clothing and  equipment).   Other
decontamination  gear includes  paper  or   cloth
towels  for  drying  protective clothing  and
equipment.  Exhibits 9-1 and 9-2 list recommended
                                                106

-------
equipment  for decontaminating personnel  and
PPE,   and  heavy  equipment  and  vehicles,
respectively.
                  EXHIBIT 9-1
         Recommended Equipment for
     Decontaminating Personnel and PPE
         Plastic drop cloths for storing heavily
         contaminated equipment and outer
         protective clothing.

         Drums or suitably lined trash cans for
         storing disposable clothing and heavily
         contaminated PPE that must be
         discarded, and for storing contaminated
         solutions.
         Lined boxes with absorbents for rinsing
         off solid  or liquid contaminants.
         Washing and rinsing solutions selected
         to reduce contamination and the
         hazards associated with contaminants.
         Large galvanized tubs, stock tanks, or
         children's wading pools to hold wash
         and  rinse solutions. These should be at
         least large enough for a worker to place
         a booted foot in, and should have either
         no drain  or be connected to a collection
         tank or appropriate treatment system.
         Plastic sheeting, sealed pads with
         drains, or other appropriate methods for
         containing and collecting contaminated
         wash and rinse solutions spilled during
         decontamination.

         Long-handled, soft-bristled brushes to
         help wash and rinse off contaminants.
         Paper or cloth towels for drying
         protective clothing and equipment.
         Lockers and cabinets for storage of
         decontaminated clothing and
         equipment.
         Shower facilities for full body wash or,
         at a  minimum, personal wash sinks
         (with drains connected to a collection
         tank or appropriate treatment system).
                  EXHIBIT 9-2
         Recommended Equipment for
      Decontaminating Large Equipment
                 and Vehicles
         Tanks for temporary storage and/or
         treatment of contaminated wash and
         rinse solutions.
         Drains or pumps for collecting
         contaminated wash and rinse solutions.

         Long-handled  brushes, rods, and
         shovels for dislodging contaminated
         soil caught in tires and the undersides
         of vehicles and equipment and for
         general exterior cleaning.
         Washing and rinsing solutions selected
         to remove and reduce the hazards
         associated with contamination.
         Pressurized sprayers for washing and
         rinsing, particularly for hard-to-reach
         areas.

         Curtains, or spray booths to contain
         splashes from pressurized sprays.
         Containers to hold contaminated soil
         removed from  tires and the undersides
         of vehicles and equipment.
         Wash and rinse buckets for use in the
         decontamination of operator areas
         inside vehicles and equipment
         Brooms and brushes for  cleaning the
         insides of vehicles and equipment.

         Containers for storage and disposal of
         contaminated wash and rinse solutions,
         damaged or heavily contaminated parts,
         and equipment to be discarded.
     Currently, there are no available methods for
immediately  determining  the   effectiveness  of
decontamination   procedures.     Discolorations,
stains, corrosive effects, and substances adhering to
objects may indicate contaminants have not been
removed.     However,  observable  effects  only
indicate surface contamination and not permeation
(absorption) into clothing, tools, or equipment.
Also, many contaminants are not easily observed.

     One method for determining effectiveness of
surface decontamination is swipe testing. Cloth or
paper  patches  are wiped over  predetermined
surfaces of the suspect object  and analyzed in a
laboratory.  Both the inner and outer surfaces of
protective  clothing  should   be   swipe  tested.
Positive indications of both sets of swipes would
                                                  107

-------
indicate  surface  contamination  has  not  been
removed  and  substances  have  penetrated  or
permeated through the garment.   Determining
permeation   of  contaminants  into  protective
garments requires laboratory analysis of a piece of
the material.  Both swipe and permeation testing
provide after-the-fact  information.   Along with
visual observations, results of these  tests can help
evaluate the effectiveness of decontamination.

     In many cases, depending on what substances
are present at a site, chemical protective clothing
(or naturally absorbable materials) may have to be
discarded. In this case, all small equipment items
(brushes,  clothing, tools)  should  be collected,
placed in containers, and labeled.  Also, all spent
solutions and wash water should be collected and
disposed  of  properly.    Clothing  that  is  not
completely decontaminated should be placed in
plastic  bags,  pending further  decontamination
and/or disposal.

9.5 PROTECTION OF
     DECONTAMINATION PERSONNEL
                  Decontamination workers are
                  vital  to the fulfillment of site
                  decontamination  procedures.
                  It  is  their  responsibility  to
                  monitor and  aid  the decon-
                  tamination of personnel, PPE,
                  and equipment. Decontamin-
ation workers must wear the appropriate level of
protection to accomplish this task without exposing
themselves to the contamination.  This level of
protection can be determined by:

•    Expected or visible contamination on
     workers;

•    Type of contaminant and associated
     respiratory and skin hazards;

•    Total vapor/gas concentrations in the
     contamination reduction corridor;

•    Particulates and specific inorganic or
     organic vapors in the Corridor; and

•    Results of swipe tests.

     Decontamination workers who initially come
in contact with personnel and equipment leaving
the Exclusion Zone will require more protection
from contaminants than decontamination workers
who are  assigned  to  the  last  station  in the
decontamination   line.      In    some   cases,
decontamination personnel should wear the same
levels of PPE as workers in  the Exclusion Zone.
In other cases, decontamination personnel may be
sufficiently protected by wearing protection of one
level lower (e.g., wearing Level C protection while
decontaminating workers who are  wearing Level
B).  Level D is not acceptable in the CRZ for
decontamination line personnel.   All decontam-
ination workers are in a contaminated area and
must   themselves   be   decontaminated   before
entering the clean Support Zone.

     All decontamination personnel should  be
trained in the standard operating procedures for
minimizing  contact  and   maximizing   worker
protection,  and  these  procedures  should  be
enforced throughout site operations.  In addition,
standard  operating   procedures    should   be
established that maximize worker protection.  For
example, proper procedures  for dressing prior to
entering  the Exclusion Zone will  minimize the
potential for contaminants to bypass the protective
clothing and escape decontamination.  In general,
all fasteners should be used; gloves and boots
should be tucked under  the sleeves  and legs of
outer clothing;  hoods (if  not attached) should be
worn outside the collar;  all  junctures should be
taped to prevent contaminants from running inside
the gloves, boots, jackets, and suits.

9.6 HEALTH AND SAFETY HAZARDS
                  While   decontamination   is
                  performed  to  protect  health
                  and safety, it can pose hazards
                  under  certain circumstances.
                  Decontamination  methods
                  may:
     Be incompatible with the hazardous
     substances being removed (i.e., a
     decontamination method may react with
     contaminants to produce an explosion, heat,
     or toxic products).

     Be incompatible with the clothing or
     equipment being decontaminated (e.g.,
     some organic solvents can permeate PPE).
                                                108

-------
•    Pose a direct health hazard to workers (e.g.,
     vapors from chemical decontamination
     solutions may be hazardous if inhaled).

     The chemical and  physical compatibility of
the   decontamination   solutions  or   other
decontamination materials  must  be  determined
before they  are  used.    Any  decontamination
method that  permeates, degrades, damages, or
otherwise impairs the safe functioning of the PPE
should not be used.  Measures must be taken to
adequately protect all workers and equipment from
any decontamination  method that does  pose a
direct health hazard.
     Hazardous waste facilities should also have in
place emergency decontamination procedures, in
order to prevent the loss of life or severe injury to
site  personnel.   In  the  case of threat  to  life,
decontamination should be delayed until the victim
is  stabilized;  however,  decontamination  should
always be performed first, when practical, if it can
be done  without  interfering with  essential  life-
saving techniques  or  first aid, or if a worker has
been contaminated  with an extremely toxic or
corrosive material that could cause severe injury or
loss of life.  During an emergency, provisions must
also be made for protecting medical personnel and
disposing of contaminated clothing and equipment.
   FURTHER GUIDANCE: For more information on decontamination procedures and equipment, see:

   1.   Standard Operating Guidelines for Decontamination of Response Personnel (U.S. EPA, draft,
             Publication 9285.2-02A).

   2.   Occupational Safety and Health Guidance Manual for Hazardous Waste Site Activities
             (NIOSH/OSHA/USCG/EPA, 1985, NIOSH Publication 85-115).
                                               109

-------
CHAPTER 10  DRUM HANDLING

-------
CHAPTER  10    DRUM  HANDLING
10.0      INTRODUCTION
                 Accidents may occur  during
                 handling of drums and other
                 hazardous  waste  containers.
                 Hazards  include  detonations,
                 fires,   explosions,   vapor
                 generation, and physical injury.
                 The most significant ways  to
improve the safety of drum handling activities at a
site are to keep the operation as  remote from
workers as possible, to avoid sudden releases of
chemicals  if the operation cannot be remote, and
to provide adequate safety gear and equipment to
protect the worker if spillage or contact with the
drums is unavoidable.  Exhibit 10-1 outlines some
basic safety precautions in drum handling.

     Regulations defining practices and procedures
for safe handling of drums  and other hazardous
waste containers include:

•    OSHA regulations (29 CFR Part 1910.
     1200) and Part 1926) " general
     requirements and standards for storing,
     containing, and handling chemicals and
     containers, and for maintaining equipment
     used for handling materials;

•    EPA regulations (40 CFR Parts 264 and
     265) -- requirements for types of hazardous
     waste containers, maintenance of containers
     and containment structures, and design and
     maintenance of storage areas; and

•    DOT regulations (49 CFR Parts 171
     through 178) - requirements for containers
     and procedures for shipment of hazardous
     wastes.

     During   hazardous   waste   operations,
containers  are  handled during  inspection, drum
opening,  sampling,  and characterization.   This
chapter provides guidance for safely performing
these procedures when  handling drums and other
containers.
10.1
INSPECTION
     Appropriate procedures for handling drums
varies depending on the drum contents.  Prior to
handling, drums should be inspected visually to
identify their contents.  Information that may be
helpful includes:
•    Symbols, words, or other marks on the
     drum indicating that its contents are
     hazardous;

•    Symbols, words, or other marks indicating
     that the drum contains discarded laboratory
     chemicals, reagents, or other potentially
     dangerous materials in small-volume
     individual  containers;

•    Signs of deterioration such as corrosion,
     rust, and leaks;

•    Signs that  the drum is under pressure; and

•    Configuration of the drumhead. For
     example, if the whole lid of the drum can
     be removed, then it was designed to contain
     solid material; if the lid has a bung, then
     the drum was intended for liquids.  If the
     drumhead  contains a liner, the drum may
     likely contain highly corrosive or otherwise
     hazardous  materials.

     Noting the type of drum also may  be useful
for identifying potential hazards.  Polyethylene or
PVC-lined drums often contain strong acids or
bases.  If the lining  is  punctured, the substance
usually quickly corrodes the steel, and may cause a
significant leak or spill. Exotic metal drums (e.g.,
aluminum, nickel, stainless steel) are very strong
and  expensive,  and are  often used  to  store
extremely  dangerous  materials.   Single-walled
drums used  as a pressure vessel have fittings for
both the storage  product  and for  an inert  gas.
These drums may contain reactive, flammable, or
explosive substances.

     Laboratory packs are used for disposal of
expired chemicals and process samples   from
university  laboratories, hospitals,   and similar
institutions.  Individual containers within the lab
pack often are not packed in absorbent material.
They   may   contain  incompatible  materials,
radioisotopes, or  shock-sensitive, highly volatile,
highly corrosive, or highly  toxic exotic chemicals.
Laboratory packs are a potential ignition source
for fires at hazardous waste sites.
                                               113

-------
                                   EXHIBIT 10-1
                          Safety Precautions for Drum Handling
ACTIVITY:  LOCATING DRUMS AND CONDUCTING INVENTORY	

POTENTIAL SAFETY HAZARD:  Unknown location and contents of drums can lead to unsuspected
hazards
Safety
Tips
Carefully review background data pertaining to the location and types of wastes on-site.
Conduct soil and ground-water sampling only after the geophysical survey is completed
to minimize the possibility of puncturing drums.
During the random sampling of drums, which may be required for an inventory, spacing
between drums should be adequate to allow for emergency evacuation if needed.
Use remotely operated, nonsparking tools for random sampling whenever possible.
Use direct-reading air monitoring equipment to detect hot spots where contamination may
pose a risk to worker safety.
ACTIVITY:  DETERMINING DRUM INTEGRITY
POTENTIAL SAFETY HAZARD:  The process of visual inspections requires close contact with drums of
unknown content
Safety
Tips
Approach drums cautiously.  Conduct air monitoring to indicate levels of hazards that
require withdrawal from the work area or use of additional safety equipment.
Any drum that is critically swollen should  not be approached; it should be isolated using a
barricade until the pressure can be relieved remotely.
Use of the grappter or other remotely operated equipment can eliminate the need for
determining drum integrity prior to excavation, provided that rupture of the drum will not
result in fire or unacceptable environmental impact.
ACTIVITY: DRUM EXCAVATION AND HANDLING
POTENTIAL SAFETY HAZARD:  Exposure to toxic/hazardous vapors; rupture of drums
Safety
Tips
Where buried drums are suspected, conduct a geophysical survey before using any
construction equipment in order to minimize the  possibility of rupture.
Use a drum grappler where possible and cost-effective to minimize contact with drums. If
a grappler is not available, pump or overpack drums of poor integrity before excavation.
Ground  equipment prior to transferring wastes to new drums.
Use nonsparking hand tools and nonsparking bucket teeth on excavation equipment, and
use plexiglass shields on vehicle cabs.
Where slings, yokes, or other accessories must be used, workers should back away from
the work area after attaching the accessory and before the drum is lifted.
Critically swollen drums should not be handled until pressure can be relieved.
Use bars that fit over the teeth of excavation  buckets to prevent drum puncture.
Where ionizing levels of radiation are detected, the Site Health and Safety Officer should
be contacted; generally, the drum should be  overpacked and isolated promptly.
Where explosive or shock-sensitive material is suspected, every effort should be made to
handle the drum remotely. Gas cylinders should not be dragged during handling.
Use direct-reading air monitoring equipment when in close proximity to  drums to detect
any hot  spots.
                                                114

-------
                                     EXHIBIT 10-1 (cont'd)
                            Safety Precautions for Drum Handling
  ACTIVITY:  DRUM STAGING AND OPENING
  POTENTIAL SAFETY HAZARD:  Release of toxic, hazardous vapors, rupture of drums
  Safety
  Tips
Stage gas cylinders in a cool, shaded area.
Stage potentially explosive or shock-sensitive wastes in a diked, fenced area.
Use remote drum opening methods where drums are unsound.
Conduct remote-operated drum opening from behind a barricade or behind a plexiglas
shield if backhoe-mounted puncture is being used.
Isolate drum opening from staging and other activities if possible to prevent a chain
reaction if  an explosion or reaction does occur.
If drum opening cannot be isolated from staging, drums should be staged so as to:
(1)  minimize the possibility of chain reactions in the event of a fire or explosion; and
(2)  provide adequate space for emergency evacuation.
Use only nonsparking hand tools if drums are to be opened manually.
Remotely relieve the pressure of critically swollen drums before opening.
Clean up spills promptly to minimize mixing of incompatible materials.
  ACTIVITY:  CONSOLIDATION AND RECONTAINERIZATION
  POTENTIAL SAFETY HAZARD:  Mixing of incompatible wastes
  Safety
  Tips
Perform on-site compatibility testing on all drums.
Segregate wastes according to compatibility class following compatibility testing.
Clean up spills promptly to avoid mixing of incompatible wastes.
Intentional mixing of incompatible wastes such as acids and bases should be performed
under controlled conditions in a reaction tank where temperature and vapor release can
be monitored.
Monitor for incompatible reactions during consolidation using direct-reading air monitoring
equipment.
  ACTIVITY:  INTERIM STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION
  POTENTIAL SAFETY HAZARD: Mixing of incompatible wastes
  Safety
  Tips
Segregate incompatible wastes using dikes during interim storage.
Maintain a weekly inspection schedule.
Allow adequate aisle space between drums to allow rapid exit of workers in case of
emergency.
Keep explosives and gas cylinders in a cool, shaded, or roofed area.
Prevent contact of water reactive wastes with water.
Clean up spills or leaks promptly.
Have fire fighting equipment readily available within the storage area.
Ensure adherence to DOT regulations  regarding transport of incompatible wastes and
drum integrity.
Source:    Drum Handling Practices at Hazardous Waste Sites (U.S. EPA, 1986, EPA/500/2-86/013).
                                                 115

-------
  Conditions in the immediate vicinity  of  the
drums  may provide  information  about  drum
contents and associated hazards.  In addition, air
monitoring should be conducted around the drums.
If buried drums are suspected, ground-penetrating
systems can be used to estimate the location and
depth of the drums.

  After visual inspection, drums can be classified
into preliminary  hazard categories.   They can be
described as radioactive, leaking or deteriorated,
bulging, and explosive or shock-sensitive.  Until
their contents are characterized, unlabelled drums
should be handled  in the same manner as drums
that  contain hazardous  materials.   It is  also
important to remember that drums  are frequently
mislabelled - particularly drums that are  reused.
Therefore,  a drum's  label may not  accurately
describe its contents.

  Results of the drum inspection can be used to
determine:  (1) whether any hazards are present
and the appropriate response; and (2) which drums
need to be moved  before they are opened and
sampled.  A plan should be developed specifying
the  extent  of  handling  necessary   and  the
appropriate procedures for handling. Plans should
be revised as new information is obtained during
drum handling.

10.2      DRUM  EXCAVATION AND
          REMOVAL EQUIPMENT
                  Drum excavation and removal
                  equipment is used to perform
                  several distinct and important
                  functions, including:

                  • Excavating to the depth of
                    buried drums and removing
   surface cover over buried drums.

•  Excavating around buried drums to free them
   for removal.

•  Removing (lifting) drums from exposed pits and
   trenches.
•  Loading  and  transporting  drums to onsite
   storage areas.

•  Sampling, segregating, bulking,  storing,  and
   recontainerizing (e.g., overpacking) drums.
•  Transporting  offsite for appropriate storage,
   treatment, or  disposal.

The  choice of equipment for  drum  handling is
based on the inherent capabilities and limitations
of the equipment,  site-specific conditions that
affect equipment performance, the necessity to
protect  worker  safety, and  costs.  Generally,  a
combination  of  equipment  and  accessories is
required for a particular job.

10.3     DRUM HANDLING

   The  purpose  of drum handling  is to:   (1)
respond to obvious problems that  might impair
worker safety;  (2) unstack and orient drums for
sampling; and (3) if necessary, organize drums into
different areas on-site to facilitate characterization
and remedial action. Handling may  or may not be
necessary, depending on how the  drums  are
positioned at a site.

   To  avoid  accidents, drums should  only be
handled when necessary.   Prior to handling, all
personnel should be warned about the hazards of
handling and instructed to minimize  handling as
much as possible.   In all phases of handling,
personnel should be  alert for new  information
about potential hazards and should respond to new
hazards before continuing with routine handling
operations. Empty overpack drums (larger drums
in which smaller leaking or damaged drums are
placed for storage or shipment) and an adequate
volume of absorbent  should be kept near areas
where minor spills may occur.  Where major spills
may occur,  a   containment   berm  should be
constructed prior to handling.  If drum contents
spill, personnel  trained in spill response should
isolate and contain the spill.

   The  following  procedures  can  be  used  to
maximize worker safety during drum handling and
movement:

•  Train personnel in proper lifting and moving
   techniques;

•  Select vehicles with sufficient rated load
   capacity to handle anticipated loads, and
   ensure that vehicles can operate  smoothly on
   available road surfaces;
                                                116

-------
•  Air condition the cabs of vehicles to increase
   operator efficiency and protect the operator
   with heavy splash shields;

•  Supply operators with appropriate respiratory
   protective equipment when needed;

•  Prepare overpacks before any attempt is made
   to move drums;

•  Before moving anything, determine the
   appropriate sequence for moving drums and
   other containers;

•  Exercise extreme caution in handling drums
   that are not intact and  tightly sealed; and

•  Ensure that operators have a  clear view of the
   roadway when carrying drums. Where
   necessary, have ground workers available to
   direct the  operator's motion.

   Drums containing radioactive  waste should not
be handled until experts in handling radioactive
materials  have   been consulted.   If a drum is
suspected to  contain explosive or shock-sensitive
waste, specialized  assistance  should be  sought
before  handling is   initiated.    If  handling is
necessary, extreme caution should be used and all
non-essential personnel  should  remain  a  safe
distance  from the handling  area.   In  addition,
continuous communication with the Site  Health
and  Safety  Officer  and/or the  command  post
should be maintained until handling operations are
complete.

   Drums that may be under internal pressure can
be  identified by  bulging  or  swelling.    If  a
pressurized  drum   must  be  moved,  whenever
possible, the drum  should be  handled  with  a
grappler   unit   constructed    for   explosive
containment. Either move Ihe bulged drum only
as far as necessary to allow seating on firm ground,
or carefully overpack the drum.  Exercise extreme
caution  when   working  with   or   adjacent  to
potentially pressurized drums.

   Laboratory  packs  (lab  packs)  should  be
considered to hold  explosive or shock-sensitive
wastes until  otherwise  characterized.   Prior to
handling  or  transporting  lab  packs,  all  non-
essential personnel  should move a  safe distance
from  the handling  area.  If handling is required,
continuous communication with the Site  Health
and  Safety  Officer  and/or the  command  post
should be maintained until handling operations are
complete.  Once a lab pack has been opened,  it
should be inspected and classified according to the
hazards of the wastes to ensure safe segregation of
the lab packs' contents.

   If a drum containing a liquid cannot be moved
without  rupture,   its   contents   should  be
immediately transferred to a sound drum.  Leaking
drums that  contain sludges or semi-solids, open
drums that  contain  liquid  or solid waste, and
deteriorated  drums that  can be  moved  without
rupture should be placed in overpack containers.

   Prior  to initiating  subsurface excavation,
ground-penetrating  systems should  be   used  to
confirm the  location and depth of drums.  Soil
should be removed with  caution to minimize the
potential for drum  rupture.   In  addition, a dry
chemical  fire extinguisher should be available to
control small fires.
10.4
DRUM OPENING
   Drums are usually opened and sampled in place
during site investigations.  However, remedial and
emergency operations may require a separate drum
opening area.  Procedures for opening drums arc
the same,  regardless of  where the  drums  arc
opened.  To maximi/.c worker safety during drum
opening,  the  following  procedures  should  be
instituted:

•  If a supplied-air respiratory protection system
   is used, place a hank of air cylinders outside
   the work area and supply air to  the operators
   via airlines and escape SCBAs;

•  Keep personnel at a safe distance from the
   drums being opened; place explosion-resistant
   plastic shields between  personnel and the
   drums for protection in case of detonation;
   locate controls for drum opening equipment,
   monitoring equipment, and fire  suppression
   equipment behind (he  explosion-resistant
   plastic shield;

•  Conduct air monitoring during drum-opening
   activities;

•  Use non-sparking bronze-beryllium tools
   when possible;
                                                117

-------
•  Use remote-controlled devices for opening
   drums, when feasible;

•  Hang or balance the drum opening equipment
   to minimize worker exertion;

•  If the drum shows signs of swelling or
   bulging, perform all steps slowly and relieve
   excess pressure prior to opening;

•  Open exotic metal drums and polyethylene or
   polyvinyl chloride-lined drums through the
   bung by removal or drilling;

•  Do not open or sample individual containers
   within laboratory packs;

•  Reseal open bungs and drill openings as soon
   as possible; and

•  Decontaminate equipment after each use to
   avoid mixing incompatible wastes.

Exhibit  10-2  provides a summary  assessment  of
several  drum  opening techniques,  Exhibit  10-3
presents a sample drum characterization sheet, and
Exhibit  10-4 illustrates two common examples of
drum opening equipment.
10.5
DRUM SAMPLING
   Drum sampling can  be hazardous to worker
health and safety because it can  involve direct
contact  with  unidentified  wastes.    Prior  to
collecting  samples,  a sampling  plan should  be
developed, including: (1) research about the waste;
(2) identification of drums to be sampled;  (3)
selection of appropriate sampling device(s) and
container(s);  (4)  determination  of the number,
volume, and locations of samples to be taken; and
(5) development of procedures for opening drums,
sampling,    and   sample   packaging  and
transportation.    A  trained  health  and safety
professional  should  determine  the  appropriate
personal protection to be used during sampling,
decontamination, and packaging of the sample.

   To maximize  worker  safety during  manual
sampling from a drum,  the following techniques
should be used:

•  Keep sampling personnel at a safe distance
   while drums are being opened and sample
   only after opening operations are  complete;

•  Do not lean over other drums to reach the
   drum being sampled, unless absolutely
   necessary;
•  Cover drum tops with plastic sheeting or
   other suitable uncontaminated materials;

•  Never stand on drums - use mobile steps or
   another platform to achieve the height
   necessary to safely sample from the drums;
   and

•  Obtain samples with glass rods or vacuum
   pumps.

10.6      CHARACTERIZATION

   The goal of characterization is to obtain data
necessary to determine how to safely and efficiently
package and  transport the wastes for treatment
and/or disposal.  If wastes are bulked, they must be
sufficiently characterized  to determine  which of
them   can  be  safely  combined.     Standard
compatibility tests are simple, rapid, and cost-
effective procedures used to segregate wastes into
broad   categories,  including  water   reactive,
oxidative,  and radioactive.  By identifying broad
waste categories, compatible waste types can be
safely bulked on-site without  the risk of fore or
explosion, and disposal options can be determined
without exhaustive  and costly analysis  of each
drum.  In  some cases, however,  further analysis
may be necessary to identify the waste materials
more  precisely.

   During the compatibility testing process, each
drum  is scanned for radioactivity as  it is opened.
If  the scan is  negative,  a sample  is  taken to
perform the  compatibility  test.   (Solid samples
should be taken from several different areas within
the drum.) In addition, the contents of all drums
should be described on the drum data  sheet in
terms of physical slate, viscosity,  and number of
phases.  A sample should be taken for each phase.
Exhibit 10-5 provides a sample HAZCAT checklist
for recording screening data.

   There are a number of published compatibility
testing protocols; however, procedures  must be
tailored for site-specific conditions.  Exhibit 10-6
presents  a thorough  protocol developed by the
Chemical   Manufacturers'  Association  (CMA).
Based  on  the  CMA  protocol, wastes  can  be
segregated  into  the following  broad   waste
categories:
                                                118

-------
                                                              EXHIBIT 10-2
                                        Summary Assessment of Drum Opening Techniques

                                   Recommended Drum Opening Applications (for Sample Acquisition or Recontamerization)

Technique
Bung Wrenches
(Nonsparking)
Manual Drum
Deheader
Self-Propelled Drum
Deheader (Electric or
Pneumatic)
Remotely Operated
Pneumatic Wrench
Remote Hydraulic
Plunger
• Portable
• Self-Propelled
(Electric or Pneumatic)
• Backhoe attached
• Conveyor
Backhoe Spike
(Nonsparking)
Tube and Spear device for
venting
# of Drums to be Opened
<100
X
X
X
X

X
X


X
X
100-500



X


X


X
X
>500







X
X

X
Physical Condition of
Drums
Damaged
or
Bulging



X

X

X
X
X
X
Structurally
Sound
X
X
X
X

X
X
X
X


Waste Content of Drum
Unknown



X

X
X
X
X
X

Shock
Sensitive/
Explosive



X

X1
X
X1
X1
X
X
Non-
Hazardous
X
X
X


X
X
X
X
X


Restrictions/Disadvantages
Not recommended for unknown waste
contents; full protective gear for
worker.
Only if bung is impossible to open;
used mainly for recontainerization vs.
sample acquisition; unsafe if waste
contents are unknown.
May require use of a dekinker or
readjustment of the deheader if the
chime is dented.
Requires direct contact with the drum
during attachment of the wrench.
Time-consuming setup.
Only in controlled area with spill
containment.
Most time-consuming hydraulic
plunger methods. Requires direct
contact with the drum to set up the
plunger.
Only suitable if the chime is free of
dents.
Use long boom-dipper arms (12
meters or 40 feet).
Has not been used in the field to date.
May damage drum; use long backhoe
boom (>40 feet).
Method applicable for venting of
pressure, but not for drum sampling.
1 Plunger may be of nonsparking bronze or of stainless steel, which is more durable.

Source;    Drum Handling Practices at Hazardous Waste Sites (U S EPA, 1986, EPA/500/2-86/013).

-------


SITE:
Drum Size:
0 unknown
1 55 gal.
2 30 gal. 	
3 other 	
specify 	


Drum Opening:

0 unknown 	
1 ring top 	
2 closed top 	
3 open top 	
4 other 	
specify 	


Drum Type:

0 unknown 	
1 metal 	
2 plastic
3 fiber
4 glass
5 other
specify

Drum Color: PRI SEC

0 unknown 	

1 cream
2 clear
3 black 	
4 white 	
5 red 	
6 green 	
7 blue 	
8 brown 	
9 pink 	
10 orange 	
1 1 yellow 	
12 gray 	
13 purple 	
14 amber 	
15 green-blue 	
EXHIBIT 10-3
Sample Drum Characterization Sheet
DRUM #:
Drum Contents Color:
PRI SEC
0 unknown
1 cream
2 clear 	
3 black 	
4 white 	
5 red 	
6 green
7 blue 	
8 brown 	
9 pink 	
10 orange 	
11 yellow 	
12 gray 	
13 purple 	
14 amber 	
15 green-blue 	


Drum Condition:

0 unknown
1 good
2 fair
3 poor 	

Drum Marking Keywords:

#1

#2
#3


Drum Contents State:

PRI SEC
0 unknown
1 solid 	
2 liquid 	
3 sludge 	
4 gas 	
5 trash 	
6 dirt
7 gel 	


SAMPLE #:
Drum Content Amount:
0 unknown
1 full 	
2 part 	
3 empty 	


Chemical Analysis:

YES NO
radiation 	
ignitable 	
water reactive 	
cyanide 	
oxidizer 	
organic vapor ppm
PH 	


Real-time Instrument
Readings

Colorimetric tube
Radiation
PID
FID
















Source: EPA Region VII
Emergency Planning and
Response Branch

120

-------
                                         EXHIBIT 10-4
                            Examples of Drum Opening Equipment
 Backhoe
 arm (ref.)
 Hydraulic lines

 Adapter bracket
 Drain to vacuum truck,
 waste recovery system,
 or tank
                                                                            Hydraulic cyl.
                                                                            with 6 in. stroke
            Splash plate

            Replaceable 316
            stainless steel
            conical plunger
            (3 in. dia. x 4 in. Ig.)


            Standard single
            drum grabber
                                                                            55 gallon drum
            Spill containment
            pan (portable)
            75 gal capacity
                  Hydraulic Backhoe Drum Plunger Arrangement
55 gallon drum
Conveyor
Drain to vacuum truck,
waste recovery system,
or tank
                                                                                Remote
                                                                                location
                                                                                Needle valve
                                                                               3-Way valve
Appro* 50 ft. of hose

Air/hydraulic cylinder


Splash plate

Replaceable 316
stainless steel
conical plunger
(3 in. dia. x 4 in. Ig.)

Doors (2 sides)

    containment pan &
support frame (75 gal capacity)

Belt conveyor

Fork lift slots
           Conveyor Belt System for Remote Hydraulic Puncturing of
                                Large Number of Drums
                                            121

-------
HAZCAT Checklist:
Screening Data YES
RADIOACTIVE
ACIDIC
CAUSTIC
AIR REACTIVE
WATER REACTIVE
WATER SOLUBLE
WATER BATH OVA
COMBUSTIBLE
HALIDE
INORGANIC
ORGANIC
ALCOHOL/ALDEHYDE

CYANIDE
FLAMMABLE
OXIDIZER
INERT OR OTHER
PCB SCREEN
(Chlor-N-Oil)



Source: EPA Region VII
D
D
n
D
D
D
D
D
n
n
n
n

n
n
n
n

n
n
n
n
Emergency Planning
EXHIBIT 10-5
Characterization Screening Data
NO Criteria
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
D
n
n

D
n
n
n

n



and
>1 mR over background
pH < 3
pH > 12
Reaction of > 10°F temp, change
Reaction of > 10°F temp, change
Dissolves in water
Reading = >10 ppm = Yes
Catches fire when torched in water bath
Green flame when heated with copper
WATER BATH OVA and COMBUSTIBLE = No
INORGANIC = No
WATER BATH OVA, WATER SOLUBLE, and
COMBUSTIBLE = Yes
Draeger tube over water bath > 2 ppm
Combustible = Yes, and SETA flashpoint < 140oF
Starch iodine paper shows positive reaction
Everything "No" except INORGANIC or ORGANIC


> 50 ppm
< 50 ppm
100%
Response Branch. This chart is provided only as an
example; values may need to be modified as appropriate.
Liquids:  Radioactives, Peroxides and oxidizing
agents, Reducing agents,  and Water-reactive
compounds.

Water Insolubles:   Low  halogen/low  PCB,
Mixed halogen/high PCB, and High halogen/low
PCB.

Acids: Strong (pH<2), Weak (pH 2-7).

Bases:   Strong  (pH>12) with or  without
cyanides  or sulfides, and Weak (pH 7-12) with
or without cyanides or sulfides.

Solids: Radioactive and Non-radioactive.
This protocol also requires that a compatibility test
be performed by  mixing small samples of wastes
that  are intended to be bulked, making visual
observations   for   precipitation,   temperature
changes, or phase separation.

   When   possible,  materials   should   be
characterized  using  an  on-site laboratory  to
minimize the time before appropriate action can
be taken to handle any hazardous materials.  If
samples must be analyzed off-site, samples should
be  packaged on-site in  accordance with  DOT
regulations (49 CFR Parts 171-178) and shipped to
the laboratory for analysis.
                                             122

-------
                                          EXHIBIT 10-6
                         CMA COMPATIBILITY TESTING PROTOCOL
                                         Test for Radioactivity
               Isolate Gas Cylinders
        Isolate Suspected Explosives
                       Liquids
                     Open Drum
                 Test for Radioactivity
                    Confirm Liquid
                  Test for Peroxides
                    and Oxidizers
                           No
                    Test for Water
                      Solubility
                           Yes
                    Test for Water
                       Content
                    See
                Water Soluble
                   Liquids
                                                                      Yes
                                        Isolate
    Determine Contents
       of Containers
  Isolate Oddball Drums
  Isolate Lab Packs
                                  Solids
                                Open Drum
                                       Yes
          Isolate
                    Yes
Test for Radioactivity
                                        To Solids   To Liquids
                                       No   '
         Regroup
                     No
   Confirm Solid
                                       Yes
Test for Water
Reactivity
i
No
          Isolate
                                               Isolate
                                                                           Yes
                    Yes
Remove Free Liquid
Test for
and
PCB
EP Toxicity
PCBs
1 '

No PCB
  No
                           Bulk for \  /  Bulk for
                           Disposal /  I  Disposal
     See
Water Insoluble
    Liquids
Sourest    Drum Handling Practices at Hazardous Waste Sites (U.S. EPA, 1986, EPA/500/2-86/013).
                                                123

-------
                                  EXHIBIT 10-6 (cont'd)
                       CMA COMPATIBILITY TESTING PROTOCOL

                             Water Insoluble Liquids Testing
                                         Test for
                                      Organic Halogen
               Test for PCB
              on Composite
                               Test for PCB
                               on Composite
                       Retest if PCB
                       Retest if PCB
         Low
        Halogen
        No PCB
      Composite
                      Low
                    Halogen
                    No PCB
                   Composite
  Mixed
 Halogen
Middle PCB
Composite
  Mixed
 Halogen
High PCB
Composite
  High
 Halogen
 Low PCB
Composite
Source:    Drum Handling Practices at Hazardous Waste Sites (U.S. EPA, 1986, EPA/500/2-86/013).
                                           124

-------
                                  EXHIBIT 10-6 (cont'd)
                       CMA COMPATIBILITY TESTING PROTOCOL

                                   Water Soluble Scan
    No
 Isolate
Strong
Acids
i 	
Weak
Acids
	 1 	
PH
<7
>7
Weak Strong
Bases Bases
pH<2
pH2-7
                                     Isolate
                                                   Yes
                                                             pH7-12     pH>12
                                                     Cyanide, Sulfide
                                                                 No
                                                                  No
                                                                                 Isolate
Source:    Drum Handling Practices at Hazardous Waste Sites (U.S. EPA, 1986, EPA/500/2-86/013).
                                            125

-------
FURTHER GUIDANCE: For more information on drum handling, see:

1.  Occupational Safety and Health Guidance Manual for Hazardous Waste Site Activities.
     (NIOSH/OSHA/USCG/EPA, 1985, NIOSH Publication 85-115).

2.  Drum Handling Practices at Hazardous Waste Sites (U.S. EPA, 1986, EPA 500/2-86/013).

3.  Guidance Document for  Cleanup of Surface Tank and Drum Sites (U.S. EPA, Publication
     9380.0-3).
                                           126

-------
CHAPTER 11  OTHER REQUIREMENTS AND SAFETY
           CONSIDERATIONS
      DANGER
     CONFINED SPACE
        ENTRY BY
      PERMIT ONLY
                                         C2408S-2

-------
CHAPTER 11    OTHER REQUIREMENTS AND SAFETY
                       CONSIDERATIONS
11.0
INTRODUCTION
     This chapter provides information on three
other important HAZWOPER requirements  and
on specific  hazards that employees may  face in
hazardous waste operations:

•    Emergency response and prevention
     requirements;

•    Confined space entry procedures;

•    Information and new technology programs;

•    Specific hazards, including chemical
     contamination, explosion and fire, oxygen
     deficiency, ionizing radiation, biological
     hazards, and noise and safety hazards.

11.1     EMERGENCY RESPONSE  AND
         PREVENTION

     Site emergencies are characterized by their
potential for  complexity;   uncontrolled toxic
chemicals may be numerous and unidentified,  and
their effects may be synergistic.  Rescue personnel
attempting  to  remove  injured  workers  may
themselves become victims. This variability means
that  advance planning, including anticipation of
different  emergency  scenarios  and   thorough
preparation for  contingencies, is essential  to
protect worker and community health and safety.

     One of the  most important components of
the HASP is the written  site-specific  emergency
response plan.   The  emergency  response plan
should be designed  as a separate  section of the
HASP, and must be compatible and  integrated
with  the disaster,  fire, and/or emergency response
plans of local, state, and federal agencies.  The
plan must include a description of how anticipated
emergencies would be handled at the site and how
the risks associated with a  response would be
minimized. The emergency response plan must be
developed and implemented  prior to commencing
operations at a site.
     The requirements for an emergency response
plan at an uncontrolled hazardous waste site are
listed in Exhibit 11-1 and are codified at 29 CFR
§1910.120(1)(2).     Employers   must   develop
emergency response plans to protect workers in
emergencies resulting from the release of all kinds
of  hazardous substances,  including Extremely
Hazardous   Substances   (EHSs),   CERCLA
hazardous  substances, RCRA hazardous  wastes,
and any substance listed by the U.S. Department of
Transportation as a hazardous material.
                                                       EXHIBIT 11-1
                                            Required Elements of an Emergency
                                              Response Plan at an Uncontrolled
                                                   Hazardous Waste Site
                                                  (29 CFR §1910.120(1) (2))
                                                Pre-emergency planning.
                                                Personnel roles, lines of authority, and
                                                communication.
                                                Emergency recognition and prevention.
                                                Safe distances and places of refuge.
                                                Site security and control.
                                                Evacuation routes and procedures.
                                                Decontamination procedures.
                                                Emergency medical treatment and first
                                                aid.
                                                Emergency alerting and response
                                                procedures.
                                                Critique of response and follow-up.
                                                PPE and  emergency equipment.
                                                Site topography,  layout, and prevailing
                                                weather conditions.
                                                Procedures for reporting incidents to
                                                local, state, and federal governmental
                                                agencies.
                                                      In addition to these elements, the emergency
                                                  response plan must include information relevant
                                                  for conducting emergency operations at the site,
                                             129

-------
such as information on site topography, layout, and
prevailing weather conditions, and procedures for
reporting  incidents to  local, state,  and federal
agencies.  As part of the overall training program
for site operations, the  emergency response plan
also must be rehearsed regularly and  reviewed
periodically  to ensure that it accounts for new or
changing site conditions or new information on
potential hazards at the  site.  The plan must be in
writing and available for inspection and copying by
employees, their representatives, OSHA personnel,
and other  government  agencies with  relevant
responsibilities.

     An employee alarm system must be installed
at all sites in accordance with 29 CFR §1910.165
to notify employees of an emergency situation, to
stop  work   activities   if  necessary,  to  lower
background noise in order  to speed  communi-
cations, and to begin emergency procedures.  Based
on the information available at  the time of the
emergency,  the employer  should  evaluate  the
incident and  the  site response  capabilities and
proceed with the appropriate steps to implement
the site emergency response plan.

      In lieu of preparing an emergency response
plan, site managers may prepare an emergency
action  plan   in   accordance  with  29   CFR
§1910.38(a). This plan  may only be  developed in
lieu of the emergency response plan if employees
are evacuated from the site when an emergency
occurs, and  are   not   permitted  to  assist  in
responding  to the emergency.   An emergency
action plan includes an evacuation plan in which
persons  responsible  for  an  orderly  exit  are
identified.  These designated individuals  would
direct employees to leave the site and maintain a
safe distance, and would also call the appropriate
emergency response organization.

      If an  emergency  action plan  is  prepared,
arrangements  must  be  made  with  the  local
response community (e.g., fire department or other
local response services) for them to respond to
emergencies that may occur during site operations.
The local response community must be  provided
with sufficient information regarding site activities,
including the types of operations being conducted
at the site, the type and  degree of contamination at
 the site, the location of work zones, and any other
 relevant information that may be necessary for an
 appropriate response.  Such information must be
 provided  prior to  the  commencement  of site
operations.  Regardless of whether an emergency
action  plan  or an  emergency response  plan is
prepared, local response officials should be notified
of site  operations prior to the commencement of
any site activities.  As an additional good operating
practice, the site manager may choose to provide
local officials with a copy of the plan to review and
concur upon.

11.1.1   Prevention

     On a day-to-day basis,  individual personnel
should  be  constantly alert  for  indicators  of
potentially hazardous situations and for signs and
symptoms in themselves and others that  warn of
hazardous conditions and exposures.    Rapid
recognition of dangerous situations can avert  an
emergency and prevent injuries  and loss of life.
Regular health and safety meetings with employees
should address:

•    Tasks to  be performed;
•    Time constraints (e.g., rest breaks, air tank
     changes);
•    Hazards that may be encountered, including
     their potential effects, how to recognize
     symptoms or monitor them, concentration
     limits, or other danger  signals; and

•    Emergency procedures.
After daily work assignments, a debriefing session
should  be held  to  review  work accomplished,
problems observed,  and  suggestions for future
improvement.

11.1.2  Communications

                  In  an  emergency,  crucial
                  messages  must  be conveyed
                  quickly and accurately.   Site
                  staff must be able to communi-
                  cate information, such as the
                  location of injured personnel,
                  orders to evacuate the site, and
information   on  safe   evacuation  routes  to
employees,  even  through noise and  confusion.
Outside support sources must  be reached and
measures for public notification must be ensured,
if necessary. To accomplish  this, a separate set of
internal emergency signals  should  be developed
and rehearsed daily.   External  communication
systems  and  procedures should  be  clear  and
accessible to all workers.
                                                 130

-------
11.1.3   Site Mapping

                  Detailed information about the
                  site is  essential for  advance
                  planning.  For this purpose, a
                  site map is a valuable tool.  It
                  serves as a graphic record of
                  the locations  and  types of
                  hazards, a reference source,
and a method of documentation.  The map should
focus on potential areas where emergencies may
develop, and should be sure to highlight:

•    Hazard areas, especially  potential IDLH
     conditions;
•    Site terrain:  topography, buildings,
     barriers;
•    Evacuation routes;
•    Site accessibility by land, sea, and air; and

•    Off-site populations or environments at
     risk.

     It is recommended that maps be prepared to
scale in a professional manner so that the map can
be used as a basis for planning and training, as
well   as for  developing  potential  emergency
scenarios  and  alternative response  strategies.
When an emergency occurs,  the problem  areas
should  be  pinpointed on  the map.   Pertinent
information (e.g., weather  and wind  conditions,
temperature, and forecast) should be added.  The
map can then be used to design the emergency
response plan.   When using  the map  for such
purposes, the accuracy of the data obtained and
the  potential  for  over-  or  under-estimating a
hazard  should be  considered.   Even if  the
emergency develops so fast that the map cannot be
used for on-the-spot planning, prior familiarity
with it will  aid in making informed decisions.
11.2
HAZARDS
     Although the medical program is essential for
assessing and  monitoring employee health and
fitness before the employee begins activities and
during  the  course  of  employment,  employees
should  be  aware  of specific  hazards  in  the
workplace.

     The following  sections describe the specific
hazards that site personnel face during hazardous
waste operations.  It  is important to remember
                                           that no two sites are alike, and that each site may
                                           present unique hazards to employees based on the
                                           contaminants   present,   site   conditions,   site
                                           geography and location, and weather.

                                           11.2.1   Explosion and Fire
                                                             Explosions  and  fires   at  a
                                                             hazardous waste site may occur
                                                             for  a   variety  of  reasons.
                                                             Accidentally  mixing  incom-
                                                             patible chemicals  could  cause
                                                             an intense exothermic reaction.
                                                             A  spark or flame  could be
                                           introduced into an oxygen enriched or flammable
                                           atmosphere.  The movement or removal of tanks
                                           and   drums   could   agitate   shock-sensitive
                                           compounds or could release materials stored under
                                           high pressure.

                                                Explosions and fires may arise spontaneously,
                                           although they more commonly result  from site
                                           activities.   In addition to  the normal dangers of
                                           intense  heat, open  flame, smoke  inhalation, and
                                           flying objects, an explosion or fire at  a hazardous
                                           waste site poses the additional threat of potentially
                                           releasing   hazardous  substances   into   the
                                           atmosphere.   Such  releases  can  threaten both
                                           personnel   on-site  and members  of  the general
                                           public living or working nearby.   The following
                                           precautions should be taken to protect against the
                                           hazard:  (1) have qualified personnel  monitor for
                                           explosive atmospheres and flammable vapors;  (2)
                                           keep all potential ignition sources away from an
                                           explosive  or flammable  environment;   (3) use
                                           nonsparking, explosion-proof equipment; and (4)
                                           follow safe practices when performing any task that
                                           might  result  in  the  agitation  or  release of
                                           chemicals.

                                           11.2.2   Oxygen Deficiency
                                              O
2
                 The oxygen content of normal
                 air  at  sea level is  approx-
                 imately 21  percent.   Physio-
                 logical   effects   of   oxygen
                 deficiency are readily apparent
                 when the oxygen concentration
                 in air decreases to 16 percent.
These effects include impaired attention, judgment
and  coordination, and increased breathing and
heart rate.  Oxygen  concentrations lower than 16
percent can result in nausea and vomiting, brain
damage, heart damage, unconsciousness, and death.
                                                131

-------
For individual physiological responses and errors
in measurement, precautions should be taken when
the ambient oxygen level is  19.5 percent or lower.

     Oxygen  deficiency  may  result  from  the
displacement of oxygen  by another gas, or the
consumption of oxygen by a  chemical reaction.
Confined spaces or low-lying areas are particularly
vulnerable to oxygen deficiency and should always
be monitored  prior  to  entry.   Qualified  field
personnel should always monitor oxygen levels and
should  use  atmosphere-supplying  respiratory
equipment when oxygen concentrations drop below
19.5 percent.

11.2.3  Ionizing Radiation

                  Radioactive materials emit one
                  or  more  of three  types  of
                  harmful radiation: alpha, beta,
                  and gamma.    Exhibit  11-2
                  presents the characteristics of
                  these  three  types of radiation.
                  Alpha  radiation  has limited
penetration ability  and  is usually stopped  by
clothing and the outer layers of the skin.  Alpha
radiation poses little threat  outside the body.  Beta
radiation  can  cause  harmful "beta burns" to the
skin  and  damage the subsurface  blood system.
Both alpha and beta radiation can be hazardous if
radioactive  materials  emitting  alpha  or  beta
radiation are introduced into the body.  Use of
protective  clothing  combined  with scrupulous
personal hygiene and  decontamination provides
good protection against alpha and beta  radiation.
Gamma radiation passes easily through clothing
and  human tissue and  can  also cause  serious
permanent  damage  to  the  body.    Chemical-
protective clothing affords no  protection  against
gamma radiation itself; however, use of respiratory
and  other  protective equipment  can  help  keep
radioactive materials from entering the body.

     If  levels   of   radiation  above   natural
background levels are discovered, a health physicist
should be  consulted.  At levels  greater  than 2
millirems per hour, all site activities should  cease
until the site has been assessed by health physicists.

11.2.4  Biological Hazards
                  Wastes  from  hospitals  and
                  research facilities may contain
                  disease-causing organisms that
                  could  infect  site  personnel.
                  Like chemical hazards, patho-
                  gens may be dispersed in the
                  environment  via  water  and
wind. Other biologic hazards that may be present
include poisonous plants, insects, animals, and
EXHIBIT 11 -2
Radiation Characteristics

ALPHA
(«)
BETA
(P)
GAMMA
(y)
Form
Particle
Particle
Electro-
magnetic
Energy
Relative
Mass
4 Atomic
Mass Units
.000001
0
Velocity
1/10 C
(C = Speed
of Light)
99% C
C
Path
Length
< 1 inch
1 meter
Several
Meters to
Kilometers
Number of
lonizations/
cm in Air
Hundreds of
Thousands
Hundreds
1
Biological
Hazard
Internal
Internal/
External
External
                                                 132

-------
indigenous  pathogens.   Protective  clothing and
respiratory equipment, and identification of toxic
plants, animals, and insects in the area can help
reduce  the chances  of exposure.   Thoroughly
washing  any exposed body parts  and equipment
will also help protect against infection.

11.2.5  Safety Hazards

                  Hazardous  waste  sites  may
                  contain  a  variety  of  safety
                  hazards,   including   holes,
                  ditches, precariously positioned
                  or   sharp  objects,   slippery
                  surfaces, steep grades, uneven
                  terrain, and unstable surfaces.
In addition  to  those  safety hazards  that  are  a
function of the site, many safety hazards  are  a
function of  the work itself.   Heavy equipment
creates  an additional hazard for  workers in  the
vicinity of the operating  equipment.  PPE can
impair   workers'  vision,   hearing,  or  agility.
Removal of wastes can  create physical hazards at
the  site  that  were  not  present prior to  the
beginning of operations.

     Accidents  involving  physical  hazards can
directly injure workers  and can create  additional
hazards such as increased  exposure to chemicals
due  to  damaged protective equipment.   Site
personnel should constantly be aware of potential
safety hazards, and should immediately inform  a
supervisor of any new hazards so that  mitigative
action can be taken.

     One  potential  hazard  that  results from  a
variety  of sources is  electrocution.   Overhead
power lines, downed electrical wires, and buried
cables all pose a danger of shock or electrocution
if workers come into contact with or sever them
during site operations. Electrical equipment used
on-site may also pose a hazard to workers.  Low-
voltage equipment with ground-fault interrupters
and  water  tight,  corrosion-resistant  connecting
cables should be used on-site to minimize electrical
hazards.   Lightning  is  a  hazard during outdoor
operations, particularly for workers handling metal
containers or equipment. To eliminate this hazard,
weather conditions should be monitored and work
should be suspended during electrical storms. The
OSHA standards at  29 CFR §1910.136 describe
proper  clothing  and equipment  for  protection
against electrical hazards.
11.2.6  Noise Hazards
                  At    many   sites,   different
                  activities   (e.g.,   drilling
                  operations,  heavy equipment
                  operations)  may   result  in
                  appreciable noise levels.  It is
                  important  that   area   and
                  personal  noise   surveys  be
conducted to categorize noise levels appropriately.
A sound level meter  that  has the capability to
integrate and average the sound levels throughout
the work day  is required to  monitor employee
exposure to noise levels.  Exhibit 11-3 provides
OSHA's Permissible  Noise Exposures.   These
values represent noise levels over which workers
may  not  be  exposed without  risking  adverse
hearing effects.  These values  should be used as
guides and should not be regarded as fine  lines
between safe and dangerous levels.
                 EXHIBIT 11-3
        Permissible Noise Exposures
Duration per day, hours
8
6 	
4 	
3
2 	
Vk 	
1
'/2 . . .
yt or less 	
Sound level dBA
slow response
90
92
95
97
100
102
105
110
115
   NOTE: When daily noise exposure is composed of
   two or more periods of noise exposure of different
   levels, their combined effect should be considered,
   rather than the individual effect of each.  If the sum
   of the following fractions: 0,/T, + C2flz...CnfTn
   exceeds unity, then, the mixed exposure should be
   considered to exceed the limit value.  Cn indicates
   the total time of exposure at a specified noise level,
   and Tn indicates the total time of exposure
   permitted at that level.
     Continuous   and   Intermittent   Noise.
Currently, the OSHA-Permissible Exposure Limit
(PEL) for an 8-hour work day, 40-hour work week
is 90 decibels, as recorded on a sound level meter
on the A weighted scale (dBA). If the 8-hour time
weighted average noise exposures equal or exceed
                                                 133

-------
85 dBA,  the  site manager  must implement a
hearing  conservation  program.    If  feasible
administrative and engineering  controls  do not
reduce sound  levels  to within acceptable  limits,
employees should use appropriate PPE to reduce
personal exposure.

     Impulsive or Impact  Noise.   Exposure  to
impulsive  or impact  noise should not exceed  the
limits given in Exhibit  11-4.   No  exposures  in
excess  of  140  dB peak sound pressure level  are
permitted. Impulsive or impact noise is considered
to be  a variation in noise levels that involves
maxima at intervals of greater than one per second.
Where  the intervals are less than one  second,
exposure should  be  considered continuous and
should  be integrated  into  the time weighted
average.

EXHIBIT 11 -4
Threshold Limit Values for
Impulsive or Impact Noise
Sound Level
dB*
140
130
120
Permitted Number of
Impulses or Impacts per
Day
100
1000
10,000
Decibels peak sound pressure level

 11.2.7   Work Hazards

     The nature of the work done at a hazardous
 waste site can contribute to the health and safety
 risks at the site.  Trench excavation can increase
 the instability of the site and increase the risk of a
 "cave in" or collapse. Moving chemical drums may
 injure a worker if the  drum ruptures, spilling
 chemicals in higher quantity than the protective
 clothing was designed to accommodate.  Drums
 also pose the threat of back injury or a hernia if
 those workers moving them do not take proper
 precautions.

      Confined spaces, discussed  in detail below,
 often present a major health and  safety hazard to
workers  involved  in   hazardous  waste  site
operations. In accidents involving confined spaces,
a potential rescuer frequently becomes a victim
because he or she rushes into the space without
taking proper precautions such as a self-contained
breathing apparatus.  Therefore,  it is  important
that rescuers recognize the atmospheric hazards of
a confined space and take proper precautions.

11.3   CONFINED SPACE ENTRY

     The proposed Confined Space Standards at
29  CFR §1910.146 may  provide  the basis upon
which to develop a program for entry into confined
spaces that pose potential health or safety risks. A
confined space is defined as any location that, by
design, has limited openings for entry and egress,
is  not  intended  for  continuous   employee
occupancy,  and   is   so  enclosed  that  natural
ventilation may not reduce air contaminants to
levels below  the  threshold limit value (TLV).
Entry into confined  spaces without  the proper
precautions   could   result   in  injury  and/or
impairment due to:

•   An atmosphere that is  flammable or
     explosive;

•   Lack of oxygen to support life;

•   Toxic materials that upon contact or
     inhalation could cause injury, illness, or
     death; or

•   General safety hazards such  as steam, high
     pressure materials,  or other work area
     hazards that could result in injuries.

Examples of confined spaces include:  manholes,
stacks, pipes, storage tanks, trailers, tank cars, pits,
sumps,  hoppers, and bins. It is important to note
that even some buildings might be considered a
confined space  (e.g., an   abandoned  chemical
laboratory with no open  doors or windows).

      The following elements of confined site entry
should  be addressed at each site:

 •    Hazards information and control;

 •    Employee training  and information;

 •    Prevention of unauthorized  entry;

 •    Equipment;
                                                 134

-------
•   Emergency rescue;

•   Protection from external hazards;

•   Training and duties of authorized entrants,
     attendants, and individuals authorizing or in
     charge of entry.

     Before entry could  be made into a confined
space,  a confined space entry checklist should be
completed and signed. Exhibit 11-5 provides the
proposed Confined Space Entry Permit. To insure
that all areas of  the  confined space are safe  for
work, the  following situations should be evaluated
by competent personnel:

     Flammable or Explosive Potential. Technic-
ally  competent  personnel  trained  in  testing
methods using an explosive gas detector should
test the atmosphere within the confined space.  If
combustible gases are present, entry should not be
allowed until the source has been isolated and the
space flushed or purged so that the test indicates
less than 5 percent of the lower explosive limit.

     Oxygen Deficiency.  Technically competent
personnel  should use approved oxygen  testing
equipment to  test the  atmosphere  within the
confined space to determine whether the air  is
respirable  and contains  sufficient  oxygen  to
support normal consciousness.  If the air is found
to be  oxygen deficient (less than  17 percent by
volume), positive ventilation techniques, including
fans and blowers, may be  used to  increase the
oxygen content. If, after further testing, the oxygen
concentration is still deficient, SCBA or another
proven air supply should be provided and used.

     Toxic or Corrosive Materials.  When toxic or
chemical materials that could result in injury by
contact or inhalation by  persons  entering the
confined space are detected or suspected,  several
actions should be  taken  by on-site  personnel.
First, any piping that conveys hazardous materials
to the  confined space should be isolated. Second,
the  space  should  be  emptied of the hazardous
substance  until safe  limits  are reached.  Third,
adequate ventilation  equipment, as  well as  all
other  appropriate  protective  equipment  for
protection  of the eyes, face, and arms should be
provided if the work  to be done in the confined
space includes welding, burning, or heating, which
may generate toxic fumes and gases.  Finally, all
employees entering a  confined  space that has
contained corrosive materials should wear eye and
other appropriate protective equipment to prevent
possible  contact with  any remaining  corrosive
material.

     A hazard  evaluation should  be conducted
before any work in a confined space is started, to
identify existing or potential  work area hazards
that have the potential to cause injuries, illness, or
property damage.  Examples of work area hazard
control items include unguarded openings, high or
low temperatures,  poor illumination, sharp edges,
steam, compressed gases and liquids, flammable or
combustible materials, and mechanical or electrical
exposures. When dealing with hazards that cannot
be eliminated or controlled, adequate PPE should
be used.

     Prior  to   entry   into  a  confined  space,
consideration should be given  to how life support
systems would  function in the event of a  power
failure. For example,  in the event of electrical
failure, air supply pumps, lights, warning systems,
and other  electrically powered devices  would be
inoperative.    Site personnel should  have  an
emergency plan of action that provides alternate
life support systems and a means of escape from
the confined space.  The Site Health and  Safety
Officer should have communicated this plan to all
employees engaged in work in confined  spaces.

     Each employee  entering a confined  space
should wear a safety belt equipped with  a life-line
for evacuation purposes in case of an emergency.
If the  entry is through  a top  opening, the safety
belt should be of the harness type that will suspend
a person in an upright position. Emergency equip-
ment   such as   life-lines,  safety  harnesses, fire
extinguishers, breathing equipment, and   other
devices appropriate to the situation should  be
ready  and immediately  available.   All persons
engaged in the activity should be trained  in the use
of the life support system,  rescue system, and
emergency equipment.  In keeping with the buddy
system, at  least one person, trained in first aid and
respiration,  should be  immediately  available
outside the confined space to provide assistance if
needed, utilizing  a planned  and  immediately
available communications means.
                                                135

-------
                                         EXHIBIT 11-5
                      OSHA's Proposed Confined Space Entry Permit
           D CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT
 LOCATION and DESCRIPTION
 of Confined Space	
 PURPOSE of Entry _

 DEPARTMENT
                                                           D HAZARDOUS AREA ENTRY PERMIT

                                                                      Date	

                                                                      Time
                                                                           Expiration.
M

M
 PERSON in Charge of Work .
SUPERVISOR (S) in Charge of Crews



SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
Lock Out - De-energize
Lines Broken - Capped or Blanked
Purge - Flush and vent
Ventilation
Secure Area
Breathing Apparatus
Resuscitator - Inhalator
TEST(S) TO BE TAKEN
(Valid for one 8-hour turn entry)
% of Oxygen
% of L E.L.*
Carbon Monoxide
Aromatic Hydrocarbon
Hydrocyanic Acid
Hydrogen Sulfide
Sulfur Dioxide
Ammonia
Yes







P.E.L.*
.19 5% +21%
Any % over 10
50 ppm
10 ppm
10 ppm
10 ppm
5 ppm
25 ppm
Y
E
S








No







N
O








Type of Crew



Phone




Escape Harness
Tripod emergency escape unit
Lifelines
Fire Extinguishers
Lighting
Protective Clothing
Respirator
DATE
M








DATE
M








DATE
M








DATE
M








DATE
M








Yes







DATE
M








OKTE
M








No







DATE
M








                            Name
 GAS TESTER
Note: Continuous/periodic tests shall be established before beginning job. Any questions pertaining to test requirements
     contact certified division gas tester, Plant Gas Coordinator or the Industrial Hygienist
Ye
No
INSTRUMENTS USED Name


s D
D
Type


SAFETY STANDBY PERSON(S) Name


Ident. No.


Ck. No.


Supr authorizing all above conditions satisfied	
AMBULANCE     ' P.E.L  Permissible Entry Level
FIRE            ' L.E.L.  Lower Explosion Level
                                                                                      Orig. to Dept.
                                                                                      Copy to Safety
                                              136

-------
11.4      INFORMATION AND NEW
          TECHNOLOGY PROGRAMS
                 Two additional programs that
                 must  be  developed,  imple-
                 mented, and included as part
                 of the employer's  health and
                 safety program are information
                 and new technology programs
                 (29 CFR §1910.120(i) and (o)).
The information program must be developed and
implemented to inform employees, contractors, and
subcontractors  engaged   in  hazardous   waste
operations  of the  nature, level,  and degree  of
exposure  that may  result  from   performing
hazardous waste operations.   In  developing this
informational  program, the  employer  should
consult  the Hazard  Communications  Standard
(HCS)  (29  CFR  §1910.1200  and  29  CFR
§1926.59), which  may contain information that
would   be   useful  to  incorporate   into  the
informational program or emergency response plan
for  a  site.     Employees,  contractors,  and
subcontractors working outside of the operational
part of a site are not covered by this standard.

     In addition to developing an informational
program, the employer must include as part of the
health   and  safety  program  procedures  for
introducing new and innovative technologies into
the work area.  The purpose of the new technology
program is to ensure  that new  and improved
technologies and equipment are  developed and
introduced to provide for the improved protection
of employees engaged in hazardous waste cleanup
operations.    As  part  of the new  technology
program, the employer must carefully evaluate new
technologies,  equipment, and  control  measures,
such as absorbents and neutralizers, as they are
introduced and made available  on the market.
This evaluation, which must be completed prior to
using the new technology on a large scale at the
site, must assess  the effectiveness of  the new
equipment, method,  or material.   Any data or
information obtained during the evaluation must
be made available  to OSHA upon request.

11.5   CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

     In  addition   to  the  worker  protection
standards at 29 CFR §1910.120,  OSHA  has a
number of regulations at 29 CFR Part 1926 that
set  forth  safety and health standards  specifically
applicable to the  construction  industry.  These
standards establish workplace requirements for the
following, among others:

•    Subpart C: General  Health and Safely
     Provisions;

•    Subpart D: Occupational Health and
     Environmental Controls, for providing
     adequate illumination and ventilation;

•    Subpart F: Fire Protection and Prevention,
     for storing flammable and combustible
     liquids;

•    Subpart G:  Signs, Signals, and Barricades,
     for posting adequate accident prevention
     signs and  tags;

•    Subpart I:  Tools — Hand and Power; and

•    Subpart P: Excavations.

     Appendix B provides a detailed description of
these   and  other  common  applicable  OSHA
standards.
                                               137

-------
FURTHER GUIDANCE: For more information on emergency response and safety considerations, see:
1. HAZMAT Team Planning Guidance (U.S. EPA, 1990, EPA 540/G-90/003X
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
NIOSH Pocket Guide to Chemical Hazards (NIOSH, 1991, Publication 90-1 17V
Occupational Safety and Health Guidelines for Chemical Hazards/Supplement II-OHG (NIOSH
, 1989,
Publication 89-104).
1991-1992 Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances and Physical Agents, and Biological Exposure
Indices. American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, 1991.
Criteria Document - Working in Confined Spaces (NIOSH, 1980, Publication 80-106).
NIOSH Alert: Request for Assistance in Preventing Occupational Fatalities in Confined Spaces
1986, Publication 86-110).
(NIOSH,
138

-------
ACRONYMS
ANSI     American National Standards Institute       NPRM
CFR      Code of Federal Regulations               OSHA
CGI      Combustible Gas Indicator
CPC      Chemical Protective Clothing               OVA
CPR      Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation             PA/SI
CRZ      Contamination Reduction Zone
DOT      U.S. Department of Transportation          PCB
DRI      Direct Reading Instrument                 PE
EHS      Extremely Hazardous Substance             PEL
EPA      US Environmental Protection Agency        PHC
ERT      US EPA Environmental Response           PID
          Team                                   PPE
FID      Flame lonization Detector
FR       Federal Register                          RCRA
GC       Gas Chromatography
HASP     Site-Specific Health and Safety Plan         REL
HAZCOM Hazard Communication Standard            RI/FS
          (HCS)
HAZMAT  Hazardous Material                       SAR
HAZWOPER   Hazardous Waste Operations           SARA
              and Emergency Response
HCS      Hazard Communication Standard            SCBA
          (HAZCOM)
IDLH     Immediately Dangerous to Life or           SOP
          Health                                  SOSG
IR        Infrared                                 TLV
LEL      Lower Explosive Limit                     TSD
NFPA     National Fire Protection Association         TWA
NIOSH    National Institute for Occupational          USCG
          Safety and Health
                                                 Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
                                                 U.S. Occupational Safety and Health
                                                 Administration
                                                 Organic Vapor Analyzer
                                                 Preliminary Assessment and Site
                                                 Investigation
                                                 Polychlorinated Biphenyls
                                                 Preliminary Investigation
                                                 Permissible Exposure Limit
                                                 Principal Hazardous Constituent
                                                 Photoionization Detector
                                                 Personal Protective Clothing and
                                                 Equipment
                                                 Resource Conservation and Recovery
                                                 Act
                                                 Recommended Exposure  Limit
                                                 Remedial Investigation and Feasibility
                                                 Study
                                                 Supplied-Air Respirator
                                                 Superfund Amendments and
                                                 Reauthorization Act of 1986
                                                 Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus

                                                 Standard Operating Procedure
                                                 Standard Operating Safety Guides
                                                 Threshold Limit Value
                                                 Treatment, Storage, and Disposal
                                                 Time-Weighted Average
                                                 U.S. Coast Guard
ABBREVIATIONS
cm
CO2
dBA
ft
g
hr
I
Ib
m3
cubic centimeter
carbon dioxide
decibels on A-weighted scale
foot
gram
hour
liter
pound
cubic meter
mg       milligram
ml       milliliter
mrem    milliroentgen equivalent in man
O2       oxygen
ppb      parts per billion
ppm     parts per million
ta       ambient air temperature
ta adj    adjusted ambient air temperature
                                            139

-------
                             APPENDIX A
SOURCES OF INFORMATION AND RESPONSE ASSISTANCE
       This Appendix provides a short bibliography of technical manuals and sources of
       response information. It includes basic chemical and emergency response reference
       documents, toll-free hotlines and other telephone information sources, and private
       organizations that offer emergency response assistance and information.

-------
         SOURCES OF INFORMATION AND RESPONSE ASSISTANCE
A.   INTRODUCTION

     Many reference texts and organizations can provide response personnel with technical data and
     physical assistance regarding both the hazards associated with an incident and methods to deal with
     them. Because of the variety of activities encountered in hazardous waste field operations, it is
     necessary to be aware of available resources, to determine their applicability to a project, and to
     know how to use them.

     The information, which  may include data on sites, topography, meteorology, physical/chemical
     properties of the material, applicable treatment methods, and available cleanup resources, can be
     provided by various agencies, maps, reference books, and manuals.  It is advisable to get data from at
     least two sources and use the latest edition of any reference, especially when searching for hygienic
     standards or toxicological data.

     Access  to on-line computer files may be possible at the site if a telephone, portable terminal, and
     120-volt outlet are available. Aerial photographs can also provide useful information when  properly
     interpreted.

     NOTE: References are  not presented in any particular order.

B.   BASIC REFERENCES

     1.    A Compendium of Superfund Field Operations Methods  (U.S. EPA, 1987, EPA/540/P-87/001).

          The compendium was developed by the U.S. EPA Office of Emergency and Remedial  Response
          primarily to assist  the manager as he/she conducts site  investigations and assessments.  It
          discusses recordkeeping, site safety, sampling, laboratories, geology, hydrology, quality  assurance
          and a number of other important topics.  The information is presented in an easy to understand
          format, but is not arranged for quick reference (an index is not included).

     2.    CHRIS:  Chemical Hazard Response Information System developed by the U.S. Coast Guard.
          Access through the National Response Center, telephone (800) 424-8802.

          CHRIS consists of four manuals, a regional contingency plan, a Hazard Assessment Computer
          System (HACS), and an organizational entity at Coast  Guard Headquarters.  Volume  1 (CG-
          446-1) is designed  to be used by the first responders at an incident.  Volumes 2, 3, and 4 (CG-
          446-2), CG-446-3,  and  CG-446-4, respectively) are intended for use by the On-Scene
          Coordinator's (OSC) office along with Regional and National Response Center. Main Coast
          Guard stations will usually have these manuals.

          a.    Volume 1: Condensed Guide to Chemical Hazards

               Volume 1  is  intended for use by the first responders on the scene of an incident. The
               chemicals involved must be known, however, before the appropriate information can be
               obtained from the manual.  This volume also contains a list of questions needed to access
               Volume 3. All information in this volume can be found in Volume 2.
                                               142

-------
     b.   Volume 2: Hazardous Substance Data Manual (also available from the U.S. Government
          Printing Office, Washington, DC  20402, GPO stock number 050-012-00147-2)

          Volume 2 is probably the most useful in responding to spills/waste sites.  It contains
          information on hazardous chemicals shipped in large volume by water and is intended to
          be used by port security personnel and others who may be first to arrive at the scene.  The
          easily understood information  regarding chemical, physical, and lexicological properties
          can help quickly determine the actions to be taken immediately to safeguard life, property,
          and the environment.

     c.   Volume 3: Hazard Assessment Handbook

          Volume 3 describes methods of estimating the quantity of chemicals that may be released
          during an incident, their rate of dispersion, and the methods for predicting any potential
          toxicity, fire, and explosive hazards.

          Volumes 2 and 3 are designed to be used together. The  hazard assessment code in
          Volume 2 for each chemical is used in Volume 3 to  select the appropriate procedures for
          estimating degree of hazard.

     d.   Volume 4: Response Methods  Handbook

          Volume 4 contains information on existing methods for handling spills of hazardous
          materials. The appendix lists  manufacturers of equipment which may be useful.  It also
          describes methods  of spill containment (primarily oil). This volume is intended for use by
          Coast Guard OSCs with some  training or experience in hazard response.

3.    Condensed Chemical Dictionary, Gessner G. Hawley, Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., 135 W. 50th
     Street, New  York, NY  10020.

     This book, a compendium of technical data and descriptive information covering many
     thousands of chemicals and reactions, is designed for use in industrial situations and can be
     helpful in assessing a hazardous waste site or spill.  However, information pertaining to
     environmental behavior  of chemicals is  limited  and can be misleading.  Three distinct types of
     information  are presented:

     a.   Technical descriptions of compounds, raw  materials, and  processes.

     b.   Expanded definitions of chemical entities, phenomena, and terminology.

     c.   Description or identification of a wide range of trade-name products used in the chemical
          industry.

4.    Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials, edited by N. Irving Sax, Van Nostrand Reinhold,
     Co., 135 W.  50th Street, New York,  NY 10020.

     This book provides a single source of concise information on the  hazards of nearly 13,000
     common industrial and laboratory materials. Descriptive information and technical data are
     given in the  three sections of the book.  The main section "General Information" is designed to
     expedite retrieval of hazard information. The three sections are:

     a.   "General Information" - synonyms, description, formula,  physical  constants.

     b.   "Hazard Analysis" - toxicity, fire hazard, explosive hazard.


                                           143

-------
     c.    "Counter-measures" -- handling, storage, shipping, first aid, fire-fighting, personnel
          protection.

     This book is not intended for use on-site.  It can be useful later, however, to verify hazards
     associated with the emergency.

5.    Documentation of the Threshold Limit Values (TLV®), ACGIH Publications Office, 6500
     Glenway Avenue, Building D-5, Cincinnati, OH  45211.

     This reference includes pertinent scientific information about each substance with references to
     literature sources used to determine each TLV. Each documentation also describes the type of
     toxic response for which the limit is used.  This book should be consulted for a better
     understanding of TLVs.

6.    Emergency Response Guidebook:  developed under the supervision of the Office of Hazardous
     Materials Transportation, Research and Special Programs Administration, U.S. Department of
     Transportation.  The guidebook is available through UNZ&CO, 190 Baldwin Avenue, Jersey
     City, NJ 07306.

     The guidebook is intended to assist first responders in making informed judgments during the
     initial phases of a transportation incident involving hazardous materials.  It lists the UN/NA
     numbers designated for hazardous materials, identifies potential hazards associated with the
     materials and recommends emergency actions to be taken following a spill. It also makes
     recommendations as to when areas should be evacuated or isolated in the event of a spill.

7.    Handbook of Environmental Data on Organic Chemicals.  Karel Verschueren,  published by Van
     Nostrand Reinhold  Company, Inc., 115 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY  10003.

     This handbook provides information to: properties of organic chemicals; air pollution factors;
     water pollution factors; and biological effects.  Where entries are not complete, it may be
     assumed that no reliable  data were provided by the references utilized.  The author uses
     numerous abbreviations which are explained in the first section of the book.  Individuals who
     are not  familiar with the  abbreviations will find themselves referring to the first section
     frequently in order to understand listings of specific chemicals.

8.    Hazardous Materials Injuries:  A Handbook for Pre-Hospital Care, Bradford Communications
     Corp., 7500 Greenway Center Drive, Greenbelt, MD 20770.

     This reference provides information on pre-hospital care. The handbook is set-up similar to
     the US  DOT Guidebook.

9.    The Merck Index, Merck and Company, Inc., Rahway, NJ  07065.

     The Merck Index is a comprehensive, interdisciplinary encyclopedia of chemicals, drugs, and
     biological substances. It  describes  9,856 chemicals in a structured format. An extensive index
     and cross-index make the manual easy to use.  It is designed to serve a variety of purposes. For
     response personnel, it provides information on physical/chemical properties of chemicals and
     their toxicity.
                                           144

-------
10.  National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health/Occupational Safety and Health
     Administration Resources.

     a.    NIOSH Pocket Guide to Chemicals Hazards, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1991,
          Washington, DC  20402.

          Information in this pocket guide comes from the NIOSH/OSHA Occupational Health
          Guidelines.  Presented  in a tabular format, it is a reference for industrial hygiene and
          medical surveillance practices.  Included are chemical names and synonyms, permissible
          exposure limits, chemical and physical  properties, signs and symptoms of overexposure,
          environmental and medical monitoring procedures, recommended  respiratory and personal
          protective equipment, and procedures for treatment.

     b.    NIOSH/OSHA Occupational Health Guidelines for Chemical Hazards, U.S. Government
          Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.

          This three-volume document provides technical data for most of the substances listed in
          the "NIOSH/OSHA Pocket Guide." The information is much more detailed and is
          designed primarily for use by industrial hygienists and medical surveillance personnel. In
          addition to the information found in the "Pocket Guide," "Occupational Health
          Guidelines" includes recommended medical surveillance practices,  air monitoring and
          measurement procedures, protective equipment, and spill and disposal techniques.

11.  Occupational Safety and Health Guidance Manual for Hazardous Waste Site Activities:  developed
     by NIOSH/OSHA/USCG/EPA, U.S.  Government Printing Office, 1985,  Washington,  DC 20402.

     This manual is a guidance document for managers responsible for occupational safety and
     health programs at inactive hazardous waste sites.  It is intended for federal, state, and local
     officials and their contractors.  It may be used:  as a planning tool by government or  private
     individuals; as a management tool by upper level or field managers; as an educational tool to
     provide a comprehensive overview of all aspects of safety and health protection at hazardous
     waste sites; or as a reference  document for site personnel who need to review important aspects
     of health and safety.

12.  OHMTADS: Oil and Hazardous Materials  Technical Assistance Data System, developed by  the
     U.S. EPA.  Access through U.S. EPA Regional  Offices.

     OHMTADS is a computerized  data retrieval system available in the form of a computer print-
     out, manuals, or microfiche.  For each of more than 1,000 oil and hazardous substances, there
     are 126 possible information  segments on, for example, toxicity and associated hazards,
     personnel safety precautions, cleanup and disposal methods, materials handling, and fire
     fighting.  However, not all information is available for all materials.

13.  Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington,
     DC  20402.

     This annual publication is sponsored by NIOSH and contains toxic dose data with references to
     source documents and major  standards and regulations for 35,000 chemicals.

14.  Farm Chemicals Handbook 1991, edited by Charlotte Sine,  Meister Publishing Company,
     Willoughby, Ohio, 1991.

     This handbook/dictionary provides information on the properties of common pesticides and
     herbicides utilized in the farming industry.


                                          145

-------
C.   TOLL-FREE AND OTHER TELEPHONE INFORMATION SOURCES

     1.    Federal Information Sources

          a.    Chemical Emergency Preparedness Program (CEPP1 Information:  Continental US (Toll
               Free) (800) 535-0202, DC  Metropolitan Area (202) 479-2449.

               Contact:  Chemical Emergency Preparedness Program (CEPP), Office of Solid Waste and
               Emergency Response (WH-548A), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M Street,
               SW, Washington, DC 20460. EPA established the toll-free technical assistance hotline in
               1985.

          b.    Coast Guard National Strike Force. Access through the National  Response Center,
               telephone (800) 424-8801.

               The National Strike Force (NSF)  is a part of the National Response Team  established
               under the authority of the  Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended in 1977.

          c.    Environmental Response Team  (ERT). Telephone (908) 321-6740.

               The National Contingency Plan  directed EPA to establish the ERT to advise OSCs and
               Regional Response Teams on environmental issues related to spill containment, cleanup,
               and damage assessment. The team, established in October 1978, provides expertise in
               biology,  chemistry, and engineering for environmental emergencies, as well as special
               equipment to control and clean  up chemical discharges.

               The ERT makes it possible for EPA to provide around-the-clock support to the Regional
               Offices through personnel  whose sole responsibility is to respond to environmental
               emergencies. The Team is EPA's focal point for technical assistance to the Regions and
               Program Offices during emergency episodes involving  toxic and hazardous wastes. The
               Team has two locations: Edison,  NJ, and Cincinnati, OH. Usually, request for help from
               the Team comes from each Region's Emergency Coordinator, once the conclusion has
               been reached that technical assistance is needed. The Team  consists of 23 individuals with
               long experience in dealing with various types of environmental emergencies and in
               responding to requests for assistance at uncontrolled  hazardous waste sites.

               The Team is responsible for coordinating the Response, Analytical and  Engineering
               Contract (REAC), a cooperative effort between the Team, the Office of Research and
               Development's Oil and Hazardous Materials Spill Branch, and contractor personnel.
               Services  available through  the Response Unit include  prototype spill control equipment
               such as the mobile physical/chemical treatment system, a mobile flocculation/
               sedimentation system, contract laboratory analytical services, and pilot plant treatment
               studies.

          d.    Department of Transportation (DOT) Hotline. Telephone (202) 426-2075.

               This telephone service was established by the Standards Division of the Materials
               Transportation Bureau, Office of Hazardous Materials Regulations, to provide
               informational  assistance to those interpreting DOT regulations, as defined in 49 CFR.
                                               146

-------
     e.    Hazard Assessment Computer System (HACSV Telephone (800) 424-8802.

          HACS, the computerized counterpart of Volume 3 of the CHRIS manuals, makes it
          possible to obtain very detailed hazard evaluations through the computer at Coast Guard
          Headquarters. The system is intended primarily for use by the OSC.

2.   Private Information Sources

     a.    Bureau of Explosives.  Association of American Railroads (AAR), telephone (202)
          835-9500.

          This 24-hour emergency number can be used for assistance for hazardous materials
          incidents  involving railroads. This office is often contacted through CHEMTREC.

     b.    Chemical Referral Center rCRC). Telephone  (800) 262-8200, Monday through Friday, 8
          a.m. to 9  p.m. EST.

          Contact:  Chemical Manufacturers Association (CMA), 2501  M Street, NW, Washington,
          DC 20037. CMA makes this toll-free telephone number available for the general public
          to use to  gain access to non-emergency health  and safety information about chemicals.

          When the Center receives an inquiry about a chemical, the operator first must determine
          that the call is not an emergency.  Emergencies are immediately routed to CMA's
          Chemical Transportation Emergency Center (CHEMTREC), which gives emergency
          personnel detailed information on how to handle the incident (see below).  If the inquiry
          is not on  emergency, the operator finds out the name of the company that manufactures
          the  product in question.  Working from a computerized index of over 110,000 trade name
          products, the operator gives the caller the address and phone  number of the company
          person to call. That person will provide the specific health and safety information asked
          for.  For more information about the CRC, contact (202) 887-1318.

     c.    CHEMTREC. Chemical Manufacturers Association, (800) 424-9300.  Alaska, Hawaii, and
          DC (202) 483-7616.

          Contact:  Chemical Manufacturers Association, 2501 M Street, NW, Washington, DC
          20037. CMA established CHEMTREC to provide immediate assistance to those at the
          scene of accident, 24 hours a day, seven days a week.  CHEMTREC maintains an on-line
          librarian. Other requests will be referred back to the appropriate states for handling.
          When the situation requires an immediate response and the manufacturer is unable to
          respond promptly, CHEMTREC can  activate CHEMNET. CHEMNET is an industry-
          wide mutual aid program established  to provide chemical expertise at the scene of a
          chemical  emergency.  The program currently includes more than 77 chemical producers,
          their response teams, and more than 50 private contractor emergency response teams.

          CHEMTREC can also provide emergency respondents with a "hard copy" of the
          information which they have stored on the product during emergencies. The HIT
          (Hazardous Information Transmission) program requires that response personnel be
          preregistered  and have access to a personal computer, a modem, and a printer.  For
          additional information on the HIT program, contact R. Jay Chezem at the address  listed
          above, or at (202) 887-1255.
                                          147

-------
d.    CHLOREP (Chlorine Emergency PlanX  Access through CHEMTREC.

     CHLOREP was established by the Chlorine Institute to  handle chlorine emergencies in
     the U.S. and Canada.  The system operates through CHEMTREC.  Upon receiving an
     emergency call, CHEMTREC notifies the nearest manufacturer in accordance with a
     mutual aid plan.  This manufacturer then contacts the emergency scene to determine if a
     technical team should be sent to assist.  Each participating manufacturer has trained
     personnel and equipment available  for emergencies.

e.    TEAP (Transportation Emergency Assistance Plan).  Canadian Chemical Producers
     Association. Access 24 hours a day through three regional control centers:

            British Columbia, (604) 929-3341

            Prairie Provinces,  (403) 477-8339

            Northern Ontario, (705) 682-2881

     TEAP functions in Canada in a similar fashion to CHEMTREC in the U.S.  It provides
     emergency advice, gets knowledgeable personnel (usually the manufacturer) in touch with
     responsible people at the scene of the emergency, and sees that on-the-scene assistance is
     provided if needed.  When the regional control center receives a call, the attendant
     records basic information, obtains a call-back number, and perhaps gives preliminary
     information from standard references if the name of the product is known.  The  attendant
     then calls one  of the center's technical advisors, who calls the scene of the accident to get
     as much detail as possible and perhaps provides additional advice on coping with the
     emergency. The advisor then tries to contact the producer.  If the producer cannot be
     reached, or if distances are great, the regional control center contacts a company familiar
     with the product.  The center is also prepared to send personnel and equipment  to the
     scene if necessary.  Once contact has been established between producers and local
     authorities on  the scene, the technical advisor assumes a follow-up role and notifies the
     Canadian Chemical Producers Association of the accident.
                                      148

-------
                          APPENDIX B
OTHER  COMMON APPLICABLE OSHA STANDARDS
      This Appendix presents some common health and safety requirements that are
  not part of 29 CFR §1910.120 that may need to be addressed prior to initiating
  hazardous work activities.  For sites at which any of these safety requirements are
  applicable, the information from the regulation should be provided in sufficient
  detail within the Health and Safety Plan (HASP) to provide adequate protection of
  employees working on-site. The following are some of the more common OSHA
  standards that should be considered for site activities, although the list does not
  reflect all components of the OSHA General Industry (1910) or Construction (1926)
  standards.
                        ^'.^vo.j^j:
                        -"'• ^ •^••^^.
                29 CFR 1910
29 CFR 1926

-------
               OTHER COMMON APPLICABLE OSHA STANDARDS
OSHA Act, Section 5(a)(l): GENERAL DUTY CLAUSE

     Under the "General Duty" clause of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, section 5(a)(l)
states that each employer "shall furnish to each of his employees employment and a place of employment
which are free from recognized hazards that are causing or are likely to  cause death or serious physical
harm to his employees."

29 CFR §1904.2:      LOG AND SUMMARY OF OCCUPATIONAL ILLNESSES AND INJURIES

     This regulation requires that each employer maintain a log of all recordable occupational injuries and
illnesses and that the information be recorded in the log within 6 working days of the receipt of the
information.  Form OSHA No. 200 or its equivalent is to be used for this purpose.

29 CFR §1910.20:     ACCESS TO EMPLOYEE EXPOSURE AND  MEDICAL RECORDS

     An employer must provide exposure and medical records to an employee or designated representative
within 15 days after the request for access to records. If the employee requests copies of this information,
the employer  must  make the copies available to the employee at no cost.  All employee medical records
must be maintained for the duration of employment plus 30 years by the employer.

29 CFR §1910.24:     FIXED INDUSTRIAL STAIRS

     This section contains specifications for the safe design and construction of fixed general industrial
stairs. This classification includes interior and exterior stairs around machinery, tanks, and other
equipment, and stairs leading to or from floors,  platforms, or  pits.

     Requirements include stair strength, stair width, angle of stairway  rise, stairway platforms, railings
and handrails, and vertical clearance.  The requirements regarding stairs are very specific.  For instance, 29
CFR §1910.24(h), Railings and Handrails, references 29 CFR  §1910.23,  which requires two standard rails
(one set on each open  side) if the stairway is more than four feet in height from ground level.

29 CFR §1910.27:     FIXED LADDERS

     This regulation includes information on design requirements, specific features, appropriate
clearances, special requirements (e.g., use of cages for ladder heights greater than 20 feet), and appropriate
pitch when using a  fixed ladder.

29 CFR §1910.28:     SAFETY REQUIREMENTS  FOR SCAFFOLDING

     This regulation provides safety requirements  for the construction,  operation, maintenance, and use of
the approximately 20 types of scaffolding.

29 CFR §1910.38:     EMPLOYEE EMERGENCY PLANS AND FIRE PREVENTION PLANS

     This regulation applies to all emergency action plans and fire prevention plans required by particular
OSHA standards.  With the exception of employers with 10 or fewer employees, both the emergency
action plan and the fire prevention plan are required in writing.  The required elements of each of these
plans are provided in the regulation.  If the employer has 10 or fewer employees, the elements of both
types of plans must be  provided orally to the employees. The employer shall also perform housekeeping
and maintenance of equipment and systems as part of the fire prevention plan.


                                              150

-------
29 CFR §1910.95:      OCCUPATIONAL NOISE EXPOSURE

     On many sites, different site activities (e.g., drilling operations, heavy equipment operations) may
result in appreciable noise levels.  It is important that area and personal noise surveys be conducted to
categorize noise levels appropriately.  A sound level meter that has the capability to integrate and average
sound levels over the course of a work day is required.  Currently, the OSHA-Permissible Exposure Limit
for an 8-hour work day, 40-hour work week, is 90 decibels as recorded on a sound level meter on the A
weighted scale (dBA).  An employer shall implement a hearing conservation program if 8-hour time
weighted average noise exposures  equal or exceed 85 dBA. Continuous intermittent and impulsive sound
levels of 80 dBA or greater shall be integrated into the time weighted average.

29 CFR §1910.96:      IONIZING RADIATION

     This regulation covers employee protection measures related to the possession, use, or transfer of
ionizing radiation.  The regulations set limitations on employee exposure to ionizing radiation and provide
methods for establishing precautionary procedures and personnel monitoring, including surveys of
radiation hazards, monitoring equipment, marking of radiation areas, emergency evacuation warning
signals, and personnel instruction.  The regulations require notification of incidents of releases,
overexposure, or excessive levels or concentrations of radiation, and specify that employers must  keep
records of employee exposure and disclose the information upon  request from a former employee.

29 CFR §1910.101:     COMPRESSED GASES

     To  the extent possible, each  employer should determine, through a visual  inspection, that compressed
gas cylinders under his/her control are in safe  condition. Other inspections are prescribed in the DOT
Hazardous Materials Regulations.  Specific safety requirements for handling compressed gases are found in
29 CFR §252(b).

29 CFR §1910.133:     EYE AND FACE PROTECTION

     Eye and face protection is required when there is the potential for on-site injury.  Particular
information on goggles, spectacles, and face protection is included in  this regulation. Design, construction,
testing, and use of such devices must be in accordance with ANSI Z87.1-1968 specifications.

29 CFR §1910.134:     RESPIRATORY PROTECTION

     Prior to wearing a respirator, an employee should be certified as medically able to wear one.  Each
employer should have a written respiratory protection plan for selection and use of respirators.  All
employees must receive training in the proper use of a respirator.

29 CFR §1910.135:     OCCUPATIONAL HEAD PROTECTION

     On-site situations requiring head protection include:   presence of overhead objects, on-site operation
of heavy equipment, potential for  flying objects in the work area, and possible electric shock hazard. In
addition to protecting workers from falling or  flying objects, head protection affords limited protection
from electric shock and burn. Head protection must  meet ANSI  Z89.1-1969 specifications.

29 CFR §1910.136:     OCCUPATIONAL FOOT PROTECTION

     Safely toe footwear for employees  must meet ANSI Z41.1-1967  specifications for Men's Safety Toe
Footwear. In general, workers at hazardous waste sites must wear leather or rubber boots with steel toes
and siccl shanks.
                                               151

-------
29 CFR §1910.141:     SANITATION

     Specifications concerning appropriate housekeeping, waste disposal, vermin control, water supply,
toilet and washing facilities, showers, change rooms, waste disposal containers, sanitary storage, and food
handling for permanent places of employment are provided in this regulation.

29 CFR §1910.151:     MEDICAL SERVICES AND FIRST AID

     If a medical facility is not located in proximity to the workplace, there shall be a person or persons
on-site with adequate first-aid training.  First-aid supplies approved by a consulting physician shall be
available on-site. If there is the potential for corrosive materials on-site, suitable facilities shall be
available for drenching of eyes and skin.

29 CFR §1910.165:     EMPLOYEE ALARM SYSTEMS

     The employee alarm system shall be recognizable to all on-site employees. The signal from the
employee alarm system shall be audible to employees in the event of a need to warn employees of an
evacuation  from work areas.

29 CFR §1910.181:     DERRICKS

     Derricks attached to drill rigs must be periodically inspected.  This regulation defines nine different
types of derricks. Specific information is provided on  inspection; frequency of inspection; lead ratings;
rope use and  inspection; fire extinguisher use; operation near power lines; and operating enclosures.

29 CFR §1910.252:     WELDING, CUTTING, AND BRAZING

     Detailed regulations exist for various types of welding, cutting, and brazing operations.  There
regulations provide specific information on types of gases, gas pressures, operations and maintenance, and
safety procedures.

29 CFR §1910.307:     HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS

     Electrical equipment used in hazardous locations must be intrinsically safe and suitable for use in the
appropriate classified environment. Specified definitions of classifications and further information can be
found in §1910.307 and §1910.399.

Subpart Z, 29 CFR §1910.1000:   TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES

     There are other applicable OSHA standards that refer to particular air sampling procedures for
chemical contaminants, PPE requirements, and recordkeeping for a variety of compounds.  These
compounds and their accompanying OSHA regulations are as follows:


        Compound                                       OSHA Reference

        Asbestos                                        29 CFR §1910.1001
        Coal tar pitch volatiles                           29 CFR §1910.1002
        4-nitrobiphenyl                                   29 CFR §1910.1003
        Alpha-naphthylamine                             29 CFR §1910.1004
        Methyl chloromethyl ether                        29 CFR §1910.1006
        3,3'-dichlorobenzidine                            29 CFR §1910.1007
        bis-chloromethyl ether                            29 CFR §1910.1008
        beta-napthylamine                                29 CFR §1910.1009


                                                152

-------
        Benzidine                                       29 CFR §1910.1010
        4-aminodiphenyl                                 29 CFR §1910.1011
        Ehthyleneimine                                  29 CFR §1910.1012
        beta-propiolactone                               29 CFR §1910.1013
        2-acetylaminofluorene                            29 CFR §1910.1014
        4-dimethylaminoazobenzene                       29 CFR §1910.1015
        N-nitrosodimethylamine                          29 CFR §1910.1016
        Vinyl Chloride                                  29 CFR §1910.1017
        Inorganic arsenic                                29 CFR §1910.1018
        Lead                                           29 CFR §1910.1025
        Benzene                                        29 CFR §1910.1028
        Coke oven emissions                             29 CFR §1910.1029
        l,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane                      29 CFR §1910.1044
        Acrylonitrile                                    29 CFR §1910.1045
        Ethylene oxide                                  29 CFR §1910.1047
        Formaldehyde                                   29 CFR §1910.1048

29 CFR §1910.1200:   HAZARD COMMUNICATION

     The employer will establish a hazard communication program to ensure that hazards associated with
chemical usage are communicated to employees. The hazard communication program does not apply to
hazardous wastes. There are training,  labeling, and material safety data sheet (MSDS) requirements for
known chemicals.  Employers are required to develop a written hazard communication program that will
include:

     •    List of known chemicals on-site;
     •    Methods for informing employees of chemical hazards associated with non-routine tasks;
     •    Methods for informing both employees and subcontractors about  chemical hazards (e.g.,
          chemical hazard training, distribution of MSDSs).

29 CFR §1926.56:     ILLUMINATION

     General work areas shall have a minimum illumination intensity of 5 foot-candles. Other
specifications for minimum illumination intensities for different work areas and operations are provided in
this regulation.

29 CFR §1926.57:     VENTILATION

     Whenever dust, fumes, mists, vapors, or gases exist or are produced in the course of construction
work, their concentrations must not exceed limits specified in 29 CFR §1926.55(a). When ventilation is
used, the system must be installed and operated according to the requirements of this section.

29 CFR §1926.59:     HAZARD COMMUNICATION

29 CFR §1926.151 (a)(3):      FIRE PREVENTION

     Electrical equipment and wiring for light, heat, or other power purposes must be installed in
accordance with the National Electrical Code requirements, NFPA 70-1971; and ANSI CI-197.  Also,
smoking is prohibited at or in the vicinity of operations which constitute a fire hazard. "No Smoking" or
"Open Flame" signs must be posted. In general, smoking should be limited to a designated area within the
"support zone" at a hazardous waste site. This will minimize the fire hazard, as well as the transfer of
contaminants to smokers' mouths.
                                              153

-------
29 CFR §1926.152:     FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS

     Information on appropriate containers and appropriate storage for flammable and combustible
liquids is contained in  this reference.  Note that no more than 25 gallons of liquid may be stored indoors
unless located within an approved storage cabinet.

29 CFR §1926.200:     ACCIDENT PREVENTION SIGNS AND TAGS

     This regulation contains specific information on color, size, shape, and placement of danger, caution,
exit, safety instruction, directional, accident prevention, and traffic signs.

29 CFR §1926.301:     HAND TOOLS

     Special attention should be paid to  the use of safe hand tools.  For example, wooden tool handles
must be kept free of splinters or cracks, and impact tools, such as wedges and chisels, musl be kept free of
mushroomed heads. Also, wrenches must not be used when jaws are sprung to the point that slippage
occurs.

29 CFR §1926.651:     SPECIFIC EXCAVATION REQUIREMENTS

     Specific information on locating underground utilities; using support systems; securing sides, slopes,
and faces; using seals, benches, rock bolts, and wire meshes; taking precautions for work adjacent to
previously backfilled areas; diverting water flows from excavated  areas; using explosives appropriately;
using dust control techniques; and using ladders and ramps is provided in this regulation.

29 CFR §1926.652:     TRENCHING REQUIREMENTS

     Shoring is needed when the sides of a trench are more than 5 feet deep and  unsuitable ground or
soft material is present.  Also, sides of trenches in hard or compact soil must be shored when the trench is
more than 5 feet deep and 8 feet long.
29 CFR Part 1926:  Safety and Health Regulations for Construction

     29 CFR Part 1926 is divided into twenty-four specific areas addressing safety and health standards for
the construction industry, some of which arc described in more detail above:
Subpart A    General                               Subpart M
Subpart B    General Interpretations
Subpart C    General Safety and Health               Suhpari N
             Provisions
Subpart D    Occupational Health and                Subparl O
             Environmental Controls
Subpart E    Personal Protective and Lile             Suhpart P
             Saving Equipment                      Subparl Q
Subpart F    Fire Protection and Prevention          Subparl R
Subpart G    Signs, Signals, and Barricades            Subpart S
Subpart H    Materials Handling, Storage, Use, and    Suhpari T
             Disposal                               Suhpart U
Subpart I    Tools - Hand and Power               Subparl V
Subpart J    Welding and Cutting                    Subpart W
Subpart K    Electrical
Subpart L    Ladders and Scaffolding                 Subpart X
Floors and Wall Openings, and
Stairways
Cranes, Derricks, Hoists, Elevators,
and Conveyors
Molor Vehicles, Mcchani/ed
Equipment, and Marine Operations
Excavations
Concrele and Masonry Construction
Steel Erection
Underground Construction
Demolition
Blasting and Use of Explosives
Power Transmission and Distribution
Rollover Protect ve Structures;
Overhead Protection
Effective Dales
                                                154

-------
                                APPENDIX C

              INCIDENT SAFETY CHECK OFF  LIST
     The Incident Safety Check Off List, when completed correctly, fulfills the
     requirements for performing Preliminary Evaluations under 29 CFR §1910.120. The
     checklist is divided into two sections.

     Section I, which includes the basic preliminary evaluation criteria, must be
     completed prior to leaving the office for field activities.  If the answers provided are
     not applicable to your particular site, you may write in the appropriate information
     and any necessary explanations. Section I must be reviewed and signed by a first line
     supervisor or a health and safety officer before field operations may begin.

     Upon returning from the response action, fill out Section II to reflect what actually
     happened at the site. Section II must also be dated and reviewed by an appropriate
     supervisor or officer.
Adapted from the OSWER Integrated Health and Safety Standard Operating Practice for Field Activities (U.S. EPA, January
     1992. Publication 9285.3-02).

-------
                           INCIDENT SAFETY CHECK OFF LIST
I.   BEFORE FIELD ACTIVITY                               	
                                                                           Employee
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Incident: Site Citv
Activity Description: Site Evaluation Containment
Samplina - Air Water Drum Soil
Type of Response: Spill Fire Site
Site Topography: Moutains Rivers
Suburban Level
Incident Safety Plan: Reaion
ERT
Facility
Site Accessibility: Road: Good
Fair
Poor
Suspected chemical(s) and pathway with source(s) involved:
(B) (C)
Emergency Response Teams Present for First Aid, etc. Yes
Protective Level(s) Selected: (A) (B)
(a) If Level "C" - 1 , Identify Canister
(b) If Level "D", JUSTIFY:
SCBA Identify Buddy System: Office/Name
Last Response: (a) Level Used: (A) (B)
(b) Medical Attention/Exam Performed: Yes
State
Well Drillina
Residential
Train
Vallev
Slopes
Reviewed
Briefed
Not Developed
Air: Good
Fair
Poor
(A)
(D)

(0


(C)


Facility Inspection
Other
Other
Rural
Unknown








No
(D)


(D)
No
II.  AFTER RESPONSE
    1.    Protective Level Used:   (A)	 (B)	 (C)	(D)	
         (a)  If Level "C", Identify Canister 	
         (b)  If Level "D", JUSTIFY:
         (c)  Level B or C skin protection:  Tyvek	     Tyvek/Saran	      Acid/Rain	   Other
    2.    List possible chemical exposure:  Same as above:  	 (A) 	
         (B)  	  (C) 	     (D)
    3.    Equipment Decontamination:     (a) clothing          (b) respirator        (c) monitoring
                   Disposed:            	   	    	
                   Cleaned:            	   	    	
                   No Action:           	   	    	
    4.    Approximate time in exclusion area: 	hours per day for	days
    5.    Was medical attention/exam required for this response: Yes	   No	
Part I: DATE PREPARED:  	     Reviewed by: 	   Date:
Part II:  DATE PREPARED: 	     Reviewed by: 	   Date:

-------
                  APPENDIX D

CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PHOTOIONIZATION DETECTOR
   (PID) AND THE FLAME IONIZATION DETECTOR (FID)

-------
             CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PHOTOIONIZATION DETECTOR
                  (PID) AND THE  FLAME IONIZATION DETECTOR (FID)


I.      INTRODUCTION

       The HNU® Photoionizer* and the  Foxboro® Organic Vapor Analyzer* (OVA) are two of the most widely used
hand-held real-time instruments used in the field to detect a variety of compounds in air. The two instruments differ
in their modes of operation and in the number and types of compounds  they detect (Table D-l).  Both instruments
can be used to detect leaks of volatile substances from drums and tanks, determine the presence of volatile compounds
in soil and water, make ambient air surveys, and collect continuous air monitoring data. If personnel arc thoroughly
trained to operate the instruments and to  interpret the data, these instruments can be valuable tools for helping to
decide the levels of protection to be worn, assist  in determining other safety procedures, and determine subsequent
monitoring or sampling locations.

II.     ORGANIC VAPOR ANALYZER (OVA)

       The OVA operates in two different modes.  In the survey mode, it can determine approximate  tolal
concentration of all detectable species in air.  With the gas chromatograph (GC) option, individual components can
be detected and measured independently, with some detection  limits as low as a few parts per  million (ppm).

       In the GC mode, a small sample of ambient air is injected into a chromatographic column and carried through
the column by a stream of hydrogen gas. Contaminants with different chemical structures are retained on the column
for different lengths of time (known as retention times) and hence are detected separately by the Maine  ioni/aiion
detector.  A strip chart recorder can be used to record the retention times, which are then compared to the  retention
times of a standard with known chemical constituents. The sample can either be injected into the column from the
air sampling hose or injected directly with a gas-tight syringe.

       In the survey mode, the OVA is internally calibrated to methane  by the manufacturer.  When the instrument
is adjusted to manufacturer's instructions it indicates the true concentration of methane in air. In response to all other
detectable compounds, however, the instrument reading may be higher or  lower than the true concentration. Relative
response ratios for substances other  than  methane are available.

       To correctly interpret  the readout, it is necessary to either make calibration charts relating the instrument
readings to the true concentration or to adjust the instrument  so  that it  reads correctly. This is done by turning the
ten-turn gas-select knob, which adjusts the response of the instrument.  The knob  is normally set  at 3.00 when
calibrated to methane.  Calibration to another gas is done by measuring a known concentration of a gas and adjusting
the gas select knob until the instrument reading equals that concentration.

       The OVA has an inherent limitation in that it can detect only organic molecules. Also, it should not be used
at temperatures lower than about 40 degrees Fahrenheit because gases condense in the pump and column.  It has no
column temperature control, (although temperature control kits  are available) and since retention times  vary with
ambient temperatures for a given column,  determinations of contaminants are difficult.  Despite these limitations, the
GC mode can often provide tentative information on the identity of contaminants in air without relying on costly, time-
consuming  laboratory analysis.

III.     HNU

       The HNU portable photoionizer detects  the concentration of organic gases as well as  a few inorganic gases.
The basis for detection is the ionization of gaseous species.  Every molecule has a characteristic ionization potential
Note: The use of any trade names does not imply their endorsement by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.


                                                  160

-------
TABLE D-1
COMPARISON OF THE OVA AND HNU
Action
Response
Application
Detector
Limitations
Calibration gas
Ease of operation
Detection limits
Response time
Maintenance
Useful range
Service life
OVA
Responds to many organic gases and
vapors
In survey mode, measures total
concentration of detectable gases and
vapors. In GC mode, identifies and
measures specific compounds.
Flame ionization detector (FID)
Does not respond to inorganic gases
and vapors. Kit available for
temperature control.
Methane
Requires experience to interpret
correctly, especially in GC mode.
0.1 ppm (methane)
Two - three seconds (survey mode) for
CH4
Periodically clean and inspect particle
filters, valve rings, and burner chamber.
Check calibration and pumping system
for leaks. Recharge batteries and refill
hydrogen cylinder after each use.
0-1000 ppm
Eight hours; 3 hours with strip chart
recorder.
HNU
Responds to many organics and
some inorganic gases and
vapors.
In survey mode, measures total
concentration of detectable
gases and vapors.
Photoionization detectors (PID)
Does not respond to methane.
Does not detect a compound if
probe has a lower energy than
compound's ionization potential.
Isobutylene
Fairly easy to use and interpret.
0.1 ppm (benzene)
Three seconds for 90% of total
concentration of benzene.
Clean UV lamp frequently.
Check calibration regularly.
Recharge batteries after each
use.
0-2000 ppm
Ten hours; 5 hours with strip
chart recorder.
(I.P.) which is the energy required to remove an electron from the molecule, yielding a positively charged ion and the
free electron. The  incoming gas molecules are subjected to ultraviolet (UV) radiation, which is energetic enough to
ionize many gaseous compounds. Each molecule is transformed into charged ion pairs, creating a current between two
electrodes.

       Three probes, each containing a different  UV light source, are available for use with the HNU.  Ionizing
energies of the probe are 9.5, 10.2, and 11.7 electron volts (eV). All three detect many aromatic and large molecule
hydrocarbons.  The 10.2  eV and  11.7 eV probes, in addition, detect some smaller organic  molecules and some
halogenated  hydrocarbons.  The 10.2 eV probe is the most useful  for environmental response work, as the lamp's
service life is longer than the 11.7 eV probe and it detects more compounds than the 9.5 eV probe.
Note: The use of any trade names does not imply their endorsement by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

                                                   161

-------
        The HNU factory calibration gas is benzene. The span potentiometer (calibration) knob is turned to 9.8 for
benzene calibration.  A knob setting of zero increases  the response to benzene approximately tenfold.  As with the
OVA, the instrument's response can be adjusted to give more accurate readings for specific gases  and eliminate the
necessity for calibration charts.

        While the primary use of the HNU is as a quantitative instrument, it can also be used to detect certain
contaminants, or at least  to narrow  the range of possibilities.  Noting instrument response to a  contaminant source
with different probes can eliminate  some contaminants from consideration.  For instance, a compound's ionization
potential may be such that the 9.5 eV probe produces no response, but the  10.2 eV and 11.7 eV  probes do elicit a
response.  The HNU does not detect methane or most inorganic compounds.

        The HNU is easier to use than the OVA.  Its lower detection limit is also in the low ppm range. The response
time is rapid; the meter needle reaches 90% of the indicated concentration in  3 seconds for benzene. It can be zeroed
in a contaminated  atmosphere.

IV.     GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

        Both of these instruments can monitor only certain vapors and gases in air. Many nonvolatile liquids, toxic
solids, particulates, and other toxic gases and vapors cannot be detected. Because  the types of compounds that the
HNU and OVA can potentially detect are only a fraction of the chemicals  possibly present at an incident, a  zero
reading on either instrument does not necessarily signify the absence of air contaminants.

        The instruments  are non-specific, and their response to different compounds is relative  to the calibration
setting.  Instrument readings may be higher or lower than the true concentration.  This can be an especially serious
problem when monitoring for total contaminant concentrations if several different compounds are being detected at
once. In addition, the response of these instruments is not  linear over the entire detection range.  Care must therefore
be taken when interpreting the data. All  identifications should be reported as tentative until they can be confirmed
by more precise analysis.  Concentrations should be reported in terms  of the  calibration gas and span potentiometer
or gas-select-knob setting.

        Since the OVA and HNU  are small, portable instruments, they cannot be expected to yield results as accurate
as laboratory instruments. They were originally designed for specific industrial applications. They  are relatively easy
to use and interpret when detecting total concentrations of individually known contaminants in air,  but interpretation
becomes extremely difficult when trying to quantify the components  of a mixture. Neither instrument can be used as
an indicator for combustible gases or oxygen deficiency.

        The OVA (Model 128) is certified by Factory  Mutual to be used in  Class I, Division 1, Groups A,B,C, and
D environments.  As HNU now markets three models,  it should be noted that the basic HNU (PI 101) is certified by
SIRA Class  I, Division 2, Groups  A, B, C, and D.  However, a model certified for  Class I, Division  I, Groups A, B,
C, and D is available.
                                                    162

-------
                                APPENDIX E
SAMPLE  DECONTAMINATION LAYOUTS AND PROCEDURES
          FOR  LEVELS OF PROTECTION A THROUGH C
         The objective of these procedures is to minimize the risk of exposure to
         hazardous substances in the field. Protective equipment must be worn by
         personnel when response activities involve known or suspected hazardous
         substances.  The procedures for decontaminating personnel upon leaving the
         contaminated area are discussed  for personal protective equipment levels A
         through C.  The procedures given are for the maximum and minimum amount of
         decontamination used for each level of protection.
         The maximum decontamination procedures for all levels of protection consist of
         specific activities at 19 stations. Each station emphasizes an important aspect of
         decontamination.  When establishing a decontamination line, each aspect should
         be incorporated separately or combined with other aspects into a procedure with
         fewer steps (such as the minimum decontamination procedures).
         Decontamination lines are site-specific and vary depending on the types of
         contamination and work activities conducted on-site.  When the decontamination
         line is no longer required, contamination wash and rinse solutions and
         contaminated articles must be contained and disposed of as hazardous wastes in
         compliance with State and Federal regulations.

-------
        EQUIPMENT NEEDED TO PERFORM MAXIMUM  DECONTAMINATION
                            MEASURES FOR LEVELS A, B, AND  C
Station 1:      a.  Various Size Containers
             b.  Plastic Liners
             c.  Plastic Drop Cloths

Station 2:      a:  Containers (20-30 Gallons)
             b.  Decon Solution or Detergent
                Water
             c.  2-3 Long-Handled, Soft-Bristled
                Scrub Brushes

Station 3:      a.  Containers (20-30 Gallons
                     OR
             b.  Water
             c.  2-3 Long-Handled, Soft-Bristled
                Scrub Brushes

Station 4:      a.  Containers (20-30 Gallons)
             b.  Plastic Liners

Station 5:      a.  Containers (20-30 Gallons)
             b.  Plastic Liners
             c.  Bench or Stools

Station 6:      a.  Containers (20-30 Gallons)
             b.  Plastic Liners

Station 7:      a.  Containers (20-30 Gallons)
             b.  Decon Solution or Detergent
                Water
             c.  2-3 Long-Handled, Soft-Bristled
                Scrub Brushes

Station 8:      a.  Containers (20-30 Gallons)
                     OR
             b.  Water
             c.  2-3 Long-Handled, Soft-Bristled
                Scrub Brushes

Station 9:      a.  Air Tanks or Face Masks and
                Cartridge Depending on Level
             b.  Tape
             c.  Boot Covers
             d.  Gloves
Station 10:     a:  Containers (20-30 Gallons)
              b.  Plastic Liners
              c.  Bench or Stools
              d.  Boot Jack

Station 11:     a.  Rack
              b.  Drop Cloths
              c.  Bench or Stools

Station 12:     a.  Table

Station 13:     a.  Basin or Bucket
              b.  Decon Solution
              c.  Small Table

Station 14:     a.  Water
              b.  Basin on Bucket
              c.  Small Table

Station 15:     a.  Containers (20-30 Gallons)
              b.  Plastic Liners

Station 16:     a.  Containers (20-30 Gallons)
              b.  Plastic Liners

Station 17:     a.  Containers (20-30 Gallons)
              b.  Plastic Liners

Station 18:     a.  Water
              b.  Soap
              c.  Small Table
              d.  Basin or Bucket
              e.  Field Showers
              f.  Towels

Station 19:     a.  Dressing Trailer is Needed in
                 Inclement Weather
              b.  Tables
              c.  Chairs
              d.  Lockers
              e.  Cloths
                                                    164

-------
        EQUIPMENT NEEDED TO PERFORM MINIMUM DECONTAMINATION
                         MEASURES FOR LEVELS A, B, AND C
Station 1:     a.  Various Size Containers
            b.  Plastic Liners
            c.  Plastic Drop Cloths

Station 2:     a.  Containers (20-30 Gallons)
            b.  Decon Solution
            c.  Rinse Water
            d.  2-3 Long-Handled, Soft-
               Bristled Scrub Brushes

Station 3:     a.  Containers (20-30 Gallons)
            b.  Plastic Liners
            c.  Bench or Stools

Station 4:     a.  Air Tanks or Masks and
               Cartridges Depending Upon
               Level
            b.  Tape
            c.  Boot Covers
            d.  Gloves
Station 5:     a.  Containers (20-30 Gallons)
            b.  Plastic Liners
            c.  Bench or Stools

Station 6:     a.  Plastic Sheets
            b.  Basin or Bucket
            c.  Soap and Towels
            d.  Bench or Stools

Station 7:     a.  Water
            b.  Soap
            c.  Tables
            d.  Wash Basin or Bucket
                                             165

-------
               MAXIMUM MEASURES FOR LEVEL A DECONTAMINATION
Station 1:      Segregated
              Equipment Drop
Station 2:      Boot Cover and Glove
              Wash

Station 3:      Boot Cover and Glove
              Rinse

Station 4:      Tape Removal
Station 5:      Boot Cover Removal

Station 6:      Outer Glove Removal

Station 7:      Suit and Boot Wash


Station 8:      Suit and Boot

Station 9:      Tank Change



Station 10:     Safety Boot Removal

Station 11:     Fully Encapsulating
              Suit and Hard Hat
              Removal

Station 12:     SCBA Backpack
              Removal

Station 13:     Inner Glove Wash


Station 14:     Inner Glove Rinse

Station 15:     Face Piece Removal


Station 16:     Inner Glove Removal

Station 17:     Inner Clothing
              Removal


Station 18:     Field Wash


Station 19:     Redress
Deposit equipment used on-site (tools, sampling devices and containers,
monitoring instruments, radios, clipboards, etc.) on plastic drop cloths or in
different containers with plastic liners.  During hot weather operations, a cool-
down station may be set up within this area.

Scrub outer boot covers and gloves with decon solution or detergent/water.
Rinse off decon solution from station 2 using copious amounts of water.
Remove tape around boots and gloves and deposit in container with plastic
liner.

Remove boot covers and deposit in container with plastic liner.

Remove outer gloves and deposit in container with plastic liner.

Wash encapsulating suit and boots using scrub brush and decon solution or
detergent/water. Repeat as many times as necessary.

Rinse off decon solution using water.  Repeat as many times as necessary.

If an air tank change is desired, this is the last step in the decontamination
procedure.  Air tank is exchanged, new outer gloves and boot covers are
donned, and joints are taped. Worker returns to duty.

Remove safety boots and deposit in container with plastic liner.

Fully encapsulated suit is removed with assistance of a helper and is laid out
on a drop cloth or hung up. Hard hat is removed.  Hot weather rest station
may be set up  within this area for personnel  returning to site.

While still wearing facepiece, remove backpack and place on table.
Disconnect hose from regulator valve and proceed to next station.

Wash with decon solution that will  not harm the skin. Repeat as  often as
necessary.

Rinse with water. Repeat as many times  as necessary.

Remove face piece.  Deposit in container with plastic liner.  Avoid touching
face with fingers.

Remove inner gloves and deposit in container with liner.

Remove clothing and place in lined container.  Do not wear inner clothing off-
site since there is a possibility that small amounts of contaminants might have
been transferred in  removing the fully-encapsulating suit.

Shower if highly toxic, skin-corrosive or skin-absorbable materials are known
or suspected to be present.  Wash hands and face if shower is not available

Put on clean clothes.
                                                     166

-------
MAXIMUM DECONTAMINATION LAYOUT FOR LEVEL A PROTECTION

EXCLUSION
ZONE
Tape
Outer Glove /T\< 	 /T\* — /
Removal \ /^ \ /^ \





i
Boot Cover
Removal
r
Segregated
Removal Boot Cover & EqU'P/"ent
Glove Wash Drop
TV/TVYT^S^ rr^
/^\ /^\ /* \ /
Boot Cover &
Glove Rinse

/ 7 \ Suit/Safety

S
Tank Change 1 J
and Redress -- / Q \^ /i
Boot
Outer
Cover/ \ /"* "*t \
Gloves
/ Boot Wash
~\ Suit/Safety
__/ Boot Rinse
L



/ 10 \ Safety Boot

v_
_/ Removal

                     11
     Fully Encapsulating Suit
      and Hard Hat Removal
                     12 \ SCBA Backpack
                            Removal
                           CONTAMINATION
                              REDUCTION
                                 ZONE
                     13
      Inner Glove
        Wash
                     14
      Inner Glove
        Rinse
                     15
      Face Piece
       Removal
                     16
      Inner Glove
       Removal
                         Inner Clothing
                            Removal
            Field
            Wash
18
                               167
Redress
                                                 CONTAMINATION
                                                  CONTROL LINE
                                                  SUPPORT  ZONE

-------
               MINIMUM MEASURES FOR LEVEL A DECONTAMINATION
Station 1:
Equipment Drop
Station 2:
Station 3:
Station 4:
Station 5:
Station 6:
Station 7:
Outer Garment, Boots,
and Gloves Wash and
Rinse

Outer Boot and Glove
Removal

Tank Change
Boot, Gloves, and
Outer Garment
Removal

SCBA Removal
Field Wash
Deposit equipment used on-site (tools, sampling devices and containers,
monitoring instruments, radios, clipboards, etc.) on plastic drop cloths.
Segregation at the drop reduces the probability of cross contamination.
During hot weather operations, cool-down stations may be set up within this
area.

Scrub outer boots,  outer gloves and fully-encapsulating suit with decon
solution or detergent and water. Rinse off using copious amounts of water.
Remove outer boots and gloves. Deposit in container with plastic liner.
If worker leaves Exclusion Zone to change air tank, this is the last step in the
decontamination procedure. Worker's air tank is exchanged, new outer gloves
and boot covers are donned, joints are taped, and worker returns to duty.

Boots, fully-encapsulating suit,  and inner gloves are removed and deposited in
separate containers lined with plastic.
SCBA backpack and facepieces are removed (avoid touching face with
fingers). SCBA is deposited on plastic sheets.

Hands and face are thoroughly washed. Shower as soon as possible.
                                                    168

-------
MINIMUM DECONTAMINATION LAYOUT FOR LEVELS A & B PROTECTION
     EXCLUSION }••
        ZONE
                           Equipment
                             Drop
                              I
                       Decon Outer
                       Garments
                                 Remove
                              Boot Covers
                            & Outer Gloves
               Tank Change-
                 Over Point
                                      MT'lifWIII
                         Remove Boots,
                        Gloves and Outer
                         Garments (for
                         disposal and
                           off-site
                        decontamination)
     CONTAMINATION
        REDUCTION
          ZONE
                      Remove SCBA
i:
i:
                      A A A A A A A AM. AAAAAAAA

                     AAAAAAAA V AAAAAAAAAA
                      A A A A A A A ^BA AAAAAAAA
                     A AAAAAAAB.AAAAA^ A A A A
                     \SUPPORT ZONE
      t*  *   *        AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA  A AA   A
    *.*.*. .. ,*.A. . . * . . .A. _*AAAAAAAAA,AAAAAAAAA     A   AA
    • HOTLINE
                                                      Redress:
                                                     Boot Covers
                                                      and Outer
                                                       Gloves
                                                        2(A  /20'
                                                           Wind
                                                         Direction
   i


   i
 A A —
^ J
                                169

-------
               MAXIMUM MEASURES FOR LEVEL B DECONTAMINATION
Station 1:       Segregated
               Equipment Drop
Station 2:       Boot Cover and Glove
               Wash

Station 3:       Boot Cover and Glove
               Rinse

Station 4:       Tape Removal
Station 5:       Boot Cover Removal

Station 6:       Outer Glove Removal

Station 7:       Suit and Safety Boot
               Wash
Station 8:       Suit, SCBA, Boot, and
               Glove Rinse

Station 9:       Tank Change
Station 10:      Safety Boot Removal

Station 11:      SCBA Backpack
               Removal

Station 12:      Splash Suit Removal
Station 13:      Inner Glove Wash

Station 14:      Inner Glove Rinse

Station 15:      Face Piece Removal


Station 16:      Inner Glove Removal

Station 17:      Inner Clothing
               Removal


Station 18:      Field Wash


Station 19:      Redress
Deposit equipment used on-site (tools, sampling devices and containers,
monitoring instruments,  radios, clipboards, etc.) on plastic drop cloths or in
different containers with plastic liners. Segregation at the drop reduces the
probability of cross-contamination.  During hot weather operations, cool-down
stations may be set up within this area.

Scrub outer boot covers and gloves with decon solution or detergent and
water.

Rinse off decon solution from Station 2 using copious amounts of water.
Remove tape around boots and gloves and deposit in container with plastic
liner.

Remove boot covers and deposit in container with plastic liner.

Remove outer gloves and deposit in container with plastic liner.

Wash chemical-resistant splash suit, SCBA, gloves, and safety boots.  Scrub
with long-handle scrub brush and decon solution.  Wrap SCBA regulator (if
belt mounted type) with plastic to keep out water. Wash backpack assembly
with sponges or cloths.

Rinse off decon solution using copious amounts of water
If worker leaves exclusion zone to change air tank, this is the last step in the
decontamination procedure. Worker's air tank is exchanged, new outer gloves
and boot covers are donned, joints are taped, and worker returns to duty.

Remove safety boots and deposit in container with plastic liner

While still wearing facepiece, remove backpack and place on table.
Disconnect hose from regulator valve.

With assistance of helper, remove splash suit. Deposit in container with plastic
liner.

Wash inner gloves with  decon solution.

Rinse inner gloves with  water.

Remove face piece.   Deposit in container with plastic liner.  Avoid touching
face with fingers

Remove inner gloves and deposit in container with liner.

Remove inner clothing.  Place in container with liner. Do not wear inner
clothing off-site since there is a possibility that small amounts of contaminants
may have been transferred in removing the fully-encapsulating suit

Shower if highly toxic, skin-corrosive or skin-absorbable materials are known
or suspected to be present. Wash hands and face if shower is not available.

Put on clean clothes.
                                                      170

-------
       MAXIMUM DECONTAMINATION LAYOUT FOR LEVEL B PROTECTION
       EXCLUSION
           ZONE
         Tape Removal
Boot Cover &
 Glove Wash
Segregated
Equipment
   Drop
                 Outer Glove
                   Removal
 Tank Change
and Redress -
 Boot Cover/
 Outer Gloves
                                                         CONTAMINATION
                                                            REDUCTION
                                                               ZONE
                                   Boot Cover
                                    Removal
                 Boot Cover &
                 Glove Rinse
                                   Suit/Safety
                                   Boot Wash
Sult/SCBA/Boot
 /Glove Rinse
                                   Safety Boot
                                    Removal
                                 SCBA Backpack
                                    Removal
 Splash Suit
   Removal
                                   Inner Glove
                                      Wash
                                   Inner Glove
                                     Rinse
                                   race Piece
                                    Removal
                                   Inner  Glove
                                    Removal
                                  Inner  Clothing
                                    Removal
                    Field
                    Wash
              Redress
                                                          CONTAMINATION
                                                           CONTROL  LINE
                                                           SUPPORT ZONE
                                      171

-------
               MINIMUM MEASURES  FOR LEVEL B DECONTAMINATION
Station 1:
Equipment Drop
Station 2:
Station 3:
Station 4:
Station 5:
Station 6:
Station 7:
Outer Garment, Boots,
and Gloves Wash and
Rinse

Outer Boot and Glove
Removal

Tank Change
Boot, Gloves, and
Outer Garment
Removal

SCBA Removal
Field Wash
Deposit equipment used on-site (tools, sampling devices and containers,
monitoring instruments, radios, clipboards, etc.) on plastic drop cloths.
Segregation at the drop reduces the probability of cross contamination.
During hot weather operations, cool-down station may be set up within this
area.

Scrub outer boots, outer gloves, and chemical-resistant splash suit with decon
solution or detergent water.  Rinse off using copious amounts of water.
Remove outer boots and gloves.  Deposit in container with plastic liner.
If worker leaves exclusion zone to change air tank, this is the last step in the
decontamination procedure. Worker's air tank is exchanged, new outer gloves
and boot covers are donned, joints are taped, and worker returns to duty.

Boots, chemical-resistant splash suit, and inner gloves are removed and
deposited in separate containers lined with  plastic.
SCBA backpack and facepiece are removed. Avoid touching face with finger.
SCBA is deposited on plastic sheets.

Hands and face are thoroughly washed. Shower as soon as possible.
                                                     172

-------
MINIMUM DECONTAMINATION LAYOUT FOR LEVELS A & B PROTECTION
t EXCLUSION \^^^^^^
[^ ZONE J»»»»»J 	 "[:-X
V>"^/.V/AVAV/.V.V.V.V.V".V.V.V.V. tquipment
://Av.v.v.v.v.v.v.v.v.-.^A*^.™i*? Drop
.v.v.v.v Plastic :.\^/////AV/AV"— |v/// .-.v.v.-.v


Sheet vjvvCvXv:-"


10
Gallon A^
Can V
^ •

^^^m^m
Decon Outer ./
Garments ^r
.S Remov
s^ Boot Cover.
s' & Outer Glove!

Tank Chanae- /*v*\
Over Point \O/

(COA
R
1\^
	
\:««*
\<««
\<««
L-i--i
(X
32 Gallon
Can

LAMINATION
EDUCTION
ZONE
y
"
• Remove Boots,
Gloves and Outer
Garments (for
disposal and
off-site
decontamination)
|
Remove SCBA

WmjsurPonT ZONE

BIII«1

s
J 	 .
_ umt IMC
F" nL//L//VC
„_ Redress:
j— ,^ I 	 . Boot {
/H\ Decon and
N^/ Solution Gic
Sv 1
^ Water
^r ^______


J-»:-»»»»»:i

Covers
Outer
ives
\t/
20°>i /20'
/\
Wind
Direction
1
1
1
                           173

-------
               MAXIMUM MEASURES FOR LEVEL C DECONTAMINATION
Station 1:
Station 2:


Station 3:


Station 4:


Station 5:

Station 6:

Station 7:


Station 8:


Station 9:




Station 10:

Station 11:


Station 12:

Station 13:

Station 14:


Station 15:

Station 16:




Station 17:


Station 18:
Segregated
Equipment Drop
Boot Cover and Glove
Wash

Boot Cover and Glove
Rinse

Tape Removal
Boot Cover Removal

Outer Glove Removal

Suit and Boot Wash
Suit, Boot, and Glove
Rinse

Canister or Mask
Change
Safety Boot Removal

Splash Suit Removal


Inner Glove Removal

Inner Glove Wash

Face Piece Removal


Inner Glove Removal

Inner Clothing
Removal



Field Wash


Redress
Deposit equipment used on-site (tools, sampling devices and containers,
monitoring instruments, radios, clipboards, etc.) on plastic drop cloths or in
different containers with plastic liners. Segregation at the drop reduces the
probability of cross  contamination.  During hot weather operations, a cool-
down station may be set up within this area.

Scrub outer boot covers and gloves with decon solution or detergent and
water.

Rinse off  decon solution from Station 2 using copious amounts of water.
Remove tape around boots and gloves and deposit in container with plastic
liner.

Remove boot covers and deposit in containers with plastic liner.

Remove outer gloves and deposit in container with plastic liner.

Wash splash suit, gloves, and safety boots. Scrub with long-handle scrub
brush and decon solution.

Rinse off decon solution using water.  Repeat as many times as necessary.
If worker leaves exclusion zone to change canister (or mask), this is the last
step in the decontamination procedure. Worker's canister is exchanged, new
outer gloves and boot covers are donned, and joints are taped.  Worker
returns to duty.

Remove safety boots and deposit in container with plastic liner.

With assistance of helper, remove splash suit. Deposit in container with plastic
liner.

Wash inner gloves with decon solution.

Rinse inner gloves with water.

Remove face piece.  Deposit in container with plastic liner.  Avoid touching
face with fingers.

Remove inner gloves and deposit in lined container.

Remove clothing soaked with perspiration and place in lined container.  Do not
wear inner clothing off-site since  there is a probability that small amounts of
contaminants might have been transferred in removing the fully-encapsulating
suit.

Shower if highly toxic, skin-corrosive, or skin-absorbable materials are known
or suspected to be present. Wash hands and face if shower is not available

Put on clean clothes.
                                                      174

-------
      MAXIMUM DECONTAMINATION LAYOUT FOR LEVEL C PROTECTION
EXCLUSION
ZONE Tape
Outer Glove / & \^ / g \^ /
Removal \ A* V_/*\



\
(•)
Boot Cover
Removal

r
r~\ Suit/Safety
\ / Boot Wash
k Change 1 _ * _
Segregated
Removal Boot Cover I *uf™"'
Glove Wash orop
TS- (T^s^ r^\* r^\
_Lr\Lf^\L/* \__/
Boot Cover &
Glove Rinse



and Redress -
 Boot Cover/
 Outer  Gloves
8 \ Sult/SCBA/Boot
     /Glove Rinse
                                  Safety Boot
                                   Removal
                            11
      Splash Suit
       Removal
                 CONTAMINATION
                    REDUCTION
                       ZONE
                            12 \   Inner Glove
                                     Wash
                            13
      Inner Glove
        Rinse
                            14
      Face Place
       Removal
                            15
      Inner Glove
       Removal
                                 Inner Clothing
                                    Removal
                    Field
                    Wash
17
-W 18 )  Redress
                                                         CONTAMINATION
                                                        '  CONTROL LINE
                                                          SUPPORT ZONE
                                     175

-------
               MINIMUM MEASURES FOR LEVEL C DECONTAMINATION
Station 1:
Equipment Drop
Station 2:
Station 3:
Station 4:
Station 5:
Station 6:
Station 7:
Outer Garment, Boots,
and Gloves Wash and
Rinse

Outer Boot and Glove
Removal

Canister or Mask
Change
Boot, Gloves and
Outer Garment
Removal

Face Piece Removal
Field Wash
Deposit equipment used on-site (tools, sampling devices and containers,
monitoring instruments, radios, clipboards, etc.) on plastic drop cloths.
Segregation at the drop reduces the probability of cross contamination.
During hot weather operations, a cool-down station may be set up within this
area.

Scrub outer boots, outer gloves, and splash suit with decon solution or
detergent water.  Rinse off using copious amounts of water.
Remove outer boots and gloves.  Deposit in container with plastic liner.
If worker leaves exclusive zone to change canister (or mask), this is the last
step in the decontamination procedure. Worker's canister is exchanged, new
outer gloves and boot covers are donned, joints are taped, and worker returns
to duty.

Boots, chemical-resistant splash suit, and inner gloves are removed and
deposited in separate containers lined with plastic.
Facepiece is removed.  Avoid touching face with fingers.  Facepiece is
deposited on plastic sheet.

Hands and face are thoroughly washed. Shower as soon as possible.
                                                     176

-------
MINIMUM DECONTAMINATION LAYOUT FOR LEVEL C PROTECTION
  EXCLUSION
     ZONE
                        Equipment
                          Drop
                    Decon Outer
                    Garments
                              Remove
                           Boot Covers
                         & Outer Gloves
            Cartridge or
          Canister Change-
             Over Point
                                  HOTLINE
                      Remove Boots,
                     Gloves and Outer
                      Garments (for
                      disposal and
                         off-site
                     decontamination)
  CONTAMINATION
     REDUCTION
       ZONE
    I
Remove Mask
                          I
                 -1 SUPPORT ZONE I
 Wind
Direction
                              177

-------
              APPENDIX F
        REGIONAL CONTACTS
 This Appendix provides the addresses and telephone numbers
of Headquarters and Regional contacts at both EPA and OSHA.

-------
                U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                        U.S. EPA/Environmental Response Team
                               2890 Woodbridge Avenue
                                  Building 18, MS 101
                                Edison, NJ 08837-3679
                                    (908) 321-6740
                             24 Hour Hotline: (908) 321-6660
                            EPA REGIONAL OFFICES
      EPA Region 1
      John F. Kennedy Federal Building
      Room 2203
      Boston, MA 02203
      (617) 565-3715

      EPA Region 2
      Jacob K. Javitz Federal Building
      26 Federal Plaza
      New York, NY 10278
      (212) 264-2657

      EPA Region 3
      841 Chestnut Building
      Philadelphia, PA  19107
      (215) 597-9800

      EPA Region 4
      345 Courtland Street, NE
      Atlanta, GA 30365
      (404) 347-4727

      EPA Region 5
      Metcalfe Federal Building
      77 W. Jackson Boulevard
      Chicago, IL 60604
      (312) 353-2000
EPA Region 6
1445 Ross Avenue,
9th Floor
Dallas, TX 75202
(214) 655-6444

EPA Region 7
726 Minnesota Avenue
Kansas City, KS 66115
(913) 551-7000

EPA Region 8
999 18th Street
Suite 500
Denver, CO  80202-2405
(303) 293-1603

EPA Region 9
75 Hawthorne Street
San Francisco, CA  94105
(415) 744-1305

EPA Region 10
1200 6th Avenue
Seattle, WA  98101
(206) 442-1200
Note:  Commercial and FTS telephone numbers are now identical with the institution of the new FTS
      system.
                                         180

-------
         OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION
                      Occupational Safety and Health Administration
                                  Department of Labor
                              200 Constitution Avenue NW
                                    Room N-3647
                                Washington, DC 20210
                                    (202) 523-8151
             OSHA Notification Service (Complaint Hotline) for Emergency Situations
                                    1-800-321-6742
                           OSHA REGIONAL OFFICES
      OSHA Region 1                          •     OSHA Region 6
      133 Portland Street, 1st Floor                     525 Griffin Street, Room 602
      Boston, MA 02114                              Dallas, TX  75202
      (617) 565-7164                                (214) 767-4731

      OSHA Region 2                          •     OSHA Region 7
      201 Varick Street, Room 670                      911 Walnut Street
      New York, NY 10014                            Kansas City, MO 64106
      (212)337-2325                                (816)426-5861

      OSHA Region 3                          •     OSHA Region 8
      Gateway Building, Suite 2100                     1951 Stout Street
      3535 Market Street                              Denver, CO 80204
      Philadelphia, PA  19104                          (303) 844-3061
      (215) 596-1201
                                                   OSHA Region 9
      OSHA Region 4                                71 Stevenson Street
      1375 Peachtree Street NE, Suite 587               Suite 415
      Atlanta, GA 30367                              San Francisco, CA  94105
      (404)347-3573                                (415)744-6670

      OSHA Region 5                          •     OSHA Region 10
      230 South Dearborn Street                       1111 Third Avenue
      32nd Floor, Room 3244                          Suite 715
      Chicago,  IL 60604                              Seattle, WA 98101-3212
      (312) 353-2220                                (206) 442-5930
Note:  Commercial and FTS telephone numbers are now identical with the institution of the new FTS
      system.
                                        181

-------
                      U.S. EPA REGIONAL MAP
9  O
                                  182
* U.S. G.P.O.:1992-311-893:60703

-------